As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 24, 2007


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 
FORM 20-F

(Mark One)  
o REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  OR
x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006
  OR
o TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
  OR
o SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report ___________
For the transition period from ___________ to ___________
 
Commission file number 001-10306
 
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND GROUP plc
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
United Kingdom
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
RBS Gogarburn, PO Box 1000, Edinburgh EH12 1HQ
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered

 
American Depositary Shares Series D**, E*, F, G*, H, I**, K*, L, M, N, P, Q and R each   New York Stock Exchange
     representing one Non-Cumulative Dollar Preference Share, Series D, E, F, G, H, I,    
     K, L, M, N, P, Q and R, respectively    
Dollar Perpetual Regulatory tier one securities, Series 1   New York Stock Exchange

* Redeemed on January 16, 2007    
** Redeemed on March 6, 2006    

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

 
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None

 
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of December 31, 2006, the close of the period covered by the annual report:

Ordinary shares of 25 pence each   3,152,844,335   Non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series E to H and K to R   240,000,000
Non-voting Deferred Shares   2,660,556,304   Non-cumulative convertible dollar preference shares, Series 1   1,000,000
11% cumulative preference shares   500,000   Non-cumulative euro preference shares, Series 1 and 2   2,500,000
5½% cumulative preference shares   400,000   Non-cumulative convertible sterling preference shares, Series 1   200,000

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act
Yes x No o
 
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes o No x
 
Note — checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes x No o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer o
   
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  
  o Item 17 x Item 18
   
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
  Yes o No x
 
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
Yes o No o
 






SEC Form 20-F cross reference guide


Item   Item Caption   Pages
         
PART I      
1   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers   Not applicable
2   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable   Not applicable
3   Key Information    
         Selected financial data   7, 135-137, 188-189, 197-199, 205, 218-219
         Capitalisation and indebtedness   Not applicable
         Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds   Not applicable
         Risk factors   6
4   Information on the Company   11-13, 43-48, 114-115, 117, 189-197, 199-204
         History and development of the Company   4, 120-121, 212, 222-223
         Business overview   4-5, 64, 165-169, 208-211
         Organisational structure   4, 116
         Property, plant and equipment   120-121, 212
4A   Unresolved Staff Comments   Not applicable
5   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects    
         Operating results   7-38, 56-57, 122-123, 145-146, 208-211
         Liquidity and capital resources   37-38, 49-52, 65, 120-123, 140-161, 163-164, 196
         Research and development, patents, licences etc   Not applicable
         Trend information   6, 208-211
         Off balance sheet arrangements   122-123, 206-207
         Contractual obligations   207
6   Directors, Senior Management and Employees    
         Directors and senior management   62-63
         Compensation   76-86, 105, 107, 169
         Board practices   66, 68-70, 74-76, 79-80
         Employees   34, 65, 105
         Share ownership   64, 82-85, 87
7   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions    
         Major shareholders   67, 212
         Related party transactions   170
         Interests of experts and counsel   Not applicable
8   Financial Information    
         Consolidated statements and other financial information   60, 64, 90-186
         Significant changes   186
         

i






Item   Item Caption   Pages
         
9   The Offer and Listing    
         Offer and listing details   217
         Plan of distribution   Not applicable
         Markets   216
         Selling shareholders   Not applicable
         Dilution   Not applicable
         Expenses of the issue   Not applicable
10   Additional Information    
         Share capital   Not applicable
         Memorandum and articles of association   222
         Material contracts   212
         Exchange controls   222
         Taxation   220-222
         Dividends and paying agents   Not applicable
         Statement of experts   Not applicable
         Documents on display   222
         Subsidiary information   Not applicable
11   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk   39-60, 122-123, 142-161
12   Description of Securities other than Equity Securities   Not applicable
PART II        
13   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies   Not applicable
14   Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds   Not applicable
15   Controls and Procedures   71-72
16   [Reserved]    
16   A      Audit Committee financial expert   74
    B      Code of ethics   65, 222
    C      Principal Accountant Fees and services   74, 108
    D      Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees   Not applicable
    E      Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers   Not applicable
PART III        
17   Financial Statements   Not applicable
18   Financial Statements   90-186
19   Exhibits   224
    Signature   225
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

ii






Operating and financial review

2 Presentation of information
 
3 Forward-looking statements
 
4 Description of business
 
6 Risk factors
 
7 Financial highlights
 
8 Summary consolidated income statement
 
11 Analysis of results
 
19 Divisional performance
 
35 Consolidated balance sheet
 
37 Cash flow
 
38 IFRS compared with US GAAP
 
38 Capital resources
 
39 Risk management
 

1






Presentation of information

In the Report and Accounts, and unless specified otherwise, the term ‘company’ means The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc, ‘RBS’ or the ‘Group’ means the company and its subsidiary undertakings, ‘the Royal Bank’ means The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and ‘NatWest’ means National Westminster Bank Plc.

The company publishes its financial statements in pounds sterling (“£” or “sterling”). The abbreviations ‘£m’ and ‘£bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of pounds sterling, respectively, and references to ‘pence’ represent pence in the United Kingdom (“UK”). Reference to ‘dollars’ or ‘$’ are to United States of America (“US”) dollars. The abbreviations ‘$m’ and ‘$bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of dollars, respectively, and references to ‘cents’ represent cents in the US. The abbreviation ‘€’ represents the ‘euro’, the European single currency and the abbreviations ‘€m’ and ‘€bn’ represent millions and thousands of millions of euros, respectively.

Certain information in this report is presented separately for domestic and foreign activities. Domestic activities primarily consist of the UK domestic transactions of the Group. Foreign activities comprise the Group’s transactions conducted through those offices in the UK specifically organised to service international banking transactions and transactions conducted through offices outside the UK.

The geographic analysis in the average balance sheet and interest rates, changes in net interest income and average interest rates, yields, spreads and margins in this report have been compiled on the basis of location of office – UK and overseas. Management believes that this presentation provides more useful information on the Group’s yields, spreads and margins of the Group’s activities than would be provided by presentation on the basis of the domestic and foreign activities analysis used elsewhere in this report as it more closely reflects the basis on which the Group is managed. ‘UK’ in this context includes domestic transactions and transactions conducted through the offices in the UK which service international banking transactions.

The results, assets and liabilities of individual business units are classified as trading or non-trading based on their predominant activity. Although this method may result in some non-trading activity being classified as trading, and vice versa, the Group believes that any resulting misclassification is not material.

International Financial Reporting Standards

As required by the Companies Act 1985 and Article 4 of the European Union IAS Regulation, the consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee of the IASB (together “IFRS’) as adopted by the European Union. On implementation of IFRS on 1 January 2005, the Group took advantage of the option in IFRS 1 ‘First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’ to implement IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ from 1 January 2005 without restating its 2004 income statement and balance sheet. The date of transition to IFRS for the Group and the company and the date of their opening IFRS balance sheets was 1 January 2004.

The Group’s published 2004 financial statements were prepared in accordance with then current UK generally accepted accounting principles (“UK GAAP” or “previous GAAP”) comprising standards issued by the UK Accounting Standards Board, pronouncements of the Urgent Issues Task Force, relevant Statements of Recommended Accounting Practice and provisions of the Companies Act 1985. The Group also presents information under generally accepted accounting principles in the US (“US GAAP”).

2






Forward-looking statements

Certain sections in this document contain ‘forward-looking statements’ as that term is defined in the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, such as statements that include the words ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘project’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believes’, ‘should’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘Value-at-Risk (“VaR”)’, ‘target’, ‘goal’, ‘objective’, ‘will’, ‘endeavour’, ‘outlook’, ‘optimistic’, ‘prospects’ and similar expressions.

In particular, this document includes forward-looking statements relating, but not limited, to the Group’s potential exposures to various types of market risks, such as interest rate risk, foreign exchange rate risk and commodity and equity price risk. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties. For example, certain of the market risk disclosures are dependent on choices about key model characteristics and assumptions and are subject to various limitations. By their nature, certain of the market risk disclosures are only estimates and, as a result, actual future gains and losses could differ materially from those that have been estimated.

Other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those estimated by the forward-looking statements contained in this document include, but are not limited to: general economic conditions in the UK and in other countries in which the Group has significant business activities or investments, including the United States; the monetary and interest rate policies of the Bank of England, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and other G-7 central banks; inflation; deflation; unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices and equity prices; changes in UK and foreign laws, regulations and taxes; changes in competition and pricing environments; natural and other disasters; the inability to hedge certain risks economically; the adequacy of loss reserves; acquisitions or restructurings; technological changes; changes in consumer spending and saving habits; and the success of the Group in managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

The forward-looking statements contained in this document speak only as of the date of this report, and the Group does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

For a further discussion of certain risks faced by the Group, see Risk factors on page 6.

3






Operating and financial review

Description of business

Introduction

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc is the holding company of one of the world’s largest banking and financial services groups, with a market capitalisation of £62.8 billion at the end of 2006. Headquartered in Edinburgh, the Group operates in the UK, US and internationally through its two principal subsidiaries, the Royal Bank and NatWest. Both the Royal Bank and NatWest are major UK clearing banks whose origins go back over 275 years. In the US, the Group’s subsidiary Citizens is ranked the eighth largest commercial banking organisation by deposits. The Group has a large and diversified customer base and provides a wide range of products and services to personal, commercial and large corporate and institutional customers.

The Group had total assets of £871.4 billion and shareholders’ equity of £40.2 billion at 31 December 2006. It is strongly capitalised with a total capital ratio of 11.7% and tier 1 capital ratio of 7.5% as at 31 December 2006.

Organisational structure and business overview

The Group’s activities are organised in the following business divisions: Corporate Markets (comprising Global Banking & Markets and UK Corporate Banking), Retail Markets (comprising Retail and Wealth Management), Ulster Bank, Citizens, RBS Insurance and Manufacturing. A description of each of the divisions is given below.

Corporate Markets is focused on the provision of banking, investment and risk management services to medium and large businesses and financial institutions in the UK and around the world. Corporate Banking and Financial Markets was renamed Corporate Markets on 1 January 2006 when we reorganised our activities into two businesses, Global Banking & Markets and UK Corporate Banking, in order to enhance the service provided to these two customer segments.

Global Banking & Markets (“GBM”) is a leading banking partner to major corporations and financial institutions around the world, providing an extensive range of debt financing, risk management and investment services to its customers. GBM has a wide range of clients across its chosen markets. It has relationships with an overwhelming majority of the largest UK, European and US corporations and institutions. GBM’s principal activity in the US is conducted through RBS Greenwich Capital.

UK Corporate Banking is the largest provider of banking, finance and risk management services to UK corporate customers. Through its network of relationship managers across the country it distributes the full range of Corporate Markets’ products and services to companies.

Retail Markets was established in June 2005 to lead coordination and delivery of our multi-brand retail strategy across our product range and comprises Retail (including our direct channels businesses) and Wealth Management.

Retail comprises both the Royal Bank and NatWest retail brands, and a number of direct providers offering a full range of banking products and related financial services to the personal, premium and small business markets across several distribution channels.

In core retail banking, Retail offers a comprehensive product range across the personal and small business market: money transmission, savings, loans, mortgages and insurance. Customer choice and product flexibility are central to the retail banking proposition and customers are able to access services through a full range of channels, including the largest network of branches and ATMs in the UK, the internet and the telephone.

Retail also includes the Group’s non-branch based retail businesses that issue a comprehensive range of credit and charge cards to personal and corporate customers and provides card processing services for retail businesses. Retail is the leading merchant acquirer in Europe and ranks fourth globally.

It also includes Tesco Personal Finance, The One account, First Active UK, Direct Line Financial Services and Lombard Direct, all of which offer products to customers through direct channels principally in the UK. In continental Europe, Retail offers a similar range of products through the RBS and Comfort Card brands.

Wealth Management provides private banking and investment services to its clients through a number of leading UK and overseas private banking subsidiaries and offshore banking businesses. Coutts is one of the world's leading international wealth managers with offices in Switzerland, Dubai, Monaco, Hong Kong and Singapore, as well as its premier position in the UK. Adam & Company is the major private bank in Scotland. The offshore banking businesses – The Royal Bank of Scotland International and NatWest Offshore – deliver retail banking services to local and expatriate customers, principally in the Channel Islands, the Isle of Man and Gibraltar.

Ulster Bank Group brings together the Ulster Bank and First Active businesses to provide a comprehensive range of products and services to retail and corporate customers in the island of Ireland.

Ulster Bank Retail Markets serves personal customers through both the Ulster Bank and First Active brands. Ulster Bank provides branch banking and direct banking services throughout the island of Ireland. First Active, through its branch network, serves personal customers in the Republic of Ireland with its separately branded product offerings, including mortgages and savings.

Ulster Bank Corporate Markets caters for the banking needs of business and corporate customers, including treasury and money market activities, asset finance, e-banking, wealth management and international services. Business and corporate banking services are provided via centrally-based relationship management teams and dedicated Business Centres located across both Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland.

Citizens is the second largest commercial banking organisation in New England and the eighth largest commercial banking organisation in the US measured by deposits. Citizens provides retail and corporate banking services under the Citizens brand in Connecticut, Delaware, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York state, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Vermont and the Charter One brand in Illinois, Indiana, Michigan and Ohio. Through its branch network Citizens provides a full range of retail and corporate banking services, including personal banking, residential mortgages and cash management.

4






In addition, Citizens engages in a wide variety of commercial lending, consumer lending, commercial and consumer deposit products, merchant credit card services, trust services and retail investment services. Citizens includes RBS National Bank, our US credit card business, RBS Lynk, our merchant acquiring business, and Kroger Personal Finance, our credit card joint venture with the second largest US supermarket group.

RBS Insurance is the second largest general insurer in the UK, by gross written premiums. It sells and underwrites retail, SME and wholesale insurance over the telephone and internet, as well as through brokers and partnerships. The Retail Divisions of Direct Line, Churchill and Privilege sell general insurance products direct to the customer. Through its International Division, RBS Insurance sells motor insurance in Spain, Germany and Italy. The Intermediary and Broker Division sells general insurance products through its network of independent brokers.

Manufacturing supports the customer-facing businesses and provides operational, technology and customer support in telephony, account management, lending and money transmission, global purchasing, property and other services.

Manufacturing drives optimum efficiencies and supports income growth across multiple brands and channels by using a single, scalable platform and common processes wherever possible. It also leverages the Group’s purchasing power and has become the centre of excellence for managing large-scale and complex change.

The expenditure incurred by Manufacturing relates to costs principally in respect of the Group’s banking and insurance operations in the UK and Ireland. These costs reflect activities that are shared between the various customer-facing divisions and consequently cannot be directly attributed to individual divisions. Instead, the Group monitors and controls each of its customer-facing divisions on revenue generation and direct costs whilst in Manufacturing such control is exercised through appropriate efficiency measures and targets. For financial reporting purposes the Manufacturing costs have been allocated to the relevant customer-facing divisions on a basis management considers to be reasonable.

The Centre comprises group and corporate functions, such as capital raising, finance, risk management, legal, communications and human resources. The Centre manages the Group’s capital requirements and Group-wide regulatory projects and provides services to the operating divisions.

Recent development

In response to press speculation on a potential bid for the Dutch bank, ABN AMRO, the Group, Fortis SA/NV and Santander Central Hispano S.A. (collectively, “the Banks”) confirmed that they had submitted a joint letter dated 12 April 2007 to the Chairmen of the Supervisory and Managing boards of ABN AMRO to express the Banks’ interest in putting forward a proposal for the acquisition of ABN AMRO and their preference to work with ABN AMRO to make an offer to ABN AMRO shareholders. The Banks requested access to the same due diligence information given to Barclays.

In response to this letter, a meeting between the Banks and ABN AMRO was arranged for 23 April 2007 when the Banks would clarify their intentions and interests and allow their proposals to be considered by the Board of ABN AMRO alongside any proposals from Barclays.

However, on 23 April 2007 ABN AMRO and Barclays announced that they had reached agreement on the terms of a merger, and ABN AMRO announced that it had decided to sell LaSalle Bank to Bank of America. In view of these developments, the Banks requested further information to understand the circumstances under which the sale of LaSalle Bank can be terminated. Accordingly, the Banks did not consider it appropriate to meet with ABN AMRO as arranged and are currently considering their position.

Competition

The Group faces intense competition in all the markets it serves. In the UK, the Group’s principal competitors are the other UK retail and commercial banks, building societies and the other major international banks represented in London.

Competition for corporate and institutional customers in the UK is from UK banks and from large foreign financial institutions who are also active and offer combined investment and commercial banking capabilities. In asset finance, the Group competes with banks and specialised asset finance providers, both captive and non-captive.

In the small business banking market, the Group competes with other UK clearing banks, specialist finance providers and building societies.

In the personal banking segment the Group competes with UK banks and building societies, major retailers, life assurance companies and internet-only players. In the mortgage market the Group competes with UK banks and building societies. National Westminster Life Assurance Limited and Royal Scottish Assurance compete with Independent Financial Advisors and life assurance companies.

In the UK credit card market large retailers and specialist card issuers, including major US operators, are active in addition to the UK banks. Competitive activity is across a number of dimensions including introductory and longer term pricing, loyalty and reward schemes, and packaged benefits. In addition to physical distribution channels, providers compete through direct marketing activity and the internet. The market remains very competitive, both between issuers and with other payment methods.

In Wealth Management, The Royal Bank of Scotland International competes with other UK and international banks to offer offshore banking services. Coutts and Adam & Company compete as private banks with UK clearing and private banks, and with international private banks. Competition in wealth management activities has intensified as banks have increased their focus on competing for affluent and high net worth customers.

RBS Insurance competes in personal lines insurance and, to a limited extent, in commercial insurance. There is strong competition from a range of insurance companies which now operate telephone and internet direct sales businesses. Competition in the UK motor market remains particularly intense. RBS Insurance also competes with local insurance companies in the direct motor insurance markets in Spain, Italy and Germany.

In Ireland, Ulster Bank and First Active compete in retail and commercial banking with the major Irish banks and building societies, and with other UK and international banks and building societies active in the market. Competition is intensifying as UK, Irish and other European institutions seek to expand their businesses.

In the United States, where competition is intense, Citizens competes in the New England, Mid-Atlantic and Midstates retail and mid-corporate banking markets with local and regional banks and other financial institutions. The Group also competes in the US in large corporate lending and specialised finance markets, and in fixed-income trading and sales. Competition is principally with the large US commercial and investment banks and international banks active in the US.

In other international markets, principally in continental Europe, the Group faces competition from the leading domestic and international institutions active in the relevant national markets.

5






Operating and financial review continued

 

Risk factors

Set out below are certain risk factors which could affect the Group’s future results and cause them to be materially different from expected results. The Group’s results are also affected by competition and other factors. The factors discussed in this report should not be regarded as a complete and comprehensive statement of all potential risks and uncertainties.

The Group's business and earnings are affected by general business and geopolitical conditions

The performance of the Group is influenced by economic conditions particularly in the UK, US and Europe. Downturns in these economies could result in a general reduction in business activity and a consequent loss of income for the Group. It could also cause a higher incidence of credit losses and losses in the Group’s trading portfolios. Geopolitical conditions can also affect the Groups earnings. Terrorist acts and threats and the response of governments in the UK, US and elsewhere to them could affect the level of economic activity. The Group’s business is also exposed to the risk of business interruption and economic slowdown following the outbreak of a pandemic.

The financial performance of the Group is affected by borrower credit quality

Risks arising from changes in credit quality and the recoverability of loans and amounts due from counterparties are inherent in a wide range of the Group’s businesses. Adverse changes in the credit quality of the Group’s borrowers and counterparties or a general deterioration in UK, US, European or global economic conditions, or arising from systemic risks in the financial systems, could affect the recoverability and value of the Group’s assets and require an increase in the provision for impairment losses and other provisions.

Changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices and other market factors affect the Group’s business

The most significant market risks the Group faces are interest rate, foreign exchange and bond and equity price risks. Changes in interest rate levels, yield curves and spreads may affect the interest rate margin realised between lending and borrowing costs. Changes in currency rates, particularly in the sterling-dollar and sterling-euro exchange rates, affect the value of assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies and affect earnings reported by the Group’s non-UK subsidiaries, mainly Citizens, RBS Greenwich Capital and Ulster Bank, and may affect income from foreign exchange dealing. The performance of financial markets may cause changes in the value of the Group’s investment and trading portfolios. The Group has implemented risk management methods to mitigate and control these and other market risks to which the Group is exposed. However, it is difficult to predict with accuracy changes in economic or market conditions and to anticipate the effects that such changes could have on the Group’s financial performance and business operations.

The Group’s insurance businesses are subject to inherent risks involving claims

Future claims in the Group’s general and life assurance business may be higher than expected as a result of changing trends in claims experience resulting from catastrophic weather conditions, demographic developments, changes in mortality and other causes outside the Group’s control. Such changes would affect the profitability of current and future insurance products and services. The Group re-insures some of the risks it has assumed.

Operational risks are inherent in the Group’s business

The Group’s businesses are dependent on the ability to process a very large number of transactions efficiently and accurately. Operational losses can result from fraud, errors by employees, failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper authorisation, failure to comply with regulatory requirements and Conduct of Business rules, equipment failures, natural disasters or the failure of external systems, for example, the Group’s suppliers or counterparties. Although the Group has implemented risk controls and loss mitigation actions, and substantial resources are devoted to developing efficient procedures and to staff training, it is only possible to be reasonably, but not absolutely, certain that such procedures will be effective in controlling each of the operational risks faced by the Group.

Each of the Group’s businesses is subject to substantial regulation and regulatory oversight. Any significant regulatory developments could have an effect on how the Group conducts its business and on the results of operations

The Group is subject to financial services laws, regulations, administrative actions and policies in each location in which the Group operates. This supervision and regulation, in particular in the UK and US, if changed could materially affect the Group’s business, the products and services offered or the value of assets.

Future growth in the Group’s earnings and shareholder value depends on strategic decisions regarding organic growth and potential acquisitions

The Group devotes substantial management and planning resources to the development of strategic plans for organic growth and identification of possible acquisitions, supported by substantial expenditure to generate growth in customer business. If these strategic plans do not meet with success, the Group’s earnings could grow more slowly or decline.

The risk of litigation is inherent in the Group’s operations

In the ordinary course of the Group’s business, legal actions, claims against and by the Group and arbitrations arise; the outcome of such legal proceedings could affect the financial performance of the Group.

The Group is exposed to the risk of changes in tax legislation and its interpretation and to increases in the rate of corporate and other taxes in the jurisdictions in which it operates

The Group’s activities are subject to tax at various rates around the world computed in accordance with local legislation and practice. Action by governments to increase tax rates or to impose additional taxes would reduce the profitability of the Group. Revisions to tax legislation or to its interpretation might also affect the Group's results in the future.

6





As discussed on page 2, the consolidated financial statements of the Group are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards. The Group took advantage of the option in IFRS 1 to implement IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 from 1 January 2005 without restating its 2004 income statement and balance sheet. The implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS on 1 January 2005 had a significant effect on the Group's balance sheet. Therefore the income statements for 2006 and 2005 as compared with 2004 and the balance sheets at 31 December 2006 and 31 December 2005 as compared with 31 December 2004 discussed in the Operating and financial review are not directly comparable.


Financial highlights

for the year ended 31 December 2006
£m
    2005
£m
  2004
£m
 








Total income 28,002     25,902   23,391  
Profit before tax 9,186     7,936   7,284  
Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 6,202     5,392   4,856  
Cost:income ratio (1) 44.6%     46.1%   44.3%  
Basic earnings per share (pence) 194.7     169.4   157.4  
Return on equity (2) 18.5%     17.5%   18.3%  








               
at 31 December 2006
£m
    2005
£m
  2004
£m
 
 








Total assets 871,432     776,827   588,122  
Loans and advances to customers 466,893     417,226   347,251  
Deposits 516,365     453,274   383,198  
Shareholders’ equity 40,227     35,435   33,905  
Risk asset ratio – tier 1 7.5%     7.6%   7.0%  
                        – total 11.7%     11.7%   11.7%  









  Notes:
(1) Cost:income ratio represents operating expenses expressed as a percentage of total income.
(2) Return on equity represents profit attributable to ordinary shareholders expressed as a percentage of average ordinary shareholders’ equity.

7






Operating and financial review continued

 

Summary consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2006

  2006
£m
      2005
£m
    2004
£m
 
 










Net interest income 10,596       9,918     9,071  










Fees and commissions receivable 7,116       6,750     6,473  
Fees and commissions payable (1,922 )     (1,841 )   (1,926 )
Other non-interest income 6,239       5,296     4,126  
Insurance premium income 6,243       6,076     6,146  
Reinsurers’ share (270 )     (297 )   (499 )










Non-interest income 17,406       15,984     14,320  







Total income 28,002       25,902     23,391  
Operating expenses 12,480       11,946     10,362  







Profit before other operating charges and impairment losses 15,522       13,956     13,029  
Insurance claims 4,550       4,413     4,565  
Reinsurers’ share (92 )     (100 )   (305 )
Impairment losses 1,878       1,707     1,485  







Operating profit before tax 9,186       7,936     7,284  
Tax 2,689       2,378     1,995  







Profit for the year 6,497       5,558     5,289  
Minority interests 104       57     177  
Preference dividends 191       109     256  







Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders 6,202       5,392     4,856  
 



                   
Basic earnings per ordinary share 194.7p       169.4p     157.4p  
 



Diluted earnings per ordinary share 193.2p       168.3p     155.9p  
 




8






2006 compared with 2005

Profit
Profit before tax was up 16%, from £7,936 million to £9,186 million, reflecting strong organic income growth in all divisions.

Total income
The Group achieved strong growth in income during 2006. Total income was up 8% or £2,100 million to £28,002 million.

Net interest income increased by 7% to £10,596 million and represents 38% of total income (2005 – 38%). Average loans and advances to customers and average customer deposits grew by 14% and 11% respectively.

Non-interest income increased by 9% to £17,406 million and represents 62% of total income (2005 – 62%).

Net interest margin
The Group’s net interest margin at 2.53% was down from 2.60% in 2005, due mainly to the business mix effect of growth in corporate and mortgage lending and the impact of the flatter US dollar yield curve.

Operating expenses
Operating expenses rose by 4% to £12,480 million.

Integration
Integration costs were £134 million compared with £458 million in 2005. Included are costs relating to the integration of First Active and Charter One, as well as the amortisation of software costs relating to the integration of Churchill. Integration costs in 2005 included software costs relating to the acquisition of NatWest which were previously written-off as incurred under UK GAAP but under IFRS were capitalised and amortised. All such software was fully amortised by the end of 2005.

Cost:income ratio
The Group’s cost:income ratio was 44.6% compared with 46.1% in 2005.

Net insurance claims
Bancassurance and general insurance claims, after reinsurance, increased by 3% to £4,458 million reflecting volume growth.

Impairment losses
Impairment losses were £1,878 million compared with £1,707 million in 2005, an increase of 10%.

Risk elements in lending and potential problem loans represented 1.57% of gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos at 31 December 2006 (2005 – 1.60%).

Provision coverage of risk elements in lending and potential problem loans was 62% compared with 65% at 31 December 2005. This reflects amounts written-off and the changing mix from unsecured to secured exposures.

Earnings and dividends
Basic earnings per ordinary share increased by 15%, from 169.4p to 194.7p.

A final dividend of 66.4p per ordinary share is recommended, giving a total dividend for the year of 90.6p, an increase of 25%. If approved, the final dividend will be paid on 8 June 2007 to shareholders registered on 9 March 2007.

Balance sheet
Total assets were £871.4 billion at 31 December 2006, 12% higher than total assets of £776.8 billion at 31 December 2005.

Lending to customers, excluding repurchase agreements and stock borrowing (“reverse repos”), increased in 2006 by 10% or £35.7 billion to £404.0 billion. Customer deposits, excluding repurchase agreements and stock lending (“repos”), grew by 9% or £26.1 billion to £320.2 billion.

Capital ratios at 31 December 2006 were 7.5% (Tier 1) and 11.7% (Total).

Profitability
The after-tax return on ordinary equity, which is based on profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and average ordinary equity, was 18.5% compared with 17.5% in 2005.

9






2005 compared with 2004

Profit
The implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005 affected the timing of recognition of income and costs, classification of debt and equity, impairment provisions and accounting for insurance contracts in 2005.

Profit before tax was up 9%, from £7,284 million to £7,936 million. Strong underlying organic income growth in all divisions and a full year’s contribution from acquisitions made during 2004 were partially offset by the adverse impact on income of implementing IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005.

Total income
Total income was up 11% or £2,511 million to £25,902 million. This reflected growth in all divisions particularly Global Banking & Markets, UK Corporate Banking, Citizens and Ulster Bank and also included gain of £333 million on sale of strategic investments. The effect of implementing the requirements of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005 was to reduce total income. Under IFRS, certain lending fees are deferred over the life of the financial asset and interest is recognised on a constant yield basis. The implementation of IAS 32 also resulted in most of the Group’s preference shares and minority interests being reclassified as debt and the interest thereon included in interest payable.

Net interest income increased by 9% to £9,918 million. Average loans and advances to customers and average customer deposits grew by 24% and 17% respectively. The effect of implementing the requirements of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005 was to reduce net interest income. Interest income is recognised on a constant yield basis under IFRS; under UK GAAP interest was recognised on an accrual basis. Interest payable also increased due to the reclassification of the Group’s preference shares and minority interests.

Non-interest income increased by 12% to £15,984 million with good growth in banking fee income, financial markets income and insurance premium income. Non-interest income represents 62% of total income. The effect of implementing the requirements of IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005 was to reduce non-interest income, principally due to the deferral of certain lending fees.

Operating expenses
Operating expenses rose by 15% to £11,946 million, partly due to the implementation of IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005. Operating expenses included loss on sale of subsidiaries of £93 million.

Integration
Integration costs were £458 million compared with £520 million in 2004. Included are software costs relating to the integration of NatWest which were written-off as incurred under UK GAAP but on transition to IFRS were capitalised and amortised. All such software is now fully amortised. The balance principally relates to the integration of Churchill, First Active and Citizens’ acquisitions, including Charter One which was acquired in August 2004.

Cost:income ratio
The Group’s cost:income ratio in 2005 was 46.1% (2004 – 44.3%), reflecting the impact on income in 2005 of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 and the first full year of acquisitions, particularly Charter One.

Net insurance claims
Bancassurance and general insurance claims after reinsurance, which under IFRS include maturities and surrenders, increased by 1% to £4,313 million.

Impairment losses
Impairment losses were £1,707 million compared with £1,485 million in 2004. Overall credit quality remained strong in 2005, with improvements in Global Banking & Markets and UK Corporate Banking partly offsetting higher impairment losses in Retail Markets. The effect of implementing the requirements of IAS 39 on 1 January 2005 was to increase loan impairment losses.

Risk elements in lending and potential problem loans represented 1.60% of gross loans and advances to customers excluding reverse repos at 31 December 2005 (31 December 2004 – 1.92%).

Provision coverage of risk elements in lending and potential problem loans was 65% compared with 72% at 31 December 2004. This reflects amounts written-off and the changing mix from unsecured to secured exposures.

Earnings and dividends
Basic earnings per ordinary share increased by 8% from 157.4p to 169.4p.

A final dividend of 53.1p per ordinary share, up 29% was approved, giving a total dividend for the year of 72.5p, an increase of 25%. The final dividend was paid on 9 June 2006 to shareholders registered on 10 March 2006.

Balance sheet
Total assets of £776.8 billion at 31 December 2005 were up £188.7 billion, 32%, compared with 31 December 2004, with £108.4 billion of this increase arising from the implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005, and the balance reflecting business growth.

Loans and advances to customers were up £70.0 billion, 20%, at £417.2 billion of which £33.9 billion resulted from the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39, mainly as a result of the grossing up of previously netted customer balances. Excluding this and a decrease in reverse repos, down 24%, £15.7 billion to £48.9 billion, customer lending was up £51.8 billion, 16%, reflecting organic growth across all divisions.

Customer accounts were up £59.5 billion, 21% at £342.9 billion with £31.7 billion arising from the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39, largely reflecting the grossing up of previously netted deposits. Excluding this and repos, which decreased £5.7 billion, 11% to £48.8 billion, deposits rose by £33.5 billion, 13%, to £294.1 billion with good growth in all divisions.

Capital ratios at 31 December 2005 were 7.6% (Tier 1) and 11.7% (Total).

Profitability
The after-tax return on ordinary equity, which is based on profit attributable to ordinary shareholders and average ordinary equity was 17.5% (2004 - 18.3%).

10






Operating and financial review continued

 

Analysis of results
Net interest income

    2006
£m
    2005
£m
    2004
£m
 










Interest receivable   24,688     21,331     16,632  
Interest payable   (14,092 )   (11,413 )   (7,561 )










Net interest income   10,596     9,918     9,071  








                   
    %     %     %  










Gross yield on interest-earning assets of the banking business   5.90     5.59     5.21  
Cost of interest-bearing liabilities of the banking business   (3.85 )   (3.36 )   (2.70 )










Interest spread of the banking business   2.05     2.23     2.51  
Benefit from interest-free funds   0.48     0.37     0.33  










Net interest margin of the banking business   2.53     2.60     2.84  








                   
Yields, spreads and margins of the banking business   %     %     %  










Gross yield (1)                  
       Group   5.90     5.59     5.21  
       UK   6.13     6.06     5.58  
       Overseas   5.50     4.74     4.38  
Interest spread (2)                  
       Group   2.05     2.23     2.51  
       UK   2.37     2.45     2.56  
       Overseas   1.47     1.87     2.48  
Net interest margin (3)                  
       Group   2.53     2.60     2.84  
       UK   2.68     2.75     2.85  
       Overseas   2.26     2.32     2.83  
                   
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc base rate (average)   4.64     4.65     4.38  
London inter-bank three month offered rates (average):                  
       Sterling   4.85     4.76     4.64  
       Eurodollar   5.20     3.56     1.62  
       Euro   3.08     2.18     2.11  











Notes:
(1)      Gross yield is the interest rate earned on average interest-earning assets of the banking business.
(2)      Interest spread is the difference between the gross yield and the interest rate paid on average interest-bearing liabilities of the banking business.
(3)      Net interest margin is net interest income of the banking business as a percentage of average interest-earning assets of the banking business.

11






Average balance sheet and related interest

              2006             2005           2004    







 






 






 
    Average
balance
£m
    Interest
£m
    Rate
%
  Average
balance
£m
  Interest
£m
    Rate
%
  Average
balance
£m
  Interest
£m
    Rate
%
 

















 






 
Assets                                
Treasury bills and other eligible bills – UK   2,059     90     4.37   3,160     138     4.37   835     34     4.07  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills – Overseas   70     3     4.29   55     2     3.64   62     1     1.61  
Loans and advances to banks – UK   15,934     681     4.27   15,477     649     4.19   13,696     529     3.86  
Loans and advances to banks – Overseas   7,237     237     3.27   9,422     259     2.75   9,189     264     2.87  
Loans and advances to customers – UK   239,086     15,141     6.33   212,156     13,453     6.34   186,117     11,116     5.97  
Loans and advances to customers – Overseas   121,092     6,977     5.76   104,579     5,206     4.98   69,118     3,201     4.63  
Debt securities – UK   10,757     508     4.72   14,731     630     4.28   21,859     726     3.32  
Debt securities – Overseas   21,962     1,051     4.79   22,299     994     4.46   18,132     761     4.20  












     




     
Total interest-earning assets – banking business (2,3)   418,197     24,688     5.90   381,879     21,331     5.59   319,008     16,632     5.21  


   

   

Total interest-earning assets – trading business (4)   202,408               172,990               133,353            






 

Total interest-earning assets   620,605               554,869               452,361            
Non-interest-earning assets (2,3)   213,297               182,179               70,446            






 

Total assets   833,902               737,048               522,807            




 

Percentage of assets applicable to overseas operations   35.2 %             35.3%               32.9%            




 

                           
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity                                          
                                           
Deposits by banks – UK   35,985     1,393     3.87   34,742     1,192     3.43   35,059     1,073     3.06  
Deposits by banks – Overseas   28,772     1,228     4.27   27,383     891     3.25   16,425     398     2.42  
Customer accounts: demand deposits – UK   86,207     2,428     2.82   73,653     2,057     2.79   67,519     1,568     2.32  
Customer accounts: demand deposits – Overseas   13,113     441     3.36   13,823     299     2.16   11,580     147     1.27  
Customer accounts: savings deposits – UK   30,933     1,058     3.42   26,727     778     2.91   23,149     625     2.70  
Customer accounts: savings deposits – Overseas   19,766     529     2.68   21,700     381     1.76   18,349     252     1.37  
Customer accounts: other time deposits – UK   67,126     2,807     4.18   60,350     2,325     3.85   51,591     1,699     3.29  
Customer accounts: other time deposits – Overseas   36,177     1,636     4.52   32,024     979     3.06   20,725     479     2.31  
Debt securities in issue – UK   45,829     2,210     4.82   42,745     1,771     4.14   41,058     1,351     3.29  
Debt securities in issue – Overseas   25,249     1,076     4.26   19,621     633     3.23   12,320     229     1.86  
Subordinated liabilities – UK   23,873     1,226     5.14   23,948     1,117     4.66   17,959     665     3.70  
Subordinated liabilities – Overseas   2,639     160     6.06   2,642     154     5.83   235     15     6.38  
Internal funding of trading business – UK   (44,475 )   (1,893 )   4.26   (37,628)     (1,125)     2.99   (35,317)     (920)     2.60  
Internal funding of trading business – Overseas   (4,930 )   (207 )   4.20   (2,186)     (39)     1.78   (758)     (20)     2.64  












 




Total interest-bearing liabilities – banking business (2,3)   366,264     14,092     3.85   339,544     11,413     3.36   279,894     7,561     2.70  


   

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities – trading business (4)   204,810               172,744               131,743            





 

Total interest-bearing liabilities   571,074               512,288               411,637            
Non-interest-bearing liabilities                                                
Demand deposits – UK   17,909               17,484               17,157            
Demand deposits – Overseas   11,668               11,181               9,101            
Other liabilities (3,4)   196,375               163,147               53,827            
Shareholders’ equity   36,876               32,948               31,085            






 

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   833,902               737,048               522,807            






Percentage of liabilities applicable to overseas operations   32.3 %             33.5%       30.5%    







Notes:
(1)      The analysis into UK and Overseas has been compiled on the basis of location of office.
(2)      Interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities include the Retail bancassurance assets and liabilities attributable to policyholders.
(3)      Interest income and interest expense do not include interest on financial assets and liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss.
(4)      Interest receivable and interest payable on trading assets and liabilities are included in income from trading activities.

12






Operating and financial review continued

 

Analysis of change in net interest income – volume and rate analysis

Volume and rate variances have been calculated based on movements in average balances over the period and changes in interest rates on average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate are allocated pro rata to volume and rate movements.

    2006 over 2005         2005 over 2004      
 






   






 
    Increase/(decrease) due to changes in:     Increase/(decrease) due to changes in:  
    Average
volume
£m
    Average
rate
£m
    Net
change
£m
    Average
volume
£m
    Average
rate
£m
    Net
change
£m
 



















Interest-earning assets                        
Treasury bills and other eligible bills                          
       UK   (48 )       (48 )   101     3     104
       Overseas   1         1         1     1
Loans and advances to banks                                  
       UK   19     13     32     72     48     120
       Overseas   (66 )   44     (22 )   6     (11 )   (5 )
Loans and advances to customers                                  
       UK   1,705     (17 )   1,688     1,620     717     2,337
       Overseas   887     884     1,771     1,748     257     2,005
Debt securities                                  
       UK   (183 )   61     (122 )   (273 )   177     (96 )
       Overseas   (15 )   72     57     184     49     233



















Total interest receivable of the banking business                                  
       UK   1,493     57     1,550     1,520     945     2,465
       Overseas   807     1,000     1,807     1,938     296     2,234



















    2,300     1,057     3,357     3,458     1,241     4,699
















Interest-bearing liabilities                          
Deposits by banks                        
       UK   (44 )   (157 )   (201 )   10     (129 )   (119 )
       Overseas   (47 )   (290 )   (337 )   (326 )   (167 )   (493 )
Customer accounts: demand deposits                                    
       UK   (353 )   (18 )   (371 )   (151 )   (338 )   (489 )
       Overseas   16     (158 )   (142 )   (33 )   (119 )   (152 )
Customer accounts: savings deposits                                    
       UK   (133 )   (147 )   (280 )   (102 )   (51 )   (153 )
       Overseas   37     (185 )   (148 )   (50 )   (79 )   (129 )
Customer accounts: other time deposits                                    
       UK   (274 )   (208 )   (482 )   (313 )   (313 )   (626 )
       Overseas   (140 )   (517 )   (657 )   (313 )   (187 )   (500 )
Debt securities in issue                                    
       UK   (134 )   (305 )   (439 )   (58 )   (362 )   (420 )
       Overseas   (209 )   (234 )   (443 )   (180 )   (224 )   (404 )
Subordinated liabilities                                    
       UK   4     (113 )   (109 )   (254 )   (198 )   (452 )
       Overseas       (6 )   (6 )   (140 )   1     (139 )
Internal funding of trading business                                    
       UK   231     537     768     62     143     205  
       Overseas   81     87     168     27     (8 )   19  



















Total interest payable of the banking business                          
       UK   (703 )   (411 )   (1,114 )   (806 )   (1,248 )   (2,054 )
       Overseas   (262 )   (1,303 )   (1,565 )   (1,015 )   (783 )   (1,798 )



















    (965 )   (1,714 )   (2,679 )   (1,821 )   (2,031 )   (3,852 )
















Movement in net interest income                                    
       UK   790     (354 )   436     714     (303 )   411  
       Overseas   545     (303 )   242     923     (487 )   436  



















    1,335     (657 )   678     1,637     (790 )   847  

















13




 

Non-interest income                  
    2006
£m
    2005
£m
    2004
£m
 










Fees and commissions receivable   7,116     6,750     6,473
Fees and commissions payable   (1,922 )   (1,841 )   (1,926 )
Income from trading activities   2,675     2,343     1,988
Other operating income   3,564     2,953     2,138










    11,433     10,205     8,673










                 
Insurance premium income   6,243     6,076     6,146
Reinsurers’ share   (270 )   (297 )   (499 )










    5,973     5,779     5,647










    17,406     15,984     14,320








2006 compared with 2005

Non-interest income increased by £1,422 million, 9% to £17,406 million reflecting strong organic growth in all divisions especially Global Banking & Markets, up 25% and Wealth Management, up 17%. Non-interest income represents 62% of total income (2005 – 62%). Excluding general insurance premium income, non-interest income rose by 12% or £1,228 million to £11,433 million.

Within non-interest income, fees and commissions receivable increased by 5% or £366 million, to £7,116 million, while fees and commissions payable increased by 4%, £81 million to £1,922 million.

Income from trading activities, which primarily arises from providing customers with debt and risk management products in interest rate, currency and credit, was up £332 million, 14%, reflecting increased customer volumes.

Other operating income increased by 21%, £611 million to £3,564 million. This was principally due to growth in income from rental and asset-backed activities and principal investments in Corporate Markets.

General insurance premium income, after reinsurance, rose by 3%, or £194 million to £5,973 million with good growth in motor policies in the UK and Continental Europe.

2005 compared with 2004

Non-interest income increased by £1,664 million, 12% to £15,984 million reflecting strong performances in Global Banking & Markets, UK Corporate Banking and Citizens, and good growth in banking fee income, financial markets income and insurance premium income. The effect of implementing IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005 was to reduce non-interest income.

Within non-interest income, fees and commissions receivable increased by 4% or £277 million, to £6,750 million, while fees and commissions payable decreased by £85 million to £1,841 million. Under IFRS, certain lending fees are deferred over the life of the financial asset.

Income from trading activities, which primarily arises from providing customers with debt and risk management products in interest rate, currency and credit, was up £355 million, 18%. The increase on 2004 reflected higher customer volumes.

Other operating income increased by 38%, £815 million to £2,953 million. This was principally due to higher income from rental assets, increased bancassurance income, realised investment securities gains and the gain on sale of strategic investments.

General insurance premium income, after reinsurance, rose by 2%, or £132 million to £5,779 million reflecting volume growth in motor and home insurance products.

14






Operating and financial review continued

 

Operating expenses

    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2004
£m







Administrative expenses:          
Staff costs   6,723   5,992   5,188
Premises and equipment   1,421   1,313   1,177
Other administrative expenses   2,658   2,816   2,323







Total administrative expenses   10,802   10,121   8,688
Depreciation and amortisation   1,678   1,825   1,674







    12,480   11,946   10,362





2006 compared with 2005

Operating expenses rose by 4% to £12,480 million to support the strong growth in business volumes.

Staff costs were up £731 million, 12% to £6,723 million reflecting growth and expansion of activities in Corporate Markets, where the number of staff increased by 1,700.

Premises and equipment expenses increased by £108 million, 8% to £1,421 million reflecting the continuation of our branch network improvement programme and ongoing investment in our major operational centres.

Other administrative expenses, down 6%, £158 million to £2,658 million reflected efficiency improvements whilst supporting higher business volumes and lower costs in relation to the integration of Churchill, First Active and Citizens' acquisitions.

The Group’s ratio of operating expenses to total income was 44.6% compared with 46.1% in 2005.

2005 compared with 2004

Operating expenses rose by 15% to £11,946 million to support growth in business volumes and included the loss on sale of subsidiaries.

Staff costs were up £804 million, 15% to £5,992 million reflecting business growth. The number of staff increased by 400 to 137,000.

Premises and equipment expenses increased by £136 million, 12% to £1,313 million reflecting our programme of investment both in the branch networks and in our major operational centres.

Other administrative expenses, up 21%, £493 million reflected business volume growth and ongoing expenditure on regulatory projects.

The Group’s ratio of operating expenses to total income was 46.1% compared with 44.3% in 2004, partly due to the full year effect of acquisitions and the impact of implementing IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005.

15






Integration costs

    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2004
£m







Staff costs   76   148   83
Premises and equipment   10   39   35
Other administrative expenses   32   131   149
Depreciation and amortisation   16   140   253







    134   458   520






2006 compared with 2005

Integration costs were £134 million compared with £458 million in 2005 comprising amortisation of internally developed software and other expenditure. Software costs were previously written-off as incurred under UK GAAP but under IFRS are now amortised over 3-5 years. All software relating to the NatWest integration was fully amortised by the end of 2005. The balance of integration costs principally relates to the integration of Churchill, First Active and Citizens’ acquisitions, including Charter One which was acquired in August 2004.

Accruals in relation to integration costs are set out below.

At 31 December Currency translation Charge to Utilised during At 31 December
2005 adjustments income statement the year 2006
£m £m £m £m £m













Staff costs 32 (1 ) 76 (84 ) 23
Premises and equipment 14 (1 ) 10 (23 )
Other 26 (1 ) 48 (65 ) 8













72 (3 ) 134 (172 ) 31











2005 compared with 2004

Integration costs were £458 million compared with £520 million in 2004 comprising amortisation of internally developed software and other expenditure. Software costs were previously written off as incurred under UK GAAP but under IFRS are now amortised over 3-5 years. All software relating to the NatWest integration was fully amortised by the end of 2005. The balance of integration costs principally relates to the integration of Churchill, First Active and Citizens’ acquisitions, including Charter One which was acquired in August 2004.

16






Operating and financial review continued

 

Impairment losses

2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m










New impairment losses   2,093     1,879     1,629
less: recoveries of amounts previously written-off   (215 )   (172 )   (144 )










Charge to income statement   1,878     1,707     1,485








               
Comprising:              
Loan impairment losses   1,877     1,703     1,402
Other impairment losses   1     4     83










Charge to income statement   1,878     1,707     1,485









2006 compared with 2005

Impairment losses were £1,878 million compared with £1,707 million in 2005. New impairment losses were up 11%, £214 million to £2,093 million. Recoveries of amounts previously written-off were up £43 million, 25% to £215 million. Consequently the net charge to the income statement was up £171 million, 10% to £1,878 million. Improvements in Corporate Markets reflecting a benign credit environment partly offset higher impairment losses in Retail Markets and Citizens.

Total balance sheet provisions for impairment amounted to £3,935 million compared with £3,887 million in 2005.

Total provision coverage (the ratio of total balance sheet provisions for impairment to total risk elements in lending) decreased from 65% to 62%. The ratio of total balance sheet provisions for impairment to total risk elements in lending and potential problem loans also decreased to 62% compared with 65% in 2005. This reflects amounts written-off and the changing mix from unsecured to secured exposure.

2005 compared with 2004

Impairment losses were £1,707 million compared with £1,485 million in 2004 with higher provisions in Retail Markets partly offset by improvements in Global Banking & Markets and UK Corporate Banking. Following the implementation of IAS 39 on 1 January 2005, loan impairment losses are based on the discounted value of expected recoveries. As a result, provisions are higher initially but the difference between the discounted and undiscounted amounts emerges as interest income over the recovery period.

New impairment losses were up 15%, £250 million to £1,879 million. Recoveries of amounts previously written off were up £28 million, 19% to £172 million. Consequently the net charge to the income statement was up £222 million, 15% to £1,707 million.

Total balance sheet provisions for impairment amounted to £3,887 million compared with £4,174 million at 31 December 2004. Total provision coverage (the ratio of total balance sheet provisions for impairment to total risk elements in lending) decreased from 76% to 65%.

The ratio of total balance sheet provisions for impairment to total risk elements in lending and potential problem loans decreased to 65% compared with 72% at 31 December 2004. This reflects amounts written-off and the changing mix from unsecured to secured exposure.

Other impairment losses were £4 million compared with £83 million in 2004.

17






Taxation

2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m










Tax 2,689 2,378 1,995








% % %










UK corporation tax rate 30.0 30.0 30.0
Effective tax rate 29.3 30.0 27.4










The actual tax charge differs from the expected tax charge computed by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax as follows:

2006 2005 2004
£m £m   £m  










Expected tax charge   2,756     2,381     2,185
Interest on subordinated debt not allowable for tax   58     79    
Non-deductible items   230     230     110
Non-taxable items   (251 )   (166 )   (128 )
Taxable foreign exchange movements   5     (10 )   (10 )
Foreign profits taxed at other rates   63     77     49
Unutilised losses – brought forward and carried forward   14     (5 )   6
Adjustments in respect of prior periods   (186 )   (208 )   (217 )










Actual tax charge   2,689     2,378     1,995









18






Operating and financial review continued

 

Divisional performance

The results of each division before amortisation of purchased intangible assets, integration costs and net gain on sale of strategic investments and subsidiaries and, where appropriate, before allocation of manufacturing costs (“Contribution”) and after allocation of manufacturing costs (“Operating profit before tax”) are shown below. The Group continues to manage costs where they arise, with customer-facing divisions controlling their direct expenses whilst Manufacturing is responsible for shared costs. The Group does not allocate these shared costs between divisions in the day-to-day management of its businesses, and the way in which divisional results are presented reflects this. The results below include an allocation of Manufacturing costs to the customer-facing divisions on a basis management considers to be reasonable.

        2006                 2005                 2004        
 






   






   






 
  Contribution
£m
    Allocation of
Manufacturing
costs
£m
    Operating
profit before
tax
£m
    Contribution
£m
    Allocation of
Manufacturing
costs
£m
    Operating
profit before
tax
£m
    Contribution
£m
    Allocation of
Manufacturing
costs
£m
    Operating
profit before
tax
£m
 
Global Banking & Markets 3,933     (143 )   3,790     3,179     (138 )   3,041     2,378     (128 )   2,250  
UK Corporate Banking 2,189     (427 )   1,762     1,986     (414 )   1,572     1,798     (383 )   1,415  
Retail Markets                                                    
- Retail 3,867     (1,568 )   2,299     3,781     (1,517 )   2,264     4,082     (1,402 )   2,680  
- Wealth Management 497     (143 )   354     410     (138 )   272     359     (128 )   231  
Total Retail Markets 4,364     (1,711 )   2,653     4,191     (1,655 )   2,536     4,441     (1,530 )   2,911  
Ulster Bank 602     (214 )   388     530     (207 )   323     452     (192 )   260  
Citizens 1,582     -     1,582     1,575     -     1,575     1,071     -     1,071  
RBS Insurance 964     (214 )   750     935     (207 )   728     873     (192 )   681  
Manufacturing (2,852 )   2,852     -     (2,758 )   2,758     -     (2,552 )   2,552     -  
Central items (1,368 )   (143 )   (1,511 )   (1,387 )   (137 )   (1,524 )   (612 )   (127 )   (739 )



























Profit before amortisation of purchased                                                    
intangible assets, integration costs and                                                    
net gain on sale of strategic investments                                                    
and subsidiaries 9,414     -     9,414     8,251     -     8,251     7,849     -     7,849  
Amortisation of purchased intangible                                                    
assets (94 )   -     (94 )   (97 )   -     (97 )   (45 )   -     (45 )
Integration costs (134 )   -     (134 )   (458 )   -     (458 )   (520 )   -     (520 )
Net gain on sale of strategic investments                                                    
and subsidiaries -     -     -     240     -     240     -     -     -  



























Operating profit before tax 9,186     -     9,186     7,936     -     7,936     7,284     -     7,284  
 






 






   







The performance of each of the divisions is reviewed on pages 20 to 34.

19




Operating and financial review continued

 

 Global Banking & Markets              
  2006     2005   2004  
  £m     £m   £m  



 


 
 Net interest income from banking activities 1,629     1,486   1,269  
 Funding costs of rental assets (519 )   (452 ) (370 )



 


 
Net interest income 1,110     1,034   899  



 


 
 Net fees and commissions receivable 861     678   674  
 Income from trading activities 2,379     2,061   1,766  
 Income from rental assets 1,196     1,074   924  
 Other operating income 1,280     744   350  



 


 
 Non-interest income 5,716     4,557   3,714  



 


 
 Total income 6,826     5,591   4,613  



 


 
 Direct expenses              
           – staff costs 1,975     1,518   1,246  
           – other 427     357   318  
           – operating lease depreciation 406     398   360  



 


 
  2,808     2,273   1,924  



 


 
 Impairment losses 85     139   311  



 


 
 Contribution 3,933     3,179   2,378  
 Allocation of Manufacturing costs 143     138   128  



 


 
 Operating profit before tax 3,790     3,041   2,250  


 


 
               
  31 December     31 December   1 January  
  2006     2005   2005  
  £bn     £bn   £bn  



 


 
 Total assets* 383.6     330.9   291.3  
 Loans and advances to customers – gross*              
           – banking book 94.3     82.0   70.5  
           – trading book 15.4     11.8   10.1  
 Rental assets 12.2     11.9   10.3  
 Customer deposits* 54.1     44.7   45.3  
 Risk-weighted assets 138.1     120.0   104.9  



 


 
* excluding repos and reverse repos              

2006 compared with 2005

Global Banking & Markets performed strongly in 2006, delivering excellent growth in income while continuing to build our strong international franchise. Total income rose by 22% to £6,826 million, contribution by 24% to £3,933 million and operating profit by 25% to £3,790 million.

GBM is a leading provider of debt financing and risk management solutions covering the origination, structuring and distribution of a wide range of assets. In 2006 we arranged over $450 billion of financing for our corporate and institutional customers, up 17% from 2005. We ranked first among managers of global asset-backed and mortgage-backed securitisations and fourth among managers of global syndicated loans, while among managers of international bonds we moved from thirteenth place to eighth. These league table positions demonstrate our success in broadening and deepening our franchise.

In 2006 we have further invested in extending our product capabilities and our worldwide reach. Income in North America rose by 18% in local currency, despite flat revenues in our US residential mortgage-backed securities business, as the investments we have made in our debt capital markets, loan markets, rates and credit trading businesses have borne fruit.

In Europe, income increased by 26% in local currency as a result of good performances in Germany, France, Spain, Italy and the Nordic region. We participated in many of the largest cross-border financings in 2006. Asia-Pacific, too, showed marked progress, with income increasing by 35% in US dollar terms. We have established a promising presence in the region, building our product capability and client relationships.

20






Net interest income rose by 7% to £1,110 million, representing 16% of total GBM income. Average loans and advances to customers increased by 20% as we further expanded our customer base outside the UK.

Net fee income rose by 27% to £861 million, reflecting our top tier position in arranging, structuring and distributing large scale private and public financings. We have increased our customer penetration, and in 2006 were the third most active underwriter of bonds for European, including UK, corporates.

Income from trading activities continued to grow steadily, rising by 15% to £2,379 million as a result of good volumes of debt and risk management products provided to our customers. A strong performance in credit products was supplemented by growth in our broadening product range, including equity derivatives and structured credit, partially offset by the impact of a slower US mortgage-backed securities market. Average trading book value at risk remained modest at £14.2 million.

Our rental and other asset-based activities have achieved continuing success in originating, structuring, financing and managing physical assets such as aircraft, trains, ships and real estate for our customers. This success has driven good growth in income from rental assets, which increased to £1,196 million from £1,074 million.

These businesses also generate value through the ownership of a portfolio of assets which we manage actively. Good results from these activities, as well as from principal investments where we work with our corporate customers and with financial sponsors, leveraging our financial capability to structure and participate in a wide variety of investment opportunities, were reflected in other operating income, which increased to £1,280 million from £744 million in 2005.

We have maintained good cost discipline while continuing to invest in extending our geographical footprint, our infrastructure and our product range. Total expenses grew by 22% to £2,951 million. Variable performance-related compensation increased and now accounts for 41% of total costs.

Portfolio risk remained stable and the corporate credit environment remained benign. Impairment losses fell to £85 million, with the distribution of impairments over the course of the year reflecting recoveries in the first half.

Average risk-weighted assets grew by 11% and the ratio of operating profit to average risk-weighted assets improved from 2.6% to 2.9%.

2005 compared with 2004

An excellent performance from our Global Banking & Markets customer segment in 2005 shows the fruits of the global platform we have built over the last five years, with good growth in all major geographies and across-the-board success in income generation from our core banking, structured finance and financial markets activities.

Total income increased by 21% to £5,591 million, with contribution up 34% to £3,179 million, benefiting from cost discipline and continuing benign credit conditions. Operating profit before tax rose by 35% to £3,041 million.

Debt underwriting volumes remained strong throughout the course of the year, reflecting our involvement in many of the largest financings in the UK and Europe for both large corporates and private equity sponsors. We were the fourth most active bank worldwide in arranging and underwriting bank lending in 2005. A strong distribution performance brought weighted risk assets to £120 billion at year-end, up 14% over the year and back to a more consistent trend level than the amount at 30 June 2005.

Non-interest income grew by 23% to £4,557 million and now accounts for 82% of Global Banking & Markets revenues.

We recorded good growth in fees earned from customer services in risk management, financial structuring and debt-raising. A strong performance from RBS Greenwich Capital, which has been brought together with other Global Banking & Markets activities in North America, contributed to steady growth in income from trading activities. Customer volumes were higher across all products and particularly good in our credit markets businesses. Average trading Value at Risk was held steady at a very conservative level, £12 million.

Our continuing success in aircraft, train, ship and hotel leasing delivered good growth in net income from rental assets. Our operating income grew strongly, with our structured finance investment portfolio producing good realised gains, notably in the second half of the year.

Growth in direct expenses was 18%, reflecting variable performance-related costs.

21






Operating and financial review continued

 

 UK Corporate Banking          
  2006   2005   2004
  £m   £m   £m






 Net interest income 2,111   1,904   1,639
 Non-interest income 1,342   1,265   1,347






 Total income 3,453   3,169   2,986






 Direct expenses          
           – staff costs 562   488   458
           – other 183   164   140
           – operating lease depreciation 330   335   320






  1,075   987   918






 Impairment losses 189   196   270






 Contribution 2,189   1,986   1,798
 Allocation of Manufacturing costs 427   414   383






 Operating profit before tax 1,762   1,572   1,415





           
  31 December   31 December   1 January
  2006   2005   2005
  £bn   £bn   £bn






 Total assets* 88.7   78.3   68.1
 Loans and advances to customers – gross* 86.8   76.7   66.4
 Customer deposits* 78.4   66.4   55.4
 Risk-weighted assets 93.1   82.6   73.5






* excluding repos and reverse repos

2006 compared with 2005

UK Corporate Banking had a successful year across all its businesses, strengthening its market leading positions in corporate and commercial banking and building good momentum in the provision of a broadening range of financing and risk management services to its customer base. As a result UKCB increased its total income by 9% to £3,453 million and contribution by 10% to £2,189 million. Operating profit before tax rose by 12% to £1,762 million.

Net interest income grew by 11% to £2,111 million. We achieved an 18% increase in average loans and advances to customers, with good growth across all customer segments. We increased average customer deposits by 21%, demonstrating the attractiveness of our range of deposit products for commercial and corporate customers. Changes in the deposit mix and some narrowing of lending margins, principally in the first half of the year, led to a modest decline in UKCB’s net interest margin.

Non-interest income rose by 6% to £1,342 million, reflecting good growth in origination fees and improved distribution of trade and invoice finance and interest rate and foreign exchange products.

Total expenses rose by 7% to £1,502 million. The increase in direct expenses, excluding operating lease depreciation, reflected the recruitment of additional relationship managers and other staff to strengthen the quality of service provided to our expanding customer base, as well as further investment in our electronic banking proposition.

Impairment losses were 4% lower than in 2005 at £189 million. Portfolio risk remained stable and the credit environment benign.

2005 compared with 2004

UK Corporate Banking generated good results in 2005, building on the strength of its UK franchise. We maintained our market-leading positions in corporate and commercial banking, asset finance and invoice finance. Total income rose by 6% to £3,169 million, whilst contribution rose by 10% to £1,986 million. Operating profit before tax rose by 11% to £1,572 million.

Net interest income increased 16% to £1,904 million as a result of strong growth in average lending and in average customer deposits.

Non-interest income declined by 6% to £1,265 million, reflecting the effect of IAS 39 on recognition of fee income being partially offset by our continued success in cross-selling our full range of products and services to customers. Our business has benefited from the co-location of our asset finance and invoice finance managers with our corporate and commercial banking operations.

Direct expense growth was 8% which included a further investment in customer-facing staff.

Impairment losses were 27% lower than in 2004 at £196 million, reflecting a further improvement in our credit metrics.

22





Retail Markets      
       
Retail Markets was established in June 2005 to strengthen co-ordination and delivery of our multi-brand retail strategy across our product range, and comprises Retail and Wealth Management.  
           
  2006   2005   2004
  £m   £m   £m






 Net interest income 4,711   4,510   4,261
 Non-interest income 3,926   3,746   3,899






 Total income 8,637   8,256   8,160






 Direct expenses          
           – staff costs 1,648   1,565   1,458
           – other 793   829   839






  2,441   2,394   2,297






 Insurance net claims 488   486   702
 Impairment losses 1,344   1,185   720






 Contribution 4,364   4,191   4,441
 Allocation of Manufacturing costs 1,711   1,655   1,530






 Operating profit before tax 2,653   2,536   2,911





  31 December   31 December   1 January
  2006   2005   2005
  £bn   £bn   £bn






 Total banking assets 119.9   114.4   104.9
 Loans and advances to customers – gross          
       – mortgages 69.8   64.6   56.9
       – personal 21.0   21.5   20.2
       – cards 9.1   9.6   9.4
       – business 18.1   16.7   15.9
 Customer deposits* 115.6   105.3   97.0
 Investment management assets – excluding deposits 34.9   31.4   26.6
 Risk-weighted assets 78.4   80.6   76.5






* customer deposits exclude bancassurance          

2006 compared with 2005

Retail Markets achieved a good performance in 2006, with total income rising by 5% to £8,637 million. Contribution increased by 4% to £4,364 million and operating profit before tax by 5% to £2,653 million.

Responding to evolving demand from its customers, Retail Markets has added to its capabilities in deposits and investment products and has been rewarded by strong growth in these areas. Lending growth has been centred on high quality residential mortgages and small business loans, while personal unsecured lending was flat, as we limited our activity in the direct loans market and customer demand remained subdued. We have used our full range of brands to address markets flexibly, focusing on the most appropriate products and channels in the light of prevailing market conditions.

Expenses have been kept under tight control, with additional investment in our business offset by efficiency gains and the benefits of combining Retail Banking and Direct Channels into a unified business.

Customer recruitment has been centred on our branch channels, where we have achieved good growth in savings accounts and are joint market leader for personal current accounts. Our commitment to customer service, through the largest network of branches and ATMs in the UK, is reflected in our industry-leading customer satisfaction ratings.

Average risk-weighted assets fell by 1%, reflecting a change in business mix toward mortgage lending as well as careful balance sheet management, including increased use of securitisations.

2005 compared with 2004

Total income increased by 1% to £8,256 million and contribution decreased by 6% to £4,191 million, with good discipline on costs helping to partially offset increased impairment losses on unsecured lending. Operating profit before tax fell by 13% to £2,536 million.

At the end of 2004 we referred to the changes being seen in the retail markets with the consumer transitioning from an environment which had seen several years of very fast growth in consumer lending to an increased emphasis on savings and investment.

As a consequence, we planned to refocus our strategy to grow our sales of deposit and bancassurance products faster than the market, to exploit our potential for building profitable market share in the mortgage market and to concentrate more on the development of our branch franchise, building on our strong service proposition. During 2005 this transition has gathered momentum and we have achieved good progress in our strategies.

Branch deposit balances outgrew the market and our bancassurance sales accelerated strongly, with annual premium equivalent sales 25% higher than in 2004. Our share of net mortgage lending, assisted by the launch of the First Active brand, reached 8% in 2005. Our credit card business, meanwhile, made excellent headway in marketing through branch channels; we gained 60% more credit card customers in our core NatWest and RBS brands in the second half than in the same period of 2004.

23






Operating and financial review continued

 Retail          
  2006   2005   2004
  £m   £m   £m




 Net interest income 4,211   4,068   3,858
 Non-interest income 3,492   3,374   3,529




 Total income 7,703   7,442   7,387




 Direct expenses          
           – staff costs 1,349   1,307   1,196
           – other 656   696   705




  2,005   2,003   1,901




 Insurance net claims 488   486   702
 Impairment losses 1,343   1,172   702




 Contribution 3,867   3,781   4,082
 Allocation of Manufacturing costs 1,568   1,517   1,402




 Operating profit before tax 2,299   2,264   2,680



           
  31 December   31 December   1 January
  2006   2005   2005
  £bn   £bn   £bn




 Total banking assets 108.8   104.3   95.8
 Loans and advances to customers – gross          
           – mortgages 65.6   61.1   53.5
           – personal 17.7   17.7   17.0
           – cards 9.0   9.5   9.3
           – business 16.9   16.3   15.3
 Customer deposits* 87.1   79.8   74.7
 Risk-weighted assets 71.9   74.5   70.5




* customer deposits exclude bancassurance          

2006 compared with 2005

Retail has delivered a good performance in 2006, achieving 4% growth in total income to £7,703 million. Contribution was up by 2% to £3,867 million, and operating profit before tax by 2% to £2,299 million.

We have advanced in personal banking, with good growth in savings and investment products combined with effective cost control and improvements in the quality of our lending book. Credit card recruitment and unsecured personal lending continues to be focused on lower risk segments, with reduced emphasis on acquisition through direct marketing.

We have continued to expand our customer franchise, growing our personal current account base by 232,000 in 2006 as a result of our sustained focus on quality and customer service. We continue to have the highest share of customers switching current accounts from other banks, and are now joint leader in the personal current account market. RBS is first and NatWest is joint second among major high street banks in Great Britain for the percentage of main current account customers that are "extremely satisfied" overall.

Net interest income increased by 4% to £4,211 million, with faster growth in deposits helping to mitigate lower unsecured lending volumes. Net interest margin improved slightly in the second half.

24






Average customer deposit balances were 9% higher, driven by personal savings balances up 12% and accelerating growth in business deposits, up 7%. Average mortgage lending was up 8%, with stronger volumes in the second half leading to a 7% market share of net lending in that period. Our offset mortgage product continues to perform well. For the year as a whole, average personal unsecured and credit card lending was flat, reflecting the slower UK consumer demand and our concentration on quality business with existing customers. In the second half we further reduced our activity in the direct loans market, but unsecured balances from our RBS and NatWest customers are broadly in line with the first half. Average business lending rose 5%, reflecting our cautious credit stance.

Non-interest income rose by 4% to £3,492 million. There was strong growth in our investments and private banking businesses as well as business banking fees, mitigating the slowdown in personal loan related insurance income.

Despite investments for future growth, total expenses rose by just 2%, to £3,573 million, whilst direct expenses were held flat at £2,005 million. Staff costs increased by 3% to £1,349 million, reflecting sustained investment in customer service and the expansion of our bancassurance and investment businesses. We continue to make efficiency gains as a result of the consolidation of our retail businesses. Other costs, such as marketing expenses, fell by 6% to £656 million, also benefiting from consolidation.

Impairment losses increased by 15% to £1,343 million, but were lower in the second half of the year than in the first. The year-on-year change in impairment losses slowed from 18% in the first half to 11% in the second half. Credit card arrears have stabilised, while the rate of increase in arrears on unsecured personal loans continued to slow. Mortgage arrears remain very low – the average loan-to-value ratio of Retail’s mortgages was 46% overall and 64% on new mortgages written in 2006. Small business credit quality remains steady.

Bancassurance
Bancassurance has had an excellent year with sales increasing by 56% to £267 million annual premium equivalent. The growth reflects the continued increase in focus on the recruitment of Financial Planning Managers, up 25% and productivity levels, up 43%. Increased sales of collective investments on the back of a successful ISA season and strong individual pensions growth, boosted by A-Day, helped underpin the outturn. Sales of guaranteed bonds were also particularly strong, and helped support a new business margin which improved significantly over the period. The product proposition was strengthened across all lines. Latest market share data shows an increase from 6.6% to 9.0% . On a UK GAAP embedded value basis for life assurance, investment contracts and open ended investment companies, adjusted for investment market volatility, pre tax profit was £78 million compared with £42 million in 2005.

Net claims, which include maturities, surrenders and liabilities to policyholders, were stable at £488 million compared with £486 million in 2005.

2005 compared with 2004

Total income for 2005 of £7,442 million and contribution of £3,781 million were adversely affected by the implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005. Operating profit before tax fell by 16% to £2,264 million.

During 2005 we continued to demonstrate our commitment to customer service, with significant progress in terms of the proportion of our customers who are “extremely” satisfied and we are making pleasing progress in the current account switcher market. Among the high street banks, Royal Bank of Scotland ranks first for customer satisfaction with NatWest in joint second place.

Against the backdrop of a slower rate of growth in consumer borrowing, we have delivered robust business growth in average loans and advances, especially mortgage lending with particularly good growth in higher margin products such as the offset mortgage. Average unsecured personal lending, where we took further steps to enhance our focus on high quality new business, was also up. Average customer deposits grew, with particularly good inflows into savings products.

Net interest income increased by 5%, or £210 million, to £4,068 million. This increase reflects, amongst other things, the success of the First Active brand in the UK mortgage market and the maturing of the MINT portfolio. Net interest margin was lower in 2005 than in 2004 with increased product margins offsetting mix effects. Spreads in mortgages and some savings products improved in the latter part of the year.

Non-interest income fell by 4% to £3,374 million. Growth in income from core personal and small business banking services, good progress in our private banking and investment businesses, higher volumes in both domestic and international card acquiring, strong sales through Tesco Personal Finance, the introduction of balance transfer fees and good growth in Europe were offset by the effect of IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on recognition of fee income and bancassurance income.

Direct expense grew by 5%, partly due to investment in future income initiatives in the second half of the year. Staff costs increased by 9% to £1,307 million primarily as a result of continued investment in customer-facing staff with over 500 additional customer advisors in branches, an increase in telephone banking advisors, and continued expansion of our bancassurance and investment businesses. We continue to make efficiency gains in other areas contributing to a decrease in other costs to £696 million. A more cautious approach to direct lending along with our successful focus on recruitment of customers through branches also contributed to this decrease.

Net claims in bancassurance, which under IFRS include maturities, surrenders and liabilities to policyholders, were £486 million compared with £702 million in 2004.

Impairment losses increased by 67% or £470 million to £1,172 million. The increased charge principally reflects the implementation of IAS 39 from 1 January 2005, growth in lending and increase in personal arrears over recent years. We have taken further steps to refine our credit policy, tighten lending criteria and improve our recoveries process.

 

25





Operating and financial review continued

 

Wealth Management      

  2006   2005   2004
  £m   £m   £m






Net interest income 500   442   403
Non-interest income 434   372   370






Total income 934   814   773






Direct expenses          
           – staff costs 299   258   262
           – other 137   133   134






  436   391   396






Impairment losses 1   13   18






Contribution 497   410   359
Allocation of Manufacturing costs 143   138   128






Operating profit before tax 354   272   231





           
  31 December   31 December   1 January
  2006   2005   2005
  £bn   £bn   £bn






Loans and advances to customers – gross 8.8   7.8   7.1
Investment management assets – excluding deposits 28.2   25.4   21.6
Customer deposits 28.5   25.5   22.3
Risk-weighted assets 6.5   6.1   6.0







2006 compared with 2005

Wealth Management delivered strong growth, with total income rising by 15% to £934 million. Contribution grew by 21% to £497 million and operating profit before tax by 30% to £354 million.

Wealth Management’s offering of private banking and investment services delivered robust organic income growth in 2006. Our continuing investment in Coutts UK, Adam & Company and our offshore businesses helped us to achieve an overall increase in client numbers of 5%. Coutts UK customers rose by 9%. Outside the UK, Coutts International moved its headquarters to Singapore and was successful in the Asia-Pacific region in recruiting additional experienced private bankers. We grew customer numbers in the region by 13% and income by 24%.

Growth in banking volumes contributed to a 13% rise in net interest income to £500 million. Average loans and advances to customers rose by 14% and average deposits by 10%, with net interest margin maintained at close to 2005 levels.

Non-interest income grew by 17% to £434 million, reflecting higher investment management fees and performance fees, as well as strong growth in new business volumes, particularly in the UK. Assets under management rose by 11%, to £28.2 billion at the year-end.

Total expenses rose by 9% to £579 million. In a highly competitive recruitment market, headcount was successfully increased by 7%, reflecting our continued investment in the UK and further expansion in Asia.

Impairment losses returned to historic levels, following a number of specific items in prior years.

2005 compared with 2004

Total income rose by 5% to £814 million, reflecting good growth across all our businesses, and contribution was 14% higher at £410 million. Operating profit before tax rose by 18% to £272 million. Coutts UK and Adam & Co both gained good numbers of customers, with Coutts up 7% and Adam up 11%. 2005 also saw the continuation of rapid growth in Asia, where the number of private bankers increased by 20%, with particular emphasis placed on recruitment for the Chinese and Indian markets.

Net interest income increased by 10% to £442 million. Strong growth in average customer loans and deposits was partially offset by lower net interest margin due to a change in the mix of business.

Non-interest income was steady at £372 million. Average assets under management rose 9% to £23.1 billion as a result of good new business volumes in Coutts UK and the rise in equity markets. Assets under management at the year end were £25.4 billion, an increase of 18%.

Direct expenses decreased by 1% to £391 million, reflecting a continued focus on efficiency. Despite continued investment in growth markets in both the UK and overseas, staff costs were 2% lower than in 2004. Other costs reduced to £133 million.

Impairment losses amounted to £13 million, down £5 million.

26






Ulster Bank          

 

  2006   2005   2004
  £m   £m   £m






Net interest income 773   655   550
Non-interest income 215   203   193






Total income 988   858   743






Direct expenses          
       – staff costs 224   191   172
       – other 91   79   79






  315   270   251






Impairment losses 71   58   40






Contribution 602   530   452
Allocation of Manufacturing costs 214   207   192






Operating profit before tax 388   323   260





           
  31 December   31 December   1 January
  2006   2005   2005
  £bn   £bn   £bn






Total assets 43.1   35.9   28.7
Loans and advances to customers – gross          
       – mortgages 15.0   13.2   10.1
       – corporate 19.6   13.7   12.2
       – other 2.1   1.3   0.7
Customer deposits 18.0   15.9   13.6
Risk-weighted assets 28.3   22.4   18.6
Average exchange rate – 1.467   1.463   1.474
Spot exchange rate – 1.490   1.457   1.418







2006 compared with 2005

Ulster Bank made strong progress in both personal and corporate banking in the Republic of Ireland and in Northern Ireland, with total income rising by 15% to £988 million. Contribution increased by 14% to £602 million and operating profit before tax by 20% to £388 million.

Net interest income increased by 18% to £773 million, reflecting growth in both loans and customer deposits. Average loans and advances to customers increased by 28%, and average customer deposits by 15%. A principal focus during 2006 was the expansion of our corporate banking franchise, and we succeeded in increasing corporate customer numbers by 7% in the Republic of Ireland and by 4% in Northern Ireland. This contributed to strong growth in both corporate lending, where average loans and advances increased by 32%, and deposits, with Ulster Bank winning a share of new business current accounts well in excess of its historic market share, particularly in the Republic of Ireland. Average mortgage balances grew by 26%, although the rate of growth was slower in the second half when there was some evidence of a more subdued pace of expansion in the mortgage market. The change in business mix resulting from strong growth in corporate lending and mortgages, together with some competitive pressures, led to a modest reduction in net interest margin in the first half, with margin stabilising in the second half.

Non-interest income rose by 6% to £215 million. Ulster Bank achieved good growth in fees from credit cards and ATMs as well as in sales of investment products, which was only partially offset by the introduction of Ulster Bank’s new range of current accounts, which are free of transaction fees.

Total expenses increased by 11% to £529 million, as we continued our investment programme to support the future growth of the business. We recruited additional customer-facing staff, particularly in corporate banking, opened three new business centres and continued with our branch improvement programme. By the end of 2006, 70% of Ulster Bank branches had been upgraded.

During 2006 we successfully completed the migration of our core systems to the RBS Group manufacturing model and, as a result, we now have access to the complete RBS product range.

The credit environment remains benign. Impairment losses rose by £13 million to £71 million, consistent with growth in lending.

2005 compared with 2004

Total income increased by 15% to £858 million, with contribution up 17% to £530 million, as Ulster Bank achieved another year of strong growth, with excellent customer recruitment, robust lending volumes and very good growth in deposits. First Active continues to perform well and in line with our integration plan. It led the Republic of Ireland market with the introduction of new mortgage products, as well as launching new credit card and direct loan products. Operating profit before tax rose by 24% to £323 million.

The number of personal and business customers increased by 68,000 in the year. Ulster Bank personal customer numbers rose by 9% in the Republic of Ireland, where our switcher mortgage product has helped us to gain market share. In Northern Ireland, Ulster Bank significantly enhanced its personal current account offering in the fourth quarter to provide free banking to all customers.

Net interest income rose by 19% to £655 million. Average loans and advances and average customer deposits both grew strongly. However, the continuing strong growth in mortgages and business loans led to a decline in net interest margin.

Direct expenses increased by 8% to £270 million, as a result of investment to support the growth of the business. This investment will continue into 2006. We have continued with our branch improvement programme, upgrading 50 branches in the Republic of Ireland and 39 in Northern Ireland.

Impairment losses increased by £18 million to £58 million, reflecting the growth in lending.

27






Operating and financial review continued

Citizens

  2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004
  £m   £m   £m   US$m   US$m   US$m












Net interest income 2,085   2,122   1,609   3,844   3,861   2,948
Non-interest income 1,232   1,142   659   2,271   2,079   1,207












Total income 3,317   3,264   2,268   6,115   5,940   4,155












Direct expenses                      
       – staff costs 803   819   580   1,480   1,490   1,063
       – other 751   739   500   1,385   1,344   916












  1,554   1,558   1,080   2,865   2,834   1,979












Impairment losses 181   131   117   333   239   214












Operating profit before tax 1,582   1,575   1,071   2,917   2,867   1,962











                       
  31 December   31 December   1 January   31 December   31 December   1 January
  2006   2005   2005   2006   2005   2005
  £bn   £bn   £bn   US$bn   US$bn   US$bn












Total assets 82.6   92.2   73.2   162.2   158.8   141.7
Loans and advances to customers – gross                      
       – mortgages 9.5   10.9   7.5   18.6   18.8   14.4
       – home equity 17.6   18.5   14.1   34.5   31.8   27.2
       – other consumer 11.7   14.4   10.9   23.2   24.8   21.2
       – corporate and commercial 16.7   17.0   14.9   32.7   29.2   28.9
Customer deposits 54.3   61.7   51.3   106.8   106.3   99.2
Risk-weighted assets 57.6   61.8   48.3   113.1   106.4   93.5
                       
Average exchange rate – US$/£             1.844   1.820   1.832
Spot exchange rate – US$/£             1.965   1.721   1.935












2006 compared with 2005

Citizens grew its total income by 2% to £3,317 million, while its operating profit rose slightly to £1,582 million. In dollar terms, Citizens total income increased by 3% to $6,115 million and its operating profit before tax by 2% to $2,917 million.

We have achieved good growth in lending volumes, with average loans and advances to customers increasing by 10%. In business lending, average loans excluding finance leases increased by 15%, reflecting Citizens’ success in adding new mid-corporate customers and increasing its total number of business customers by 4% to 467,000. In personal lending, Citizens increased average mortgage and home equity lending by 14%, though the mortgage market slowed in the second half. Average credit card receivables, while still relatively small, increased by 19%.

We increased average customer deposits by 4%, although spot balances at the end of 2006 were little changed from the end of 2005. As interest rates rose further and the US yield curve inverted, we saw migration from low-cost checking and liquid savings to higher-cost term and time deposits. This migration is a principal reason for the decline in Citizens’ net interest margin to 2.72% in 2006, compared with 3.00% in 2005. The decline slowed over the course of the year, with net interest margin in the second half 6 basis points lower than in the first. Lower net interest margins more than offset the benefit of higher average loans and deposits, leaving net interest income marginally lower at $3,844 million.

Non-interest income rose by 8% to £1,232 million. In dollar terms, non-interest income rose by 9% to $2,271 million. Business and corporate fees rose strongly, with good results especially in foreign exchange, interest rate derivatives and cash management benefiting from increased activity with Corporate Markets. There was good progress in debit cards, where issuance has been boosted by the launch in September of our "Everyday Rewards" programme. Citizens has also become the US’s leading issuer of Paypass™ contactless debit cards, with 3.65 million cards issued. Our credit card customers increased by 20%, whilst RBS Lynk, our merchant acquiring business, also achieved significant growth, processing 40% more transactions than it did in 2005 and expanding its merchant base by 11%.

Total expenses were flat, reflecting tight cost control and a 5% reduction in headcount, despite continued investment in growth opportunities such as mid-corporate banking, contactless debit cards, merchant acquiring and supermarket banking.

Citizens continued to expand its branch network. Our partnership with Stop & Shop Supermarkets has helped us to expand our supermarket banking franchise into New York, while in October we announced the purchase of GreatBanc, Inc., strengthening our position in the Chicago market and making us the 4th largest bank in the Chicago area, based on deposits. The acquisition was completed in February 2007.

Impairment losses totalled £181 million ($333 million), representing just 0.31% of loans and advances to customers and illustrating the prime quality of our portfolio. Underlying strong credit quality remained unchanged as our portfolio grew, with risk elements in lending and problem loans representing 0.32% of loans and advances, the same level as in 2005. Our consumer lending is to prime customers with average FICO scores on our portfolios, including home equity lines of credit, in excess of 700, and 95% of lending is secured.

28






2005 compared with 2004

Citizens performed well in 2005, delivering a strong underlying performance in challenging market conditions both from the old Citizens franchise and from Charter One. Total income grew by 44% to £3,264 million and contribution by 47% to £1,575 million. Total income, in US dollars, rose by 43% to $5,940 million and contribution by 46% to $2,867 million, including a full year’s contribution from Charter One. Excluding Charter One and other acquisitions, income rose by 7% and contribution by 10%, despite the impact of the flattening of the yield curve, which reduced net interest margin and the rate of growth in net interest income.

We have grown our customer numbers in both personal and business segments, with Charter One increasing its small business and corporate customer base by 10%. Cooperation between Citizens and RBS Global Banking & Markets and UK Corporate Banking is yielding good results. Citizens’ new international cash management service has already won nearly 300 new accounts with existing RBS customers, bringing in more than $80 million of new core deposits.

Our cards businesses, which are only active in the prime and superprime segments, have made good progress. Credit card balances increased by 19% to $2.5 billion, as RBS National launched into a number of new channels such as Charter One branches. RBS Lynk, our merchant acquiring business, increased its customer base by 24%.

The integration of Charter One progressed well and all phases of the IT conversion were completed in July 2005, five months ahead of schedule. This involved the conversion to Citizens’ systems of over 750 branches and three million customer accounts spread over a wide geography. Despite the focus on the integration process, Charter One achieved good growth in business volumes, with loans and advances up 18% over the course of the year and customers deposits up 10%.

Net interest income increased by 32% to £2,122 million. In dollar terms, net interest income increased by 31% to $3,861 million. This reflected strong growth in both lending and deposits. Excluding acquisitions, average lending increased by 13% or $6.7 billion, with robust growth in secured consumer lending, and average customer deposits by 9% or $5.7 billion. However, as a consequence of the flattening yield curve, net interest income excluding acquisitions was only 4% higher at $2,534 million.

Non-interest income was up 73% to £1,142 million. In dollar terms, non-interest income was up 72% to $2,079 million. Excluding acquisitions, non-interest income grew by 15% to $1,004 million, benefiting from higher fee income, increased student loan and leasing activities, and investment gains.

Direct expenses were up 44% to £1,558 million. In dollar terms, direct expenses were up 43% to $2,834 million. Expense growth, excluding acquisitions, was contained to 6%.

Impairment losses were up £14 million to £131 million. In dollar terms, impairment losses, including acquisitions, were up $25 million to $239 million. Credit quality overall remained stable. More than 90% of our personal sector lending is secured, and as a result there was minimal impact from the change in US bankruptcy laws in 2005.

29






 

RBS Insurance                
  2006     2005     2004  
  £m     £m     £m  






Earned premiums 5,713     5,641     5,507  
Reinsurers’ share (212 )   (246 )   (454 )






Insurance premium income 5,501     5,395     5,053  
Net fees and commissions (486 )   (449 )   (481 )
Other income 664     543     467  






Total income 5,679     5,489     5,039  






Direct expenses                
       – staff costs 319     316     295  
       – other 426     411     313  






  745     727     608  






Gross claims 4,030     3,903     3,826  
Reinsurers’ share (60 )   (76 )   (268 )






Net claims 3,970     3,827     3,558  






Contribution 964     935     873  
Allocation of Manufacturing costs 214     207     192  






Operating profit before tax 750     728     681  





                 
  31 December
2006
    31 December
2005
    31 December
2004
 






In-force policies (000’s)                
       – Core motor: UK 7,490     7,439     7,174  
       – Core motor: Continental Europe 2,114     1,862     1,639  
       – Core non-motor (including home, rescue, SMEs, pet, HR24): UK 4,920     4,799     4,450  
       – Partnerships (including motor, home, rescue, SMEs, pet, HR24) 7,267     7,559     7,370  
                 
General insurance reserves – total (£m) 8,068     7,776     7,379  







2006 compared with 2005

RBS Insurance increased total income by 3% to £5,679 million, with contribution also rising by 3% to £964 million and operating profit before tax by the same percentage to £750 million.

We achieved good overall policy growth of 3% in our core businesses including excellent progress in our European businesses. Our joint venture in Spain grew policy numbers by 14% to 1.34 million.

In the UK we have grown our core motor book by 1% whilst focusing on more profitable customers acquired through our direct brands, with good results achieved through the internet channel, which accounted for half of all new own-brand motor policies last year.

We implemented price rises in motor insurance in the second half of the year, and average motor premium rates across the market increased in the fourth quarter. Higher premium rates will, however, take time to feed through into income, and competition on prices remains strong.

Our core non-motor personal lines policies grew by 3%, with particularly good progress in Tesco Personal Finance. SME has also performed well with policies sold through our intermediary business growing by 10%.

However, some of our partnership books continue to age and we did not renew a number of other partnerships. As a result, the number of partnership policies in force fell by 8% in motor and by 9% in home.

Insurance premium income was up 2% to £5,501 million, reflecting a modest overall increase in the total number of in-force policies.

Net fees and commissions payable increased by 8% to £486 million, whilst other income rose by 22% to £664 million, reflecting increased investment income.

Total expenses rose by 3% to £959 million. Good cost discipline held direct expenses to £745 million, up 2%. Staff costs rose by 1%, reflecting improved efficiency despite continued investment in service standards. A 4% rise in non-staff costs included increased marketing expenditure to support growth in continental Europe.

Net claims rose by 4% to £3,970 million. The environment for home claims remained benign, whilst underlying increases in average motor claims costs were partially offset by purchasing efficiencies and improvements in risk management.

The UK combined operating ratio for 2006, including Manufacturing costs, was 94.6%, compared with 93.4% in 2005, reflecting a higher loss ratio and the discontinuation of some partnerships.

30






2005 compared with 2004

RBS Insurance produced a good performance in 2005, with total income increasing by 9% to £5,489 million and contribution by 7% to £935 million. Operating profit before tax rose by 7% to £728 million. The integration of Churchill was completed in September 2005, ahead of plan, and Churchill delivered greater transaction benefits than anticipated at the time of the acquisition. Following the integration of Churchill, all our direct general insurance businesses in the UK now operate on a common platform.

RBS Insurance achieved 4% growth in UK motor policies in force. In achieving this against a background of very strong competition in UK motor insurance, we benefited from the strength of our brands and the diversity of our distribution channels. Growth came through our direct brands, through our partnership business, where we operate insurance schemes on behalf of third parties who in turn sell insurance products to their customers, and through NIG, our intermediary business acquired as part of Churchill. Our businesses in Spain, Germany and Italy together delivered 14% growth in motor policies in force. Linea Directa, our joint venture with Bankinter, increased its customer base by 17% and, with more than 1 million policies, is the largest direct motor insurer and sixth largest motor insurer in Spain.

Total home insurance policies declined by 1%. Within this total, we continued to expand through our direct brands but there was attrition of some partner-branded books.

In addition to expanding its intermediary business in motor and home insurance, NIG achieved 10% growth in commercial policies sold to SMEs.

Direct expenses rose by 20%. Excluding the impact of a change in reinsurance arrangements, total income rose by 6% and expenses by 9%. Net insurance claims on the same basis were up by 5%, reflecting increased volumes, claims inflation in motor and an increase in home claims following severe storms in the UK in January 2005.

The UK combined operating ratio for 2005 was 93.4%.

31






Operating and financial review continued

 

Manufacturing              
  2006     2005   2004  
  £m     £m   £m  






Staff costs 763     725   757  
Other costs 2,089     2,033   1,795  






Total Manufacturing costs 2,852     2,758   2,552  
Allocated to divisions (2,852 )   (2,758 ) (2,552 )






         





Analysis of Manufacturing costs:              
Group Technology 966     953   860  
Group Property 910     834   733  
Customer Support and other operations 976     971   959  






Total Manufacturing costs 2,852     2,758   2,552  






2006 compared with 2005

Manufacturing costs increased by 3% to £2,852 million, benefiting from investment in efficiency programmes while supporting business growth and maintaining high levels of customer satisfaction. Staff costs rose by 5%, with increases in Group Technology partially offset by reduced headcount in Operations.

Group Technology costs were 1% higher at £966 million, as we achieved significant improvements in productivity balanced by investment in software development. In the biggest integration project undertaken since NatWest, we brought Ulster Bank onto the RBS technology platform.

Group Property costs increased by 9% to £910 million, reflecting the continuation of our branch improvement programme and ongoing investment in major operational centres, including Manchester, Birmingham and Glasgow.

Customer Support and other operations held costs virtually flat at £976 million and, like Group Technology, achieved significant improvements in productivity. At the same time we maintained our focus on service quality, and our UK-based telephony centres continued to record market-leading customer satisfaction scores. Our investment in ‘lean manufacturing’ approaches across our operational centres is expected to deliver further improvements in efficiency.

2005 compared with 2004

Manufacturing’s costs increased by 8% to £2,758 million. Excluding software amortisation, costs rose by 4%. Costs relating to internal software development, which under UK GAAP were written off as incurred, are now under IFRS capitalised and amortised.

Group Technology costs increased by 11% to £953 million. Excluding software amortisation, costs were up 2%, with support for increased business volumes offset by efficiency improvements. The Group Efficiency Programme was substantially completed during the year, with major implementations such as a new system for handling customer queries and a new customer account-opening platform. The Churchill systems integration was completed in September 2005.

Group Property costs increased by 14% to £834 million. We improved the efficiency of our property utilisation in 2005 while continuing our programme of investment both in the branch networks and in our major operational centres, including Birmingham, Manchester and our new headquarters in Edinburgh.

Customer Support and other operations costs increased by 1% to £971 million despite a much greater increase in the business volumes supported. Cash withdrawals from ATMs, for example, rose by 13%, while we handled 10% more mortgage applications and 7% more personal loan volumes. These increases were absorbed by improved efficiency through the delivery of new systems and ways of working.

32





Central items          
  2006   2005   2004
  £m   £m   £m




Funding costs 780   801   245
Departmental and corporate costs 588   586   367




  1,368   1,387   612
Allocation of Manufacturing costs 143   137   127




Total central Items 1,511   1,524   739




2006 compared with 2005

Total central items decreased by 1% to £1,511 million.

Central funding costs were 3% lower at £780 million, largely reflecting a year on year reduction of £41 million in IFRS-related volatility. The Group hedges its economic risks, and volatility attributable to derivatives in economic hedges that do not meet the criteria in IFRS for hedge accounting is transferred to the Group’s central treasury function.

Departmental and corporate costs at £588 million were similar to 2005.

2005 compared with 2004

Total central items increased by £775 million to £1,387 million, before allocation of Manufacturing costs and by £785 million to £1,524 million after allocation of Manufacturing costs.

Funding costs at £801 million, were up £556 million largely because of the full year funding cost of the acquisition of Charter One in August 2004 and the effect of implementing IAS 32 (reclassification of funding costs on preference shares and trust preferred securities from dividends payable and minority interests respectively to interest payable). The Group’s primary objective is to hedge its economic risks. So as not to distort divisional results, volatility attributable to derivatives in economic hedges that do not meet the criteria in IFRS for hedge accounting is transferred to the Group’s central treasury function. This resulted in a charge of £45 million, in addition to a charge for £14 million for hedge ineffectiveness under IFRS.

Central departmental costs and other corporate items at £586 million were £219 million higher than 2004. This was principally due to higher pension costs and the centralisation of certain functions, and includes ongoing expenditure on regulatory projects such as Basel II and Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404.

33






Operating and financial review continued

 

Employee numbers at 31 December (full time equivalents rounded to the nearest hundred)          
  2006   2005   2004




Global Banking & Markets 8,700   7,400   8,900
UK Corporate Banking 8,800   8,400   7,900
Retail 39,800   40,400   39,200
Wealth Management 4,500   4,200   4,100
Ulster Bank 4,800   4,400   4,100
Citizens 23,100   24,400   24,000
RBS Insurance 17,500   19,300   19,400
Manufacturing 25,200   26,000   26,900
Centre 2,600   2,500   2,100




Group total 135,000   137,000   136,600




2006 compared with 2005

The number of employees at 31 December 2006 was 135,000, a decrease of 2,000 compared with the prior year.

2005 compared with 2004

The number of employees increased by 400 to 137,000 with increases in Retail Banking, Citizens and Ulster Bank partially offset by a reduction in Global Banking & Markets and UK Corporate Banking.

34




 

  Consolidated balance sheet        
  at 31 December 2006        
    2006   2005  
    £m   £m  
 



 
  Assets        
  Cash and balances at central banks 6,121   4,759  
  Treasury and other eligible bills 5,491   5,538  
  Loans and advances to banks 82,606   70,587  
  Loans and advances to customers 466,893   417,226  
  Debt securities 127,251   120,965  
  Equity shares 13,504   9,301  
  Intangible assets 18,904   19,932  
  Property, plant and equipment 18,420   18,053  
  Settlement balances 7,425   6,005  
  Derivatives 116,681   95,663  
  Prepayments, accrued income and other assets 8,136   8,798  
 



 
  Total assets 871,432   776,827  



 
  Liabilities        
  Deposits by banks 132,143   110,407  
  Customer accounts 384,222   342,867  
  Debt securities in issue 85,963   90,420  
  Settlement balances and short positions 49,476   43,988  
  Derivatives 118,112   96,438  
  Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities 15,660   14,247  
  Retirement benefit liabilities 1,992   3,735  
  Deferred taxation 3,264   1,695  
  Insurance liabilities 7,456   7,212  
  Subordinated liabilities 27,654   28,274  
 



 
  Total liabilities 825,942   739,283  
           
           
           
 
  Equity        
Minority interests 5,263   2,109
Shareholders’ equity      
   Called up share capital 815   826
   Reserves 39,412   34,609
 
  Total equity 45,490   37,544  
 



 
  Total liabilities and equity 871,432   776,827  



 
  Analysis of repurchase agreements included above        
           
  Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing        
 



 
  Loans and advances to banks 54,152   41,804  
  Loans and advances to customers 62,908   48,887  
 



 
    117,060   90,691  



 
  Repurchase agreements and stock lending        
 



 
  Deposits by banks 76,376   47,905  
  Customer accounts 63,984   48,754  
 



 
    140,360   96,659  



 

35






Operating and financial review continued

 

Overview of consolidated balance sheet

Total assets of £871.4 billion at 31 December 2006 were up £94.6 billion, 12%, compared with 31 December 2005, reflecting business growth.

Treasury and other eligible bills remained stable at £5.5 billion.

Loans and advances to banks increased by £12.0 billion, 17%, to £82.6 billion. Reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing (“reverse repos”) increased by £12.3 billion, 30% to £54.2 billion, offset by a reduction in bank placings of £0.3 billion, 1% to £28.4 billion.

Loans and advances to customers were up £49.7 billion, 12%, to £466.9 billion. Within this, reverse repos increased by 29%, £14.0 billion to £62.9 billion. Excluding reverse repos, lending rose by £35.7 billion, 10%, to £404.0 billion reflecting organic growth across all divisions.

Debt securities increased by £6.3 billion, 5%, to £127.3 billion, principally due to increased trading book holdings in Corporate Markets.

Equity shares rose by £4.2 billion, 45%, to £13.5 billion, reflecting the increase in the fair value of available-for-sale securities, principally the investment in Bank of China.

Intangible assets decreased by £1.0 billion, 5%, to £18.9 billion, principally due to exchange rate movements.

Property, plant and equipment were up £0.4 billion, 2%, to £18.4 billion, mainly due to growth in investment properties and operating lease assets.

Settlement balances rose £1.4 billion, 24%, to £7.4 billion as a result of increased customer activity.

Derivatives, assets and liabilities, increased reflecting growth in trading volumes and the effects of interest and exchange rates.

Prepayments, accrued income and other assets were down £0.7 billion, 8%, to £8.1 billion.

Deposits by banks rose by £21.7 billion, 20%, to £132.1 billion to fund business growth. Increased repurchase agreements and stock lending (“repos”), up £28.5 billion, 59%, to £76.4 billion were partially offset by lower inter-bank deposits, down £6.8 billion, 11%, at £55.7 billion.

Customer accounts were up £41.4 billion, 12%, at £384.2 billion. Within this, repos increased £15.3 billion, 31%, to £64.0 billion. Excluding repos, deposits rose by £26.1 billion, 9%, to £320.2 billion with good growth in all divisions.

Debt securities in issue decreased by £4.5 billion, 5%, to £86.0 billion.

The increase in settlement balances and short positions, up £5.5 billion, 12%, to £49.5 billion, reflected growth in customer activity.

Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities increased £1.4 billion, 10%, to £15.7 billion.

Subordinated liabilities were down £0.6 billion, 2%, to £27.7 billion. The issue of £2.3 billion dated and £0.7 billion undated loan capital was offset by the redemption of £0.3 billion dated loan capital, £0.7 billion undated loan capital and £0.3 billion non-cumulative preference shares and the effect of exchange rates, £1.7 billion and other movements, £0.6 billion.

Deferred taxation liabilities rose by £1.6 billion to £3.3 billion largely reflecting the provision for tax on the uplift in the value of available-for-sale equity shares.

Equity minority interests increased by £3.2 billion to £5.3 billion. Of the increase, £2.1 billion related to the uplift in the value of the investment in Bank of China attributable to minority shareholders. The remaining increase primarily arose from the issue of £400 million trust preferred securities and a restructuring of the life assurance joint venture with Aviva, following the repayment of an existing loan replaced by an equity investment. This restructuring has no effect on the Group’s regulatory capital position.

Shareholders’ equity increased by £4.8 billion, 14%, to £40.2 billion. The profit for the year of £6.4 billion, issue of £0.7 billion non-cumulative fixed rate equity preference shares and £0.1 billion of ordinary shares in respect of the exercise of share options, £1.6 billion increase in available-for-sale reserves, mainly reflecting the Group’s share in the investment in Bank of China and a £1.3 billion net decrease after tax in the Group’s pension liability, were partly offset by the payment of the 2005 final ordinary dividend and the 2006 interim dividend, £2.5 billion and preference dividends of £0.2 billion, together with £1.0 billion ordinary share buybacks and £1.6 billion resulting from the effect of exchange rates and other movements.

36






Cash flow                  
    2006     2005 *   2004 *
    £m     £m     £m  










Net cash flows from operating activities   17,441     4,140     5,099  
Net cash flows from investing activities   6,645     (2,612 )   (9,398 )
Net cash flows from financing activities   (1,516 )   (703 )   7,119  
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   (3,468 )   1,703     (920 )










Net increase in cash and cash equivalents   19,102     2,528     1,900  








* restated (see Note 48)

2006

The major factors contributing to the net cash inflow from operating activities of £17,441 million were the profit before tax of £9,186 million adjusted for the elimination of foreign exchange differences of £4,516 million and depreciation and amortisation of £1,678 million, together with an increase of £3,980 million in operating liabilities less operating assets.

Net sales and maturities of securities of £8,000 million was partially offset by net purchases of property, plant and equipment of £1,292 million, resulting in the net cash inflow from investing activities of £6,645 million.

The issue of £671 million of equity preference shares, £3,027 million of subordinated liabilities and proceeds of £1,354 million from minority interests issued were more than offset by dividend payments of £2,727 million, purchase of ordinary shares amounting to £991 million, repayment of £1,318 million of subordinated liabilities and interest on subordinated liabilities of £1,409 million, resulting in a net cash outflow from financing activities of £1,516 million.

2005

The major factors contributing to the net cash inflow of £4,140 million from operating activities in 2005 were the profit before tax of £7,936 million less elimination of foreign exchange differences of £3,060 million, increases in deposits and debt securities in issue of £56,571 million, and increases in short positions and settlement balances of £10,326 million, partially offset by increases in securities of £28,842 million and increases in loans and advances of £36,778 million.

Net purchases of property, plant and equipment of £2,592 million, including operating lease assets and computer and other equipment, were the main contributors to the net cash outflow from investing activities of £2,612 million.

The issue of £1,649 million preference shares and £1,234 million subordinated debt were more than offset by dividend payments of £2,007 million and the repayment of £1,553 million of subordinated liabilities, resulting in a net cash outflow from financing activities of £703 million.

2004

The major factors contributing to the net cash inflow of £5,099 million from operating activities in 2004 were the profit before tax of £7,284 million, increases in deposits and debt securities in issue of £72,146 million, and in short positions and settlement balances of £8,796 million, partially offset by increases in securities of £11,883 million and in loans and advances of £72,955 million.

Net purchases of fixed assets, including operating lease assets and computer and other equipment, of £2,662 million and net investment in business interests and intangible assets of £7,968 million led to the net cash outflow from investing activities of £9,398 million.

The issue of £1,358 million preference shares and £2,845 million ordinary shares, and £4,624 million subordinated liabilities, partly offset by the payment of £1,635 million of dividends, were the main contributors to the net cash inflow from financing activities of £7,119 million.

37






Operating and financial review continued

 

IFRS compared with US GAAP

The Group’s financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differ in certain material respects from US GAAP as described on pages 176 to 186.

The net income available for ordinary shareholders under US GAAP was £5,440 million; £762 million lower than profit attributable to ordinary shareholders under IFRS of £6,202 million. The principal reasons for the decrease are:

  • reversal of net revaluation gains of £470 million on investment properties.

  • reduction of £454 million from eliminating IFRS hedge accounting adjustments partially offset by an increase of £196 million relating to financial instruments, principally net foreign exchange losses on available-for-sale securities.
  • higher pension costs of £387 million under US GAAP reflecting the deferral of actuarial losses over the remaining service lives of current employees.

  • tax of £410 million on the above and other adjustments.

US GAAP shareholders’ equity at £40,077 million is £150 million lower than IFRS shareholders’ equity of £40,227 million mainly attributable to the reversal of revaluation gains: £2,558 million on financial instruments, principally the Group’s investment in Bank of China and £873 million on investment and own-use properties, offset by the inclusion of £1,491 million of preference shares classified as debt under IFRS, an increase of £520 million from the deferral and amortisation of loan origination costs, net difference of £692 million on acquisition accounting and intangibles and tax on these and other adjustments of £784 million.

Capital resources

Upon adoption of IFRS by listed banks in the UK on 1 January 2005, the Financial Services Authority ("FSA") changed its regulatory requirements such that the measurement of capital adequacy was based on IFRS subject to a number of prudential filters. The data as at 31 December 2006 and 2005 set out below has been presented in compliance with these revised FSA requirements.

  2006-IFRS     2005-IFRS  
  £m     £m  






Capital base          
Tier 1 capital 30,041     28,218  
Tier 2 capital 27,491     22,437  






  57,532     50,655  
Less: investments in insurance subsidiaries, associated          
       undertakings and other supervisory deductions (10,583 )   (7,282 )






Total capital 46,949     43,373  
 




Risk-weighted assets          
Banking book:          
       On-balance sheet 318,600     303,300  
       Off-balance sheet 59,400     51,500  
Trading book 22,300     16,200  






  400,300     371,000  
 




Risk asset ratios %     %  






Tier 1 7.5     7.6  
Total 11.7     11.7  






The data set forth below are in accordance with FSA regulations at the time and are based on UK GAAP.

  2004-UK GAAP     2003-UK GAAP     2002-UK GAAP  
  £m     £m     £m  









Capital base                
Tier 1 capital 22,694     19,399     17,155  
Tier 2 capital 20,229     16,439     13,271  









  42,923     35,838     30,426  
Less: investments in insurance subsidiaries, associated                
       undertakings and other supervisory deductions (5,165 )   (4,618 )   (3,146 )









Total capital 37,758     31,220     27,280  
 







Risk-weighted assets                
Banking book:                
       On-balance sheet 261,800     214,400     193,800  
       Off-balance sheet 44,900     36,400     28,700  
Trading book 17,100     12,900     11,500  









  323,800     263,700     234,000  
 







Risk asset ratios %     %     %  









Tier 1 7.0     7.4     7.3  
Total 11.7     11.8     11.7  









It is the Group’s policy to maintain a strong capital base, to expand it as appropriate and to utilise it efficiently throughout its activities to optimise the return to shareholders while maintaining a prudent relationship between the capital base and the underlying risks of the business. In carrying out this policy, the Group has regard to the supervisory requirements of the Financial Services Authority (“FSA”). The FSA uses Risk Asset Ratio (“RAR”) as a measure of capital adequacy in the UK banking sector, comparing a bank’s capital resources with its risk-weighted assets (the assets and off-balance sheet exposures are ‘weighted’ to reflect the inherent credit and other risks); by international agreement, the RAR should be not less than 8% with a tier 1 component of not less than 4%. At 31 December 2006, the Group’s total RAR was 11.7% (2005 – 11.7%) and the tier 1 RAR was 7.5% (2005 – 7.6%).

38






Risk management

Governance framework

The Board sets the overall risk appetite and philosophy for the Group. Various Board and executive sub-committees support these goals, as follows:

  • Group Audit Committee (“GAC”) is a committee comprising independent non-executive directors that supports the Board in carrying out its responsibilities for financial reporting including accounting policies and in respect of internal control and risk assessment. The Group Audit Committee monitors the ongoing process of the identification, evaluation and management of all significant risks throughout the Group. The Committee is supported by Group Internal Audit which provides an independent assessment of the design, adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls.

  • Advances Committee is a board committee that deals with all transactions that exceed the Group Credit Committee’s delegated authority.

In addition to the responsibilities at Board level, operational authority and oversight is delegated to the Group Executive Management Committee (“GEMC”), which is responsible for implementing a risk management framework consistent with the Board’s risk appetite. The GEMC, in turn, is supported by the following committees:

  • Group Risk Committee (“GRC”) is an executive risk governance committee which recommends and approves limits, processes and policies in respect of the effective management of all material non-balance sheet risks across the Group.
  • Group Credit Committee (“GCC”) is responsible for approving credit proposals under authority delegated to it by the Board. Credit proposals exceeding the authority of GCC are referred to the Advances Committee. The GCC in turn delegates authority to divisional credit committees.

  • Group Asset and Liability Management Committee (“GALCO”), is an executive committee which is responsible for reviewing the balance sheet, funding, liquidity, structural foreign exchange, capital adequacy and capital raising across the Group as well as interest rate risk in the banking book. In addition, GALCO monitors and reviews external, economic and environmental changes affecting such risks.

These Committees are supported by Group Internal Audit and also by two dedicated group level functions, Group Risk Management (“GRM”), which has responsibility for credit, market, regulatory and enterprise risk and Group Treasury which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet, capital raising, intra group credit exposure, liquidity and hedging policies. Both functions report to GEMC and the Group Board through the Group Finance Director and play an active role in assessing and monitoring the effectiveness of the divisional risk management functions.

Heads of Group Risk Management and Internal Audit have direct access to the Group Chief Executive and the Chairman of the Group Audit Committee.

39






Operating and financial review continued

 

Risk management

The principal risks that the Group manages are as follows:

  • Credit risk: is the risk arising from the possibility that the Group will incur losses from the failure of customers to meet their obligations.

  • Liquidity risk: is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its obligations as they fall due.

  • Market risk: the Group is exposed to market risk because of positions held in its trading portfolios and its non-trading businesses.

  • Insurance risk: the Group is exposed to insurance risk, either directly through its businesses or through using insurance as a tool to mitigate other risk exposures.

  • Operational risk: is the risk arising from the Group’s people, processes, systems, physical assets and external events.

  • Regulatory risk: is the risk arising from failing to meet the requirements and expectations of our many regulators, or from a failure to address or implement any change in these requirements or expectations.

Risk appetite

Risk management across the Group is based on the risk appetite and philosophy set by the Board and the associated risk committees. The Board establishes the parameters for risk appetite for the Group through:

  • Setting strategic direction.

  • Contributing to, and ultimately approving annual plans for the Group and each division.

  • Regularly reviewing and monitoring the Group’s performance in relation to risk through monthly Board Reports.

The Board delegates the articulation of risk appetite to GEMC and ensures that this is in line with the strategy and the desired risk reward trade off for the Group. Risk appetite is an expression of the maximum level of residual risk that the Group is prepared to accept in order to deliver its business objectives and is assessed against regular (often daily) controls and stress testing to ensure that the limits are not compromised in abnormal circumstances.

Risk appetite is usually defined in both quantitative and qualitative terms. Whilst different techniques are used to ensure that the Group’s risk appetite is achieved, generically they can be classified as follows:

  • Quantitative: encompassing stress testing, risk concentration, value at risk and credit related metrics, including the probability of default, loss given default and exposure at default.

  • Qualitative: focusing on ensuring that the Group applies the correct principles, policies and procedures.

The annual business planning and performance management process and associated activities ensure the expression of risk appetite remains appropriate. GRC and GALCO support this work.

Risk organisation

Divisional Chief Executive Officers (CEOs) are specifically responsible for the management of risk within their divisions. As such, they are responsible for ensuring that they have appropriate risk management frameworks that are adequate in design, effective in operation and meet minimum Group standards.

Divisional CEOs are supported by divisional Chief Risk Officers (CROs) and Chief Financial Officers (CFOs). An important element that underpins the Group’s approach to the management of all risk is independence. In the case of CROs, it is enforced by joint reporting lines, both operationally to the divisional CEO and functionally to the Group Chief Risk Officer.

40





Credit risk

Key principles of credit risk management

The objective of credit risk management is to enable the Group to achieve appropriate risk versus reward performance whilst maintaining credit risk exposure in line with approved risk appetite.

Group Risk Management is responsible for setting standards for credit risk management throughout the Group. This is achieved via a combination of governance structures, credit risk policies, control processes and credit systems collectively known as the Group’s Credit Risk Management Framework (“CRMF”). The framework is defined in detail in the Group’s ‘Principles for Managing Credit Risk’.

The key principles for credit risk management as defined in the CRMF are set out below.

  • Approval of all credit exposure is granted prior to any advance or extension of credit.

  • An appropriate credit risk assessment of the customer and credit facilities is undertaken prior to approval of credit exposure. This includes a review of, amongst other things, the purpose of the credit and sources of repayment, compliance with affordability tests, repayment history, capacity to repay, sensitivity to economic and market developments and risk-adjusted return.

  • The Board delegates authority to Advances Committee, Group Credit Committee and divisional credit committees.

  • Credit risk authority is specifically granted in writing to all individuals involved in the granting of credit approval, whether this is exercised personally or collectively as part of a credit committee. In exercising credit authority, the individuals act independently.

  • Where credit authority is exercised personally, the individual has no responsibility or accountability for related business revenue generation.

  • All credit exposures, once approved, are effectively monitored and managed and reviewed periodically against approved limits. Lower quality exposures are subject to a greater frequency of analysis and assessment.

  • Customers with emerging credit problems are identified early and classified accordingly. Remedial actions are implemented promptly to minimise the potential loss to the Group.

  • Portfolio analysis and reporting is used to identify and manage credit risk concentrations and credit risk quality migration.

Each Division has established its own CRMF consistent with the Group CRMF. Divisional credit departments are responsible for maintaining the CRMF and ensuring that asset quality is within specified parameters. Divisional credit departments are independent of business management and have no direct responsibility or accountability for revenue generation. This independence is supported by the divisional head of credit having dual reporting lines to both the divisional CEO (via the divisional Chief Risk Officer) and to the Head of Group Credit Risk.

GRM undertakes regular assessments of the effectiveness of each divisional CRMF to ensure it complies with Group standards and is appropriate for the business being undertaken. GRC and the GEMC review reports on the Group’s portfolio of credit risks on a monthly basis.

Credit approval process

Different credit approval processes exist for each customer type in order to ensure appropriate skills and resources are employed in credit assessment and approval whilst following the key principles relating to credit approval.

Wholesale risk exposures are aggregated to determine the appropriate level of credit approval required and to facilitate consolidated credit risk management.

Credit authority is not extended to relationship managers:

  • Assessments of corporate borrower and transaction risk are undertaken using a range of credit risk models supplemented, where appropriate, by management judgement. Specialist internal credit risk departments independently oversee the credit process and make credit decisions or recommendations to the appropriate credit committee.

  • Financial Markets counterparties are subject to similar modelling techniques but are approved by a dedicated credit function which specialises in traded market product risk.

Consumer lending and personal businesses employ best practice credit scoring techniques to process small scale, large volume credit decisions. Scores from such systems are combined with management judgement to ensure an effective ongoing process of approval, review and enhancement. Credit decisions for loans above specified thresholds are individually assessed.

41






Operating and financial review continued

 

Credit risk models

Credit risk models are used throughout the Group to support the analytical elements of the credit risk management framework, in particular the quantitative risk assessment part of the credit approval process, ongoing credit monitoring as well as portfolio level analysis and reporting.

Credit risk modelling governance

The Group’s ‘Principles for Managing Credit Risk’ outline the governance structure under which all credit risk models must be developed, reviewed and approved. GRM is responsible for:

  • Establishing high level standards to which all credit risk models across the Group must adhere and thus ensuring a consistency of approach to credit risk modelling across the Group.

  • Approving all credit risk models prior to implementation and reviewing existing models on at least an annual basis.

Divisional credit risk departments own the particular models and are responsible for:

  • Developing credit risk models appropriate for the types of borrower and facilities in their credit portfolios and obtaining approval from GRM for their implementation.

  • Validating the models and submitting documentation of these validations to GRM with appropriate recommendations on recalibration, where applicable.

  • Obtaining approval from GRM for any new methodology or parameter estimates used in existing credit risk models prior to implementation.

Credit risk models used by the Group can be broadly grouped into four categories.

  • Probability of default (“PD”)/customer credit gradethese models assess the probability that the customer will fail to make full and timely repayment of credit obligations over a one year time horizon. Each customer is assigned an internal credit grade which corresponds to probability of default. There are a number of different credit grading models in use across the Group, each of which considers particular customer characteristics in that portfolio. The credit grading models use a combination of quantitative inputs, such as recent financial performance and customer behaviour, and qualitative inputs, such as company management performance or sector outlook.

    Every customer credit grade across all grading scales in
    the Group can be mapped to a Group level credit grade(see page 43).
  • Exposure at default (“EAD”) – these models estimate the expected level of utilisation of a credit facility at the time of a borrower’s default. The EAD will typically be higher than the current utilisation (e.g. in the case where further drawings are made on a revolving credit facility prior to default) but will not typically exceed the total facility limit.The methodologies used in EAD modelling recognise thatcustomers may make more use of their existing creditfacilities in the run up to a default.

  • Loss given default (“LGD”) these models estimate the economic loss that may be suffered by the Group on a credit facility in the event of default. The LGD of a facility represents the amount of debt which cannot be recovered and is typically expressed as a percentage of the EAD. The Group’s LGD models take into account the type of borrower, facility and any risk mitigation such as security or collateral held. The LGD may also be affected by the industry sector of theborrower, the legal jurisdiction in which the borrower operatesas well as general economic conditions which may impact thevalue of any assets held as security.

  • Credit risk exposure measurement – these models calculate the credit risk exposure for products where the exposure is not 100% of the gross nominal amount of the credit obligation. These models are most commonly used for derivative and other traded instruments where the amount of credit risk exposure may be dependent on external variables such as interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

Credit risk stress testing

Credit risk stress testing measures the potential vulnerability to exceptional but plausible economic and geopolitical events, and seeks to quantify the impact of an adverse change in factors which drive the performance and profitability of a portfolio. Stress testing is used within the Group’s CRMF to estimate and manage potential loss in the portfolio and to support the Board’s internal assessment of adequacy of regulatory capital.

At the Group level, a series of stress events are monitored on a regular basis to assess the potential impact on the Group’s income statement, through the credit impairment charge. The primary objective of this analysis is to support the Group’s framework for managing industry and geographical sector concentrations. This is done through the identification of scenarios which are likely to affect groups of inter-related sectors. These stress tests are discussed with senior divisional management and are reported to GRC, GEMC and the GAC. The Group manages to a trigger limit on the stressed impairment charge for an individual scenario.

In addition, the Group calculates the potential impact of a range of macroeconomic scenarios on both the Group’s income statement and balance sheet. This analysis is discussed by GEMC and reported to the Board.

42




 

Credit risk assets

Credit risk assets are an internal risk measure of the Group’s exposure to customers. These consist of loans and advances (including overdraft facilities), instalment credit, finance lease receivables, debt securities and other traded instruments across all customer types.

Credit risk assets are typically analysed excluding reverse repurchase agreements due to the short-term nature and low credit risk associated with this product. A breakdown of credit risk assets by division is shown below.

    2006   2005   2004
Credit risk assets   £bn   £bn   £bn







   Corporate Markets            
       – Global Banking & Markets   233.4   206.5   185.5
       – UK Corporate Banking   76.0   66.5   49.7
   Retail Markets            
       – Retail   109.5   104.6   93.9
       – Wealth Management   10.0   8.9   10.7
   Ulster Bank   35.6   30.5   22.3
   Citizens   67.5   74.5   59.4
   RBS Insurance   7.2   6.7   6.1







    539.2   498.2   427.6






Excluding reverse repurchase agreements, credit risk assets at 31 December 2006 were £539.2 billion (2005 – £498.2 billion), an increase of £41 billion (8%) during the year.

An analysis of reverse repurchase agreements is shown below.

1 January
2006 2005 2005
Reverse repurchase agreements £bn £bn £bn







   Banks   54.2   41.8   34.5
   Customers   62.9   48.9   64.6







    117.1   90.7   99.1






Reverse repurchase agreements as at 31 December 2006 were £117.1 billion (2005 – £90.7 billion), an increase of £26.4 billion (29%) during the year.

Credit risk asset quality

Internal reporting and oversight of risk assets is principally differentiated by credit ratings. Internal ratings are used to assess the credit quality of borrowers. Customers are assigned credit ratings, based on various credit grading models that reflect the probability of default. All credit ratings across the Group map to a Group level asset quality scale.

Expressed as an annual probability of default, the upper and lower boundaries and the midpoint for each of these Group level asset quality grades are as follows:

Asset Annual probability of default
quality Minimum Midpoint Maximum S&P
grade % % % equivalent









AQ1 0.00 0.10 0.20 AAA to BBB-
AQ2 0.21 0.40 0.60 BB+ to BB
AQ3 0.61 1.05 1.50 BB- to B+
AQ4 1.51 3.25 5.00 B+ to B
AQ5 5.01 52.50 100.00 B and below










Distribution of credit risk assets by asset quality

Asset quality remained broadly stable throughout 2006. As at 31 December 2006, exposure to investment grade counterparties (AQ1) accounted for 46% (2005 – 47%) of credit risk assets and 97% (2005 – 97%) of exposures were to counterparties rated AQ4 or higher. The exposure to the lowest asset quality (AQ5) remained at 3%.

Note: Graph data are shown net of provisions and reverse repurchase agreements.

 

43





Operating and financial review continued

 

Distribution of credit risk assets by industry sector

Industry analysis plays an important part in assessing potential concentration risk from within the loan portfolio. Particular attention is given to industry sectors where the Group believes there is a high degree of risk or potential for volatility in the future.

The Group also uses scenario analysis and stress testing in order to monitor the risk to clusters of correlated industry sectors.

Note: Graph data are shown net of provisions and reverse repurchase agreements.

As at 31 December 2006, 28% of credit risk assets (2005 – 30%) related to individuals and include mortgage lending and other smaller loans that are intrinsically well-diversified. Corporate industry exposure comprised 36% of credit risk assets (2005 – 35%), which are well diversified across a range of sectors. Banks and financial sevices account for 20% of credit risk assets (2005 – 22%) and public sector and quasi government credit risk assets make up the remaining 16% (2005 – 13%).

44




 

Distribution of credit risk assets by geography

The Group operates in 43 countries, but with the majority of assets in the UK, North America and Europe.

Business growth resulted in the proportion of credit risk assets in Europe and the Rest of the World increasing to 26% from 23%, while exchange rate movements led to a reduction in the proportion in North America from 27% to 25%.  
     

Distribution of credit risk assets by product and customer type

The Group also monitors its credit portfolio by customer type and product type. The largest category is lending to corporate customers, which represented 35% of credit risk assets as at 31 December 2006 (2005 – 31%). Debt securities issued by banks, sovereigns and quasi government bodies and mortgage lending to individuals accounted for 19% (2005 – 15%) and 20% (2005 – 21%) respectively.

45




 

Operating and financial review continued

 

Loan impairment

The Group classifies impaired assets as either Risk Elements in Lending (“REIL”) or Potential Problem Loans (“PPL”). REIL represents non-accrual loans, loans that are accruing but are past due 90 days and restructured loans. PPL represents impaired assets which are not included in REIL but where known information about possible credit problems cause management to have serious doubts about the future ability of the borrower to comply with loan repayment terms.

Both REIL and PPL are reported gross of the value of any security held, which could reduce the eventual loss should it occur, and gross of any provision marked. Therefore impaired assets which are highly collateralised, such as mortgages, will have a low coverage ratio of provisions held against reported impaired balance.

The adoption of IAS 39 under IFRS at the beginning of 2005 resulted in changes to the methodology used to identify impaired assets and therefore the way that REIL is calculated. Comparative financial information is given in the following tables for both 1 January 2005 and 31 December 2004.

The table below sets out the Group’s loans that are classified as REIL and PPL:

1 January 31 December
REIL and PPL 2006 2005 2005 2004
£m £m £m £m













Non-accrual loans (1) 6,232 5,926 5,836 4,733
Accrual loans past due 90 days (2) 105 9 52 713
Troubled debt restructurings (3) 2 24













Total REIL 6,337 5,937 5,888 5,470
         
PPL (4) 52 19 11 280













Total REIL and PPL 6,389 5,956 5,899 5,750











REIL and PPL as % of customer loans and advances – gross (5) 1.57 % 1.60 % 1.84 % 1.92 %














Following the implementation of IAS 39 in 2005, the sub-categories of REIL and PPL are calculated as per notes 1 to 4 below.

Notes:
(1) All loans against which an impairment provision is held are reported in the non-accrual category.
(2) Loans where an impairment event has taken place but no impairment recognised. This category is used for fully collateralised non-revolving credit facilities.
(3) Troubled debt restructurings represent loans that have been restructured following the granting of a concession by the Group to the borrower.
(4) Loans for which an impairment event has occurred but no impairment provision is necessary. This category is used for fully collateralised advances and revolving credit facilities where identification as 90 days overdue is not feasible.
(5) Gross of provisions and excluding reverse repurchase agreements.

REIL as at 31 December 2006 was £6,337 million (2005 – £5,937 million), an increase of £400 million (7%) during the year.
As a percentage of customer lending, REIL and PPL in aggregate show an improving trend, amounting to 1.57% of customer loans and advances at 31 December 2006 (2005 – 1.60%).

REIL by division

The table below shows REIL by division.

1 January 31 December
REIL 2006 2005 2005 2004
£m £m £m £m









Corporate Markets
– Global Banking & Markets 492 496 1,066 937
– UK Corporate Banking 1,034 969 1,032 955
Retail Markets
– Retail 4,143 3,877 3,197 3,000
– Wealth Management 43 58 65 99
Ulster Bank 433 342 389 341
Citizens 175 195 136 135
Other 17 3 3









Total REIL 6,337 5,937 5,888 5,470
 







During 2006, REIL in Corporate Markets rose by £61 million but remained at historically low levels reflecting continued favourable conditions in the corporate environment in the UK, Europe and the US. In addition, REIL increased in Retail by £266 million (7%) due to ongoing challenging conditions in the UK consumer environment.

46






Impairment loss provision methodology

Provisions for impairment losses are assessed under three categories as described below:

Individually assessed provisions are the provisions required for individually significant impaired assets which are assessed on a case by case basis, taking into account the financial condition of the counterparty and any guarantor. This incorporates an estimate of the discounted value of any recoveries and realisation of security or collateral. The asset continues to be assessed on an individual basis until it is repaid in full, transferred to the performing portfolio or written-off.

Collectively assessed provisions are provisions on impaired credits below an agreed threshold which are assessed on a portfolio basis, to reflect the homogeneous nature of the assets, such as credit cards or personal loans. The provision is determined from a quantitative review of the relevant portfolio, taking account of the level of arrears, security and average loss experience over the recovery period.

Latent loss provisions are provisions held against the estimated impairment in the performing portfolio which have yet to be identified as at the balance sheet date. To assess the latent loss within the portfolios, the Group has developed methodologies to estimate the time that an asset can remain impaired within a performing portfolio before it is identified and reported as such.

Provision analysis

The Group’s consumer portfolios, which consist of small value, high volume credits, have highly efficient largely automated processes for identifying problem credits and very short timescales, typically three months, before resolution or adoption of various recovery methods.

Corporate portfolios consist of higher value, lower volume credits, which tend to be structured to meet individual customer requirements. Provisions are assessed on a case by case basis by experienced specialists, with input from professional valuers and accountants as appropriate. The Group operates a clear provisions governance framework which sets thresholds whereby suitable oversight and challenge is undertaken. These opinions and levels of provision are overseen by each division’s Provision Committee, with representation from Group Risk Management. In addition, significant cases are presented to, and challenged by, the Group Problem Exposure Review Forum.

Early and active management of problem exposures ensures that credit losses are minimised. Specialised units are used for different customer types to ensure that the appropriate risk mitigation is taken in a timely manner.

Portfolio provisions are reassessed regularly as part of the Group’s ongoing monitoring process.

The adoption of IAS 39 at the beginning of 2005 resulted in changes to the methodology used to identify impaired assets and to calculate required provisions.

    2006     2005     2004  
Loan impairment charge   £m     £m     £m  










Latent loss provisions charge   87     14        
Collectively assessed provisions charge   1,573     1,399        
Individually assessed provisions charge   217     290        
Specific provision charge               1,386  
General provision charge               16  










Total charge to income statement   1,877     1,703     1,402  
   







Charge as a % of customer loans and advances – gross (1)   0.46 %   0.46 %   0.47 %











Notes:
(1) Gross of provisions and excluding reverse repurchase agreements.

Provisions for loan impairment charged to the income statement in 2006 were £1,877 million, up £174 million (10%) from 2005. As a percentage of customer lending, the impairment charge remained flat at 0.46% .

47





Operating and financial review continued

 

Summary of loan impairment provisions
A summary of the total customer provisions balance is shown in the table below.
1 January 31 December
Loan impairment provisions (1) 2006 2005 2005 2004
£m £m £m £m













Latent loss provisions 593 543 570
Collectively assessed provisions 2,645 2,587 2,484
Individually assessed provisions 695 754 1,086
Specific provisions 3,607
General provision 561













Total provisions 3,933 3,884 4,140 4,168











Total provision as a % of customer loans and advances – gross (2) 1.0%   1.0%   1.3%   1.4%  













 
Notes:
(1) Excludes provisions against loans and advances to banks of £2 million (2005 – £3 million; 1 January 2005 – £5 million, 31 December 2004 – £6 million).
(2) Gross of provisions and excluding reverse repurchase agreements.

As at 31 December 2006 total customer provisions were £3,933 million, up £49 million (1%) from 31 December 2005. The movement in the provisions balance is shown at the bottom of the page.

Provisions coverage

The Group’s provision coverage ratios are shown in the table below.

1 January 31 December
2006 2005 2005 2004













Total provision expressed as a:
% of REIL
62%   65%   70%   76%  
 










% of REIL and PPL 62%   65%   70%   72%  













The coverage ratio of closing provisions to REIL and PPL decreased from 65% to 62% during 2006. The lower coverage ratio reflects amounts written-off and the changing mix from unsecured to secured exposures.

Movement in loan impairment provisions balance            
             
The movement in provisions balance during 2006 is shown in the table below.            
    2006     2005  
    £m     £m  







Balance as at 1 January   3,887     4,145  
Currency translation and other adjustments   (61 )   51  
Amounts written-off   (1,841 )   (2,040 )
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off   215     172  
Charge to income statement   1,877     1,703  
Discount unwind (1)   (142 )   (144 )







Balance as at 31 December (2)   3,935     3,887  
 




 
Notes:
(1) The impact of discounting inherent within the provisions balance is unwound as the time to receiving the expected recovery cash flows draws nearer.
(2) Includes provisions against loans and advances to banks of £2 million (2005 – £3 million).

An impairment provision calculated using the effective interest rate method leaves a discounted asset; the discount unwinds at a constant effective rate until the outstanding asset is completely realised.

48






Liquidity risk

Liquidity management within the Group focuses on both overall balance sheet structure and the control, within prudent limits, of risk arising from the mismatch of maturities across the balance sheet and from undrawn commitments and other contingent obligations.

The management of liquidity risk within the Group is undertaken within limits and other policy parameters set by GALCO, which reviews monthly, and receives on an exception basis, reports detailing compliance with those policy parameters. A weekly report is also provided to the Group’s executive management. Compliance is monitored and coordinated daily under the stewardship of the Group Treasury function, both in respect of internal policy and the regulatory requirements of the Financial Services Authority.

Detailed liquidity position reports are compiled each day by Group Treasury and reviewed daily and weekly with Global Banking & Markets, who manage day-to-day and intra-day market execution within the policy parameters set.

In addition to their consolidation within the Group’s daily liquidity management process, it is also the responsibility of all Group subsidiaries and branches outside the UK to ensure compliance with any separate local regulatory liquidity requirements where applicable, subject to Group Treasury oversight.

Diversification of funding sources

The structure of the Group’s balance sheet is managed to maintain substantial diversification, to minimise concentration across its various deposit sources, and to contain the level of reliance on total short-term wholesale sources of funds (gross and net of repos) within prudent levels. As part of the Group’s planning process, the forecast structure of the balance sheet is regularly reviewed over the plan horizon and funding strategies and options are developed by Group Treasury and implemented after review and approval by GALCO.

The level of large deposits taken from banks, corporate customers, non-bank financial institutions and other customers, and significant cash outflows therefrom, are also reviewed to monitor concentration and identify any adverse trends. During 2006 the Group’s funding sources remained well diversified by counterparty, instrument and maturity.

    2006       2005       2004    
Sources of funding   £m   %   £m   %   £m   %













Customer accounts (excluding repos)                        
       Repayable on demand   197,771   28   172,853   27   169,016   32
       Time deposits   122,467   17   121,260   19   72,165   14













Total customer accounts (excluding repos)   320,238   45   294,113   46   241,181   46
Debt securities over one year remaining maturity   44,006   6   22,293   3   9,931   2
Subordinated liabilities   27,654   4   28,274   4   20,366   4
Shareholders’ equity   40,227   6   35,435   6   33,905   6













    432,125   61   380,115   59   305,383   58
Debt securities up to one year remaining maturity   41,957   5   68,127   11   54,068   10
Repo agreements with customers   63,984   9   48,754   7   42,134   8
Deposits by banks (excluding repos)   55,767   8   62,502   10   56,541   11
Repo agreements with banks   76,376   11   47,905   7   43,342   8
Short positions   43,809   6   37,427   6   28,923   5













Total   714,018   100   644,830   100   530,391   100
 











Customer accounts (excluding repos), term debt securities of over one year remaining maturity and capital continue to represent the core of the Group’s funding. These core funds in total increased by £52.0 billion (14%) over the course of 2006 and represent 61% of total funding excluding other liabilities at 31 December 2006.

Customer accounts continue to provide a substantial proportion of the Group’s funding and comprise a well diversified and stable source of funds from a wide range of retail, corporate and non-bank institutional customers. Excluding repo agreements, customer accounts grew by £26.1 billion (9%), and represent 45% of total funding excluding other liabilities at 31 December 2006.

Term debt securities with an outstanding term of over one year increased £21.7 billion (97%) to represent 6% of the Group’s funding at 31 December 2006, reflecting the activity of the Group in raising term funds through its securitisation and Euro and US Medium Term Note programmes.

Capital (shareholders’ equity and subordinated debt) increased by £4.2 billion (7%) and provides 10% of total funding excluding other liabilities.

49





Operating and financial review continued

 

Short term wholesale deposits are taken from a wide range of counterparties, with the largest single depositor continuing to represent less than 1% of the Group’s total funding. The level of funding from short term unsecured debt issuance and bank deposits, excluding repos and short positions, has decreased by £32.9 billion (25%) and now represents 13% of total funding excluding other liabilities at 31 December 2006. This reflects the increased use of secured and unsecured term issuance to fund the higher rate of growth in customer loans and advances (see ‘net customer activity’ below) and increased repo activity.

Short positions and repos with corporate, institutional customers and banks are undertaken primarily by RBS Greenwich Capital in the US and by Global Banking & Markets. Repos and short positions increased by £50.1 billion (37%) to represent 26% of total funding excluding other liabilities at 31 December 2006.

The Group remains well placed to access various wholesale funding sources from a wide range of counterparties and markets.

Net customer activity

Net customer lending, excluding repos, rose by £9.6 billion (as the growth in loans and advances to customers continued to exceed the growth in customer accounts, albeit to a lesser degree than in previous years), thus increasing the degree of reliance on wholesale market funding to support loan growth.

    2006     2005     2004  
Net customer activity   £m     £m     £m  










Loans and advances to customers (gross, excluding reverse repos)   407,918     372,223     299,235  
Customer accounts (excluding repos)   320,238     294,113     241,181  










Customer lending less customer accounts   87,680     78,110     58,054  
 







Loans and advances to customers as a % of customer accounts (excluding repos)   127.4%     126.6%     124.1%  











The Group evaluates on a regular basis its structural liquidity risk and applies a variety of balance sheet management and term funding strategies to maintain this risk within its normal policy parameters.

Management of term structure

The degree of maturity mismatch within the overall long-term structure of the Group’s assets and liabilities is managed within internal policy guidelines, to ensure that term asset commitments may be funded on an economic basis over their life. In managing its overall term structure, the Group analyses and takes into account the effect of retail and corporate customer behaviour on actual asset and liability maturities where they differ materially from the underlying contractual maturities.

Stress testing

The maintenance of high quality credit ratings is recognised as an important component in the management of the Group’s liquidity risk. Credit ratings affect the Group’s ability to raise, and the cost of raising, funds from the wholesale market and the need to provide collateral in respect of, for example, changes in the mark-to-market value of derivative transactions.

Given its strong credit ratings, the impact of a single notch downgrade would, if it occurred, be expected to have a relatively small impact on the Group’s economic access to liquidity. More severe downgrades could have a progressively greater impact but have an increasingly lower probability of occurrence.

As part of its stress testing of its access to sufficient liquidity, the Group regularly evaluates the potential impact of a range of levels of downgrade in its credit ratings and carries out stress tests of other relevant scenarios and sensitivity analyses.

Contingency funding plans are maintained to anticipate and respond to any approaching or actual material deterioration in market conditions or in the Group’s credit ratings, and the Group remains confident of its ability to manage its liquidity requirements effectively in all such circumstances.

Daily management

The primary focus of the Group’s daily management activity is to ensure access to sufficient liquidity to meet its cashflow obligations within key time horizons out to one month ahead. The short-term maturity structure of the Group’s liabilities and assets is managed on a daily basis to ensure that all material cashflow obligations, and potential cashflows arising from undrawn commitments and other contingent obligations, can be met as they arise from day to day, either from cash inflows, from maturing assets, new borrowing or the sale or repurchase of various debt securities held (after allowing for appropriate haircuts). Short-term liquidity risk is managed on a consolidated basis for the whole Group including the Greenwich companies but excluding the activities of Citizens and insurance businesses, which are subject to regulatory regimes that necessitate local management of liquidity.

Internal liquidity mismatch limits are set for all other subsidiaries and non-UK branches which have material local treasury activities in external markets, to ensure those activities do not compromise daily maintenance of the Group’s overall liquidity risk position within the Group’s policy parameters.

Citizens and the insurance companies have their own liquidity policies which comply with their respective regulatory regimes. The policies are also reviewed and monitored by Group Treasury.

50






 

    2006     2005     2004  
Net short-term wholesale market activity   £m     £m     £m  










Debt securities, treasury and other eligible bills   132,742     126,503     100,018  
Reverse repo agreements with banks and customers   117,060     90,691     82,159  
Less: repos with banks and customers   (140,360 )   (96,659 )   (85,476 )
Short positions   (43,809 )   (37,427 )   (28,923 )
Insurance Companies’ debt securities held   (6,149 )   (5,724 )   (5,029 )
Debt securities charged as security for liabilities   (8,560 )   (9,578 )   (4,852 )










Net marketable assets   50,924     67,806     57,897  










By remaining maturity up to one month:                  
Deposits by banks (excluding repos)   36,089     35,153     34,041  
Less: loans and advances to banks (gross, excluding reverse repos)   (21,136 )   (16,381 )   (17,067 )
Debt securities in issue   19,924     20,577     15,505  










Net wholesale liabilities due within one month   34,877     39,349     32,479  










Net surplus of marketable assets over wholesale liabilities due within one month   16,047     28,457     25,418  
 








Whilst the Group’s net surplus of marketable assets over net short-term wholesale liabilities due within one month decreased by £12.4 billion (44%), access to liquidity to meet all foreseen needs remains comfortably within the Group’s policy parameters. The Group has increased its reliance on medium term funding, both unsecured (via medium term notes) and secured (via residential mortgage securitisation). In the banking book, this has reduced the relative reliance on short term unsecured funding and consequently the level of short-term liquidity risk. In the trading book, an increased proportion of the higher overall level of marketable assets held has been used as collateral for repo borrowing.

Sterling liquidity

Over 43% of the Group’s total assets are denominated in sterling. For its sterling activity the FSA requires the Group, on a consolidated basis, to maintain daily a minimum ratio of 100% between:

1.      a stock of qualifying high quality liquid assets (primarily UK and EU government securities, treasury bills and cash held in branches); and
2.      the sum of:
  sterling wholesale net outflows contractually due within five working days (offset up to a limit of 50%, by 85% of sterling certificates of deposit held which mature beyond five working days); and
  5% of retail deposits with a residual contractual maturity of five working days or less.

The Group exceeded the minimum ratio requirement throughout 2006.

The FSA also sets an absolute minimum level for the stock of qualifying liquid assets that the Group is required to maintain each day. The Group has exceeded that minimum stock requirement at all times during 2006.

The Group’s operational processes are actively managed to ensure that both the minimum sterling liquidity ratio and the minimum stock requirement are achieved or exceeded at all times.

Recognising that there are some gaps in the scope of the liquidity risk parameters covered by the FSA’s sterling regime, the Group is actively developing an all-currency mismatch approach for the management of its liquidity risk, in line with its current approach for non-sterling currencies (see below) whilst continuing to ensure compliance with the FSA’s separate requirements for its sterling activity.

Liquidity in non-sterling currencies

For non-sterling currencies, no specific regulatory liquidity requirement is currently set for the Group by the FSA. However, the importance of managing prudently the liquidity risk in its non-sterling activities is recognised and the Group manages its non-sterling liquidity risk daily within net mismatch limits set for the 0-8 calendar day and 0-1 month periods as a percentage of the Group’s total deposit and debt liabilities.

In measuring its non-sterling liquidity risk, due account is taken of the marketability within a short period of the wide range of debt securities held. Appropriate adjustments are applied in each case, dependent on various parameters, to determine the Group’s ability to realise cash at short notice via the sale or repo of such marketable assets if required to meet unexpected outflows.

51





Operating and financial review continued

 

The level of contingent risk from the potential drawing of undrawn or partially drawn commitments, back-up lines, standby lines and other similar facilities is also actively monitored and reflected in the measures of the Group’s non-sterling liquidity risk. Particular attention is given to the US$ commercial paper market and the propensity of the Group’s corporate counterparties who are active in raising funds from that market to switch to utilising facilities offered by the Group in the event of either counterparty specific difficulties or a significant widening of interest spreads generally in the commercial paper market.

The Group also provides liquidity back-up facilities to both its own conduits and certain other conduits which take funding from the commercial paper market. Limits sanctioned for such facilities totalled less than £12 billion at 31 December 2006. The short-term contingent liquidity risk in providing such backup facilities is also mitigated by the spread of maturity dates of the commercial paper taken by the conduits.

The Group has operated within its non-sterling liquidity policy mismatch limits at all times during 2006 and operational processes are actively managed to ensure that is the case going forward.

Developments in liquidity risk management regulation

Following the Basel Committee’s publication of Sound Practices for Managing Liquidity in Banking Organisations in February 2000, a number of regulatory bodies internationally began reviewing their regulatory liquidity frameworks.

In the UK, the FSA published a discussion document - DP24 - in October 2003 setting out draft proposals for a new quantitative framework to operate in the UK. Comments made to the FSA, by the Group and other banks collectively, in response to these proposals, made clear the desirability of an internationally co-ordinated approach to the regulation of liquidity. An international forum of regulators, chaired jointly by the FSA and the US Federal Reserve Bank, published their findings in 2006 but no specific recommendations were made. During 2007 it is expected that further work by international regulators will be undertaken.

New quantitative liquidity regulation is being developed by a number of local regulators and will impact the Group’s overseas subsidiaries and branches, notably in the Republic of Ireland. We do not foresee any difficulty in meeting the new requirements.

The Group has been, and continues to be, actively involved in working with the various regulatory bodies to assist the development of an appropriate future regulatory liquidity regime which takes into account local national considerations but also gives due recognition to the integrated cross-border approach to the management of liquidity risk within most international banking groups.

Taking account of the indicative future regulatory requirements published to date, the Group continues to develop its liquidity risk reporting, management and stress testing capabilities.

Market risk

Market risk is defined as the risk of loss as a result of adverse changes in risk factors including interest rates, foreign currency and equity prices together with related parameters such as market volatilities.

The Group is exposed to market risk because of positions held in its trading portfolios as well as its non-trading business including the Group’s treasury operations.

Market risk management process

GEMC approves the Group’s trading book market risk appetite, expressed in value-at-risk (“VaR”) and stress testing limits. These limits are delegated to individual trading businesses within Global Banking & Markets.

The delegation of market risk authority to the Group’s trading businesses is set out in the Group’s Market Risk Policy Statement (“MRPS”), which also sets out standards by which trading market risk must be managed throughout the Group.

The Group Market Risk function, which is independent of the Group’s trading businesses, is responsible for setting and monitoring the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s market risk management processes. This includes overseeing the effective application and compliance with the Group’s MRPS. The businesses are responsible for the market risks that they assume and for remaining within their defined limits.

Sources of market risk
Trading

The principal trading book market risk factors for the Group are interest rates, credit spreads and foreign exchange.

The primary focus of the Group’s trading activities is client facilitation – providing products to the Group’s client base at competitive prices. The Group also undertakes: market making – quoting firm bid (buy) and offer (sell) prices with the intention of profiting from the spread between the quotes; arbitrage – entering into offsetting positions in different but closely related markets in order to profit from market imperfections; and proprietary activity – taking positions in financial instruments as principal in order to take advantage of anticipated market conditions.

Financial instruments held in the Group’s trading portfolios include, but are not limited to: debt securities, loans, deposits, securities sale and repurchase agreements and derivative financial instruments (futures, forwards, swaps and options). For a discussion of the Group’s accounting policies for, and information with respect to, its exposures to derivative financial instruments, see Accounting policies and Note 19 on the accounts.

52




Non-trading

The principal market risks arising from the Group’s non-trading activities are interest rate risk, currency risk and equity risk. Treasury activity and mismatches between the repricing of assets and liabilities in its retail and commercial banking operations account for most of the non-trading interest rate risk. Non-trading currency risk derives from the Group’s investments in overseas subsidiaries, associates and branches. The Group’s venture capital portfolio and investments held by its general insurance business are the principal sources of non-trading equity price risk. The Group’s portfolios of non-trading financial instruments mainly comprise loans (including finance leases), debt securities, equity shares, deposits, certificates of deposit and other debt securities issued, loan capital and derivatives. To reflect their distinct nature, the Group’s long-term assurance assets and liabilities attributable to policyholders have been excluded from these market risk disclosures.

Market risk methodology: trading

The Group manages the market risk in its trading and treasury portfolios through its market risk management framework. This expresses limits based on, but not limited to:

(i)      VaR
(ii)      Stress testing and scenario analysis
(iii)      Position and sensitivity analyses

(i) VaR

VaR is a technique that produces estimates of the potential negative change in the market value of a portfolio over a specified time horizon at given confidence levels. For internal risk management purposes, the Group’s VaR assumes a time horizon of one trading day and a confidence level of 95%. The Group also calculates VaR at a confidence interval of 99% and a time horizon of ten trading days for the purposes of calculating trading book market risk capital.

The Group uses historical simulation models in computing VaR. This approach, in common with many other VaR models, assumes that risk factor changes observed in the past are a good estimate of those likely to occur in the future and is, therefore, limited by the relevance of the historical data used. The Group’s method, however, does not make any assumption about the nature or type of underlying loss distribution. The Group typically uses the previous 500 trading days of market data.

The Group calculates both general market risk (i.e. the risk due to movement in general market benchmarks) and idiosyncratic market risk (i.e. the risk due to movements in the value of securities by reference to specific issuers) using its VaR models.

The Group’s VaR should be interpreted in light of the limitations of the methodology used. These limitations include:

  • Historical data may not provide the best estimate of the joint distribution of risk factor changes in the future and may fail to capture the risk of possible extreme adverse market movements which have not occurred in the historical window used in the calculations.

  • VaR using a one-day time horizon does not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged within one day.

  • VaR using a 95% confidence level does not reflect the extent of potential losses beyond that percentile.

The Group largely computes the VaR of trading portfolios at the close of business and positions may change substantially during the course of the trading day. Further controls are in place to limit the Group’s intra-day exposure, such as the calculation of the VaR for selected portfolios. These limitations and the nature of the VaR measure mean that the Group cannot guarantee that losses will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated. The Group undertakes stress testing to identify the potential for losses in excess of the VaR.

The VaR for the Group’s trading portfolios segregated by type of market risk exposure, including idiosyncratic risk, is presented in the table below.

2006 2005

















Average Period end Maximum Minimum Average Period end Maximum Minimum
Trading £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m



















Interest rate 8.7 10.2 15.0 5.7 7.3 7.4 10.9 5.1
Credit spread 13.2 14.1 15.7 10.4 11.4 11.8 14.4 8.8
Currency 2.2 2.5 3.5 1.0 1.8 1.4 10.7 0.5
Equity and commodity 1.4 1.6 4.3 0.6 0.5 0.7 1.1 0.2
Diversification (12.8 ) (8.5 )



















Total trading VaR 14.2 15.6 18.9 10.4 13.0 12.8 16.5 9.9
 

















53





Operating and financial review continued

Backtesting

The Group undertakes a programme of daily backtesting, which compares the actual profit or loss realised in trading activity to the VaR estimation. The results of the backtesting process are one of the methods by which the Group monitors the ongoing suitability of its VaR model. Backtesting exceptions are those instances when a realised loss exceeds the predicted VaR. At the 99% confidence level, no more than one backtesting exception is expected every 100 trading days. The Group experienced no backtesting exceptions at legal entity level during 2006.

The Group’s trading activities are carried out principally by Global Banking & Markets. The chart below depicts the number of days on which Global Banking & Markets’ trading income fell within stated ranges.

(ii) Stress testing

Stress testing measures the impact of abnormal changes in market rates and prices on the fair value of the Group’s trading portfolios. GEMC approves the high-level market risk stress test limit for the Group.

The Group calculates a range of market risk stress tests each day. The objective of stress testing is to identify the loss that the Group’s current portfolio of trading book exposures would generate in plausible but adverse market events. The Group calculates historical stress tests and hypothetical stress tests. Historical stress tests calculate the loss that would be generated if the market movements that occurred during a historical market event were to be repeated. Hypothetical stress tests calculate the loss that would be generated if a specific set of adverse market movements were to occur.

In addition to the Group-level consolidated market risk stress tests, stress testing is also undertaken at key trading strategy level. Additional stress tests are undertaken for those strategies where the associated market risks are not adequately captured by VaR.

Stress test exposures are discussed with senior management and are reported to GRC, GEMC and the Board. Breaches in the Group’s market risk stress testing limit are reported to GEMC.

(iii) Position risk and sensitivity analyses

In addition to the VaR and stress testing measures discussed above, the Group calculates a wide range of sensitivity and position risk measures, for example interest rate ladders or option revaluation matrices. These measures provide valuable additional controls, often at individual desk or strategy level.

54




 

Market risk methodology: non-trading

Non-trading interest rate risk arises from the Group’s treasury activities and retail and commercial banking businesses. It is the Group’s policy to minimise the sensitivity of net accrual earnings to changes in interest rates and where interest rate risk is retained, to ensure that appropriate resources, measures and limits are applied.

Treasury

The Group’s treasury activities include its money market business and the management of internal funds flow within the Group’s businesses. Money market portfolios include cash instruments (principally debt securities, loans and deposits) and related hedging derivatives. VaR for the Group’s treasury portfolios, which relates mainly to interest rate risk including credit spreads, was £1.5 million at 31 December 2006 (2005 –£3.5 million). During the year the maximum VaR was £4.4 million (2005 – £5.8 million), the minimum £0.6 million (2005 – £2.8 million) and the average £2.4 million (2005 – £4.0 million).

Retail and commercial banking

Non-trading interest rate risk can arise in these activities from a variety of sources, including where assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments have different repricing dates.

Non-trading interest rate risk is calculated in each business on the basis of establishing the repricing behaviour of each asset, liability and off-balance sheet product. For many products, the actual interest rate repricing characteristics differ from the contractual repricing. In most cases, the repricing maturity is determined by the market interest rate that most closely fits the historical behaviour of the product interest rate. For non-interest bearing current accounts, the repricing maturity is determined by the stability of the portfolio. The repricing maturities used are approved by Group Treasury and divisional asset and liability committees at least annually. Key conventions are reviewed annually by GALCO.

A static maturity gap report is produced as at the month-end for each business, in each functional currency based on the behaviouralised repricing for each product. It is Group policy to include in the gap report, non-financial assets and liabilities, mainly property, plant and equipment and the Group’s capital and reserves, spread over medium and longer term maturities. This report also includes hedge transactions, principally derivatives.

Any residual non-trading interest rate exposures are controlled by limiting repricing mismatches in the individual business balance sheets. Potential exposures to interest rate movements in the medium to long term are measured and controlled using a version of the same VaR methodology that is used for the Group’s trading portfolios but without discount factors. Net accrual income exposures are measured and controlled in terms of sensitivity over time to movements in interest rates.

Risk is managed, within VaR limits approved by GALCO, through the execution of cash and derivative instruments. Execution of the hedging is carried out by the relevant division through the Group’s treasury functions. The residual risk position is reported to divisional asset and liability committees, GALCO and the Board.

Non-trading interest rate VaR

Non-trading interest rate VaR for the Group’s treasury and retail and commercial banking activities was £40.2 million at 31 December 2006 (2005 – £81.5 million) with the major exposure being to changes in longer term US dollar interest rates. During the year, the maximum VaR was £98.7 million (2005 – £104.2 million), the minimum £40.2 million (2005 – £10.8 million) and the average £76.6 million (2005 – £65.5 million).

Citizens was the main contributor to the Group’s non-trading interest rate VaR. It invests in a portfolio of highly rated and liquid investments, principally mortgage-backed securities. This balance sheet management approach is common for US retail banks where mortgages are originated and then sold to Federal agencies for funding through the capital markets. VaR, like all interest rate risk measures, has its limitations when applied to retail banking books and the management of Citizens’ interest rate exposures involves a number of other interest rate risk measures and related limits. Two measures that are reported both to Citizens ALCO and the Board are:

  • the sensitivity of net accrual earnings to a series of parallel movements in interest rates; and

  • economic value of equity (“EVE”) sensitivity to a series of parallel movements in interest rates.

55





Operating and financial review continued

 

The limits applied to these measures are set to parallel movements of +/-1% and +/-2%. The EVE methodology captures deposit re-pricing strategies and the embedded option risks that exist within both the investment portfolio of mortgage-backed securities and the consumer loan portfolio.

EVE is the present value of the cash flows generated by the current balance sheet. EVE sensitivity to a 2% parallel movement upwards and downwards in US interest rates is shown below.

    Percent increase/(decrease) in Citizens EVE  
   
 
2006 2% parallel upward
movement in
US interest rates
%
2% parallel downward
movement in US interest rates
(no negative rates allowed)
%

Period end   (9.6 )   (7.2 )
Maximum   (10.1 )   (10.3 )
Minimum   (8.4 )   (1.9 )
Average   (9.4 )   (6.0 )







             
2005            

Period end   (9.1 )   (8.2 )
Maximum   (10.1 )   (9.8 )
Minimum   (7.1 )   (4.4 )
Average   (9.2 )   (7.9 )


For the Group, the other major structural interest rate risk arises from a low interest rate environment, particularly in sterling, sustained for a number of years. In such a scenario, deposit pricing may reach effective floors below which it is not practical to reduce rates further whilst variable rate asset pricing continues to decline. A sustained low rate scenario would also generate progressively reduced income from the medium and long term hedging of non-interest bearing liabilities. GALCO regularly reviews the impact of stress scenarios including the impact of substantial declines in rates to ensure that appropriate risk management strategies are employed. Resulting action may involve execution of derivatives, product development and tactical pricing changes.

Note 35 on the accounts includes, on pages 153 and 154, tables that summarise the Group’s interest rate sensitivity gap for its non-trading book at 31 December 2006 and 31 December 2005. The tables show the contractual re-pricing for each category of asset, liability and for off-balance sheet items and do not reflect the behaviouralised repricing used in the Group’s asset and liability management methodology and the non-trading interest rate VaR presented above.

Currency risk

The Group does not maintain material non-trading open currency positions other than the structural foreign currency translation exposures arising from its investments in foreign subsidiaries and associated undertakings and their related currency funding. The Group’s policy in relation to structural positions is to match fund the structural foreign currency exposure arising from net asset value, including goodwill, in foreign subsidiaries, equity accounted investments and branches, except where doing so would materially increase the sensitivity of either the Group’s or the subsidiary’s regulatory capital ratios to currency movements. The policy requires structural foreign exchange positions to be reviewed regularly by GALCO. Foreign exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign operations are recognised directly in equity together with the effective portion of foreign exchange differences arising on hedging liabilities.

56




The tables below set out the Group’s structural foreign currency exposures.
Foreign
currency Structural
Net investments borrowings foreign
in foreign hedging net currency
operations investments exposures
2006 £m £m £m







US dollar 15,036 5,278 9,758
Euro 3,059 1,696 1,363
Swiss franc 462 457 5
Chinese RMB 3,013 3,013
Other non-sterling 132 107 25







21,702 7,538 14,164
 




2005







US dollar 15,452 6,637 8,815
Euro 2,285 139 2,146
Swiss franc 431 430 1
Chinese RMB 914 914
Other non-sterling 76 72 4







19,158 7,278 11,880
 





The increase in the US dollar open structural foreign currency exposure over 2005 was created in order to minimise the impact of movements in the US dollar exchange rate against sterling on the Group’s capital ratios. The increase in the Chinese RMB position reflects the uplift in the value of the Group’s strategic investment in Bank of China.

Equity risk

Non-trading equity risk arises principally from the Group’s strategic investments, its venture capital activities and its general insurance business.

VaR is not an appropriate risk measure for the Group’s venture capital investments, which comprise a mix of quoted and unquoted investments, or its portfolio of strategic investments. These investments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in profit or loss, or in equity.

Insurance risk

The Group is exposed to insurance risk, either directly through its businesses or through using insurance as a tool to reduce other risk exposures.

An insurance contract transfers risk from the policyholder to the insurer, whereby, in return for a premium paid, the insurer indemnifies the policyholder on the occurrence of specified events.

Insurance risk is the risk of fluctuations in the timing, frequency or severity of insured events, relative to the expectations of the Group at the time of underwriting. This risk is managed according to the following separate components:

  • Underwriting and pricing risk,
  • Claims management risk,
  • Reinsurance risk,
  • Reserving risk

Insurance risk is predictable, especially with the analysis of large volumes of data over time. There is, however, uncertainty around the predictions from various sources, for example, volatility of the weather. However, the Group has documented risk policies, coupled with governance frameworks to oversee and control and hence minimise the risks.

Underwriting and pricing risk

The Group manages underwriting and pricing risk through a wide range of processes which include:

  • Underwriting guidelines that detail the class, nature and type of business that may be accepted;

  • Pricing policies which are set by senior management through pricing committees;

  • Centralised control of policy wordings and any subsequent changes.

57





Operating and financial review continued

 

Claims management risk

Claims management risk is the risk that claims are handled or paid inappropriately. Claims are managed using a range of IT system controls and manual processes conducted by experienced staff. These, together with a range of detailed policies and procedures ensure that claims are handled in a timely, appropriate and accurate manner. The processes include controls to avoid claims staff handling or paying claims beyond their authorities, as well as controls to avoid paying invalid claims. Loss adjustors are used to handle certain claims to conclusion.

Reinsurance risk

Reinsurance is used to protect against the impact of major catastrophic events or unforeseen volumes of, or adverse trends in, large individual claims and to transfer risk that is outside the Group’s current risk appetite.

The following types of reinsurance are used where appropriate:

  • Excess of loss ‘per individual risk’ reinsurance to protect against significantly large individual losses.

  • Excess of loss catastrophic ‘event’ reinsurance to protect against major events, for example, windstorms or floods.

  • Quota share reinsurance to protect against unforeseen adverse trends, where the reinsurer takes an agreed percentage of premiums and claims.

  • Other forms of reinsurance may be utilised according to need, subject to approval by senior management or the board as appropriate.

Reinsurance of risks above the Group’s risk appetite is only effective if the reinsurance premium payable makes economic sense and the counterparty is financially secure. Before entering a contract with a new reinsurer, it must satisfy the Credit Risk Approval process that uses information derived internally and from security ratings agencies. Acceptable reinsurers are rated at A- or better unless specifically authorised by the RBS Insurance Group Board.

Reserving risk

Reserving risk relates to both premiums and claims. It is the risk that reserves are assessed incorrectly such that insufficient funds have been retained to pay or handle claims as the amounts fall due, both in relation to those claims which have already occurred in relation to the claims reserves (including claims handling expense reserves) or will occur in future periods of insurance (in relation to the premium reserves).

a) Premium reserves
In respect of premium reserves, it is the Group’s policy to ensure that the net unearned premium reserves are adequate to meet the expected cost of claims and associated expenses in relation to the exposure after the balance sheet date. To the extent that the unearned premium reserves, net of reinsurance and deferred acquisition costs are inadequate, a liability adequacy provision will be held.
 
b) Claims reserves
It is the Group’s policy to hold undiscounted claims reserves (including reserves to cover claims which have been incurred but not reported (IBNR reserves)) for all classes at a sufficient level to meet all liabilities as they fall due, having regard to actuarial estimates and the volatility observed and expected in the claims in each class.

The Group’s policy is to hold appropriate levels of provisions, typically in excess of the actuarial best estimate, for the major classes of business.

The Group’s focus is on high volume and relatively straightforward products, for example home and motor. This facilitates the generation of comprehensive underwriting and claims data, which are used to accurately price and monitor the risks accepted. This attention to data analysis is reinforced by tight controls on costs and claims handling procedures.

Frequency and severity of specific risks and sources of uncertainty

Most general insurance contracts written by the Group are issued on an annual basis, which means that the Group’s liability extends for a 12 month period, after which the Group is entitled to decline or renew or can impose renewal terms by amending the premium, terms and conditions, or both.

The following paragraphs explain the frequency and severity of claims and the sources of uncertainty for the key classes that the Group is exposed to:

a)

Motor insurance contracts (private and commercial)

Claims experience is variable, due to a wide range of factors, but the principal ones are age, sex and driving experience of the driver, type and nature of vehicle and use of vehicle and area.

 
  There are many sources of uncertainty that affect the Group’s experience under motor insurance, including operational risk, reserving risk, premium rates not matching claims inflation rates, the weather, the social, economic and legislative environment and reinsurance failure risks.

58







b)

Property insurance contracts (residential and commercial)

The major source of uncertainty in the Group’s property accounts is the volatility of weather. Over a longer period, the strength of the economy is also a factor. There are many other sources of uncertainty which include operational and reinsurance issues.

 
c)

Other commercial insurance contracts

Other commercial claims come mainly from business interruption and loss arising from the negligence of the insured (liability insurance). Business interruption losses come from the loss of income, revenue and/or profit as a result of property damage claims. Liability insurance includes employers liability and public/products liability. As liability insurance is written on an occurrence basis, these covers are still subject to claims that are identified over a substantial period of time, but where the loss event occurred during the life of the policy.

 
  Fluctuations in the social, economic and legislative climate are a source of uncertainty in the Group’s general liability account, and in particular court judgements and legislation, significant events (for example terrorist attacks), any emerging new heads of damage and types of claim that are not envisaged when the policy is written.

Life business

The three regulated life companies of the Group, National Westminster Life Assurance Limited, Royal Scottish Assurance plc and Direct Line Life Insurance Company Limited, are required to meet minimum capital requirements at all times under the Financial Service Authority’s Prudential Sourcebook. The capital resources covering the regulatory requirement are not transferable to other areas of the Group. To ensure that the capital requirement is satisfied at all times, each company holds an additional voluntary buffer above the regulatory minimum.

The Group is not exposed to price, currency, credit, or interest risk on unit linked life contracts but it is exposed to variation in management fees. A decrease of 10% in the value of the assets would reduce the asset management fees by £5 million per annum (2005 – £5 million). The Group also writes insurance contracts with minimum guaranteed death benefits that expose it to the risk that declines in the value of underlying investments may increase the Group’s net exposure to death risk.

Frequency and severity of claims – for contracts where death is the insured risk, the most significant factors that could increase the overall frequency of claims are epidemics or widespread changes in lifestyle, resulting in earlier or more claims than expected.

For contracts where survival is the insured risk, the most significant factor is continued improvement in medical science and social conditions that would increase longevity.

For contracts with fixed and guaranteed benefits and fixed future premiums, there are no mitigating terms and conditions that reduce the insurance risk accepted. Participating contracts can result in a significant portion of the insurance risk being shared with the insured party.

Sources of uncertainty in the estimation of future benefit payments and premium receipts – the Group uses base tables of standard mortality appropriate to the type of contract being written and the territory in which the insured person resides. These are adjusted to reflect the Group’s experience, mortality improvements and voluntary termination behaviour.

59





Operating and financial review continued

 

Operational risk

Operational risks are inherent in the Group’s business. Operational risk losses occur as the result of fraud, human error, missing or inadequately designed processes, failed systems, damage to physical assets, improper behaviour or from external events.

The Group’s Operational Risk Management Framework (“ORMF”) provides the direction for delivering effective operational risk management. The ORMF comprises the policy, principles and procedures that enable the consistent identification, assessment, mitigation, monitoring and reporting of operational risk across the Group in a cost-effective manner.

The objectives of the framework are to protect the Group from financial loss or damage to its reputation and to ensure that it meets all necessary regulatory and legal requirements.

The Group’s central Operational Risk function is responsible for the ORMF. It is the responsibility of the businesses to implement the framework. The businesses are required to identify where and how the business is exposed to the risk of loss; assess the extent of the risk exposure; control and mitigate the risk and monitor and report the operational risk exposure and highlight any action required.

The Group’s risk management processes are designed to ensure that enterprise risk issues are identified quickly, escalated and managed. Operational risk exposures for each division are reported through the monthly risk and control reports, which provide details of the risk exposures and action plans for each significant business process.

Regulatory risk and supervision

Regulatory risk is the risk arising from failing to meet the requirements of our regulators in the conduct of our business. To mitigate this risk, the Group is active in various regulatory developments affecting risk, capital and liquidity management.

This includes working with domestic and international trade associations, proactively engaging with various regulators, especially the FSA and the main regulatory groups, including the Basel Committee (see page 211), the Committee of European Banking Supervisors, the EU Commission and US regulators.

In the normal course of business the Group and its subsidiaries co-operate with regulatory authorities in various jurisdictions in their enquiries or investigations into alleged or possible breaches of regulations.

The Group has co-operated fully with various regulatory reviews of the operation of retail banking and consumer credit industries in the UK and elsewhere.

These include the reviews by the Competition Commission and the FSA into payment protection insurance, the OFT’s reviews of undertakings given following the Competition Commission inquiry in 2002 into the provision of banking services to SMEs. The OFT is also inquiring into credit and debit card interchange fees and has decided to undertake a fact find into unauthorised overdraft fees. In the EU, the European Commission is inquiring into MasterCard cross border interchange fees and has announced that its inquiry into retail banking has identified barriers to competition in certain areas of retail banking, payment systems and cards.

The outcome of these reviews is outside the Group’s control and it is not possible to predict the effect, if any, on the Group’s operations of future changes in regulatory actions and policies.

60





Governance

62 Board of directors and secretary

64 Report of the directors

68 Corporate governance

76 Directors’ remuneration report

87 Directors’ interests in shares

88 Statement of directors’ responsibilities

61




Board of directors and secretary



Chairman
1. Sir Tom McKillop (age 64)
C, N, R
Appointed to the Board as Deputy Chairman in September 2005, Sir Tom is a non-executive director of BP p.l.c., and president of the Science Council. He was formerly chief executive of AstraZeneca PLC, and was previously president of the European Federation of Pharmaceutical Industries and Associations and chairman of the British Pharma Group. He is Pro-Chancellor of the University of Leicester and a trustee of the Council for Industry and Higher Education.

Executive directors
Group Chief Executive
2. Sir Fred Goodwin (age 48)
DUniv, FCIBS, FCIB, LLD
C
Appointed to the Board in August 1998, Sir Fred is a Chartered Accountant. He was formerly chief executive and director, Clydesdale Bank PLC and Yorkshire Bank PLC. He is chairman of The Prince’s Trust, a non-executive director of Bank of China Limited and a former president of the Chartered Institute of Bankers in Scotland.

Group Finance Director
3. Guy Whittaker (age 50)
C
Appointed to the Board in February 2006, Guy Whittaker was formerly group treasurer at Citigroup Inc., based in New York, having previously held a number of management positions within the financial markets business at Citigroup. He was elected a Lady Beaufort Fellow of Christ's College Cambridge in 2004.

Chief Executive, Corporate Markets
4. Johnny Cameron (age 52) FCIBS
Appointed to the Board in March 2006, Johnny Cameron joined RBS from Dresdner Kleinwort Benson in 1998. In 2000, he was appointed Deputy Chief Executive of Corporate Banking & Financial Markets (CBFM) with responsibility for the integration of the NatWest and RBS Corporate Banking businesses. In October 2001 he was appointed Chief Executive CBFM, subsequently renamed Corporate Markets in January 2006.

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
5. Lawrence Fish (age 62)
Appointed to the Board in January 1993, Lawrence Fish is an American national. He is a career banker and was previously a director of the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston. He is a trustee of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) and The Brookings Institution, and a director of Textron Inc. and numerous community organisations in the USA.

Chief Executive, Manufacturing
6. Mark Fisher (age 46) FCIBS
Appointed to the Board in March 2006, Mark Fisher is a career banker having joined National Westminster Bank Plc in 1981. In 2000, he was appointed Chief Executive, Manufacturing with various responsibilities including the integration of RBS and NatWest systems platforms. He is chairman of APACS Administration Limited.

Chief Executive, Retail Markets
7. Gordon Pell (age 57) FCIBS, FCIB
Appointed to the Board in March 2000, Gordon Pell was formerly group director of Lloyds TSB UK Retail Banking before joining National Westminster Bank Plc as a director in February 2000 and then becoming chief executive, Retail Banking. He is also a director of Race for Opportunity and a member of the National Employment Panel and the FSA Practitioner Panel. He was appointed chairman of the Business Commission on Racial Equality in the Workplace in July 2006.

Non-executive directors
8. Colin Buchan* (age 52)
A, C, R
Appointed to the Board in June 2002, Colin Buchan was educated in South Africa and spent the early part of his career in South Africa and the Far East. He has considerable international investment banking experience, as well as experience in very large risk management in the equities business. He was formerly a member of the group management board of UBS AG and head of equities of UBS Warburg. He is chairman of UBS Securities Canada Inc. and vice-chairman of Standard Life Investments (Holdings) Ltd. He is also a director of Merrill Lynch World Mining Trust Plc, Merrill Lynch Gold Limited, Royal Scottish National Orchestra Society Limited and World Mining Investment Company Limited.

9. Jim Currie* (age 65) D.Litt
R
Appointed to the Board in November 2001, Jim Currie is a highly experienced senior international civil servant who spent many years working in Brussels and Washington. He was formerly director general at the European Commission with responsibility for the EU’s environmental policy and director general for Customs and Excise and Indirect Taxation. He is also a director of Total Upstream UK Limited and an international adviser to Eversheds. He is a special adviser to the president of the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development.

62






10. Bill Friedrich* (age 58)
A
Appointed to the Board in March 2006, Bill Friedrich is currently deputy chief executive of BG Group plc. He previously served as general counsel for British Gas plc and is a former partner of Shearman & Sterling where he practised as a general corporate lawyer working for several of the world's leading financial institutions.

11. Archie Hunter* (age 63)
A (Chairman), C, N
Appointed to the Board in September 2004, Archie Hunter is a Chartered Accountant. He was Scottish senior partner of KPMG between 1992 and 1999 and President of The Institute of Chartered Accountants of Scotland in 1997/1998. He has extensive professional experience in the UK and North and South America. He is currently chairman of Macfarlane Group plc, a director of Edinburgh US Tracker Trust plc, Convenor of Court at the University of Strathclyde and a governor of the Beatson Cancer Research Institute.

12. Charles ‘Bud’ Koch (age 60)
Appointed to the Board in September 2004, Bud Koch is an American national. He has extensive professional experience in the USA and is currently chairman of the board of John Carroll University and a trustee of Case Western Reserve University. He was chairman, president and chief executive officer of Charter One Financial, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Charter One Bank, N.A. between 1973 and 2004. He is also a director of Assurant, Inc.

13. Janis Kong* (age 56) OBE, DUniv
R
Appointed to the Board in January 2006, Janis Kong was formerly executive chairman of Heathrow Airport Limited, chairman of Heathrow Express Limited and a director of BAA plc. She is currently a non-executive director of Kingfisher plc and Portmeirion Group plc. She is also chairman of Forum for the Future and a member of the board of Visit Britain.

14. Joe MacHale* (age 55)
A
Appointed to the Board in September 2004, Joe MacHale is currently the senior independent director and chairman of the audit committee of Morgan Crucible plc, a non-executive director and chairman of the remuneration committee of Brit Insurance Holdings plc, and a trustee of MacMillan Cancer Support. He held a number of senior executive positions with J P Morgan between 1979 and 2001 and was latterly chief executive of J P Morgan Europe, Middle East and Africa Region.

15. Sir Steve Robson* (age 63)
A
Appointed to the Board in July 2001, Sir Steve is a former senior UK civil servant, who had responsibility for a wide variety of Treasury matters. His early career included the post of private secretary to the Chancellor of the Exchequer and secondment to ICFC (now 3i). He was also a second permanent secretary of HM Treasury, where he was managing director of the Finance and Regulation Directorate. He is a non-executive director of JP Morgan Cazenove Holdings, Xstrata Plc and Partnerships UK plc, and a member of the Chairman’s Advisory Committee of KPMG.

16. Bob Scott* (age 65) CBE, FCIBS
C, N, R (Chairman)
Appointed to the Board in January 2001, Bob Scott is an Australian national. He is the senior independent director. He has many years’ experience in the international insurance business and played a leading role in the consolidation of the UK insurance industry. He is a former group chief executive of CGNU plc (now Aviva plc) and former chairman of the board of the Association of British Insurers. He is chairman of Yell Group plc and a non-executive director of Swiss Reinsurance Company (Zurich) and Jardine Lloyd Thompson Group plc. He is also a trustee of the Crimestoppers Trust, an adviser to Duke Street Capital Private Equity and a board member of Pension Insurance Corporation Holdings LLP.

17. Peter Sutherland* (age 60) KCMG
C, N, R
Appointed to the Board in January 2001, Peter Sutherland is an Irish national. He is a former attorney general of Ireland and from 1985 to 1989 was the European Commissioner responsible for competition policy. He is chairman of BP p.l.c. and Goldman Sachs International. He was formerly chairman of Allied Irish Bank and director general of GATT and its successor, the World Trade Organisation.

Group Secretary and General Counsel
18. Miller McLean (age 57)
FCIBS
C
Miller McLean was appointed Group Secretary in August 1994. He is a trustee of the Industry and Parliament Trust, non-executive chairman of The Whitehall and Industry Group and director of The Scottish Parliament and Business Exchange.

A  member of the Audit Committee
C  member of the Chairman’s Advisory Group
N  member of the Nominations Committee
R
 member of the Remuneration Committee
*
  independent non-executive director

63





Report of the directors

 

The directors have pleasure in presenting their report together with the audited accounts for the year ended 31 December 2006.

Profit and dividends

The profit attributable to the ordinary shareholders of the company for the year ended 31 December 2006 amounted to £6,202 million compared with £5,392 million for the year ended 31 December 2005, as set out in the consolidated income statement on page 101.

An interim dividend of 24.2p per ordinary share was paid on 6 October 2006 totalling £771 million (2005 – £619 million). The directors now recommend that, subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, a final dividend of 66.4p per ordinary share totalling £2,093 million (2005 – £1,699 million) be paid on 8 June 2007 to members on the register at the close of business on 9 March 2007.

Business review
Activities

The company is a holding company owning the entire issued ordinary share capital of The Royal Bank of Scotland, the principal direct operating subsidiary undertaking of the company. The “Group” comprises the company and all its subsidiary and associated undertakings, including The Royal Bank of Scotland and NatWest. Details of the principal subsidiary undertakings of the company are shown in Note 15 on the accounts.

The Group is engaged principally in providing a wide range of banking, insurance and other financial services. Further details of the organisational structure and business overview of the Group, including the products and services provided by each of its divisions and the competitive markets in which they operate, is contained on pages 4 and 5 of the Operating and financial review.

Risk factors

The Group’s future performance and results could be materially different from expected results depending on the outcome of certain potential risks and uncertainties. Details of the principal risk factors the Group faces are given on page 6 of the Operating and financial review.

The reported results of the Group are also sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its financial statements. Details of the Group’s critical accounting policies and key sources of accounting judgements are included in the Accounting policies on pages 98 to 100.

The Group’s approach to risk management, including its financial risk management objectives and policies and information on the Group’s exposure to price, credit, liquidity and cash flow risk is discussed in Note 34 on the accounts.

Financial performance

A review of the Group’s performance during the year ended 31 December 2006, including details of each division, and the Group’s financial position as at that date is contained in the Operating and financial review on pages 7 to 38.

Business developments

The Group led a consortium which acquired a 10% stake in Bank of China for US$3.1 billion in 2005. The Group itself invested US$1.6 billion. Bank of China listed on the Hong Kong Stock Exchange in June 2006 and on the Shanghai Stock Exchange in July 2006, issuing new shares equivalent to 14.14% of its enlarged share capital and raising US$13.7 billion. The Group did not take up its rights in the listings and the consortiums’ shareholding in Bank of China is now 8.25%.

In the year since the RBS investment was completed in December 2005, good progress has been made in developing the partnership. The joint credit card business has already issued more than one million cards and both sides have agreed to expand its scope to include all credit cards and merchant acquiring in mainland China. Preparations have been made to open pilot offices for the joint private banking business in Beijing and Shanghai early in 2007. Co-operation in corporate banking led to the completion of over £1 billion of transactions in shipping, aviation and trade finance. RBS has provided advice in a number of key operational areas including risk management, IT and human resources.

Employees

As at 31 December 2006, the Group employed 135,000 employees (full-time equivalent basis) throughout the world. Details of employee related costs are included in Note 2 on the accounts on page 105.

Employee recruitment

Across the Group, over 20,000 employees are recruited at different levels every year. The Group utilises a wide range of recruitment channels including executive search, general advertising, an open internal jobs market, talent fora and detailed succession planning to ensure that the recruitment and development of its employees are fully aligned to its organisational requirements.

Employee reward

The Group’s continuing success is closely linked to the performance, skills and individual commitment of its employees. In order to attract, motivate and retain the best available talent at every level, the Group offers a comprehensive remuneration and benefits package, Total Reward, to all employees.

Within this package, RBSelect, the Group’s benefit choice programme, provides for UK staff in the Group a flexible way of tailoring their reward to reflect their own individual lifestyles. During 2006, the Group brought retirement savings provision within RBSelect in order to provide more choice for the receipt of retirement benefits. Employees can also participate in bonus incentive plans specific to their business and share in the Group’s ongoing success through profit sharing, Buy As You Earn and Sharesave schemes, which align their interests with those of shareholders.

64






Report of the directors continued

 

Employee learning and development

The Group maintains a strong commitment to creating and providing learning opportunities for all its employees through a variety of personal development and training programmes and learning networks. The Group’s employees are encouraged to volunteer to work with its community partners. The Group continues to invest in leadership and management development which is consistent with its objective of being the employer of choice: attracting, rewarding and retaining the very best talent.

Many of the Group’s development programmes are delivered at the RBS Business School, based on the Gogarburn Campus.

Employee communication

Employee engagement is encouraged through a variety of means including the corporate intranet, Group and divisional magazines, team meetings led by line managers, briefings held by senior managers and regular dialogue with employees and employee representatives. The Group Chief Executive and other senior Group executives regularly communicate with employees through ‘Question Time’ style programmes, broadcast on the Group’s internal television network.

Employee consultation

The Group’s confidential global employee opinion survey is externally designed, undertaken and analysed annually on behalf of the Group by International Survey Research (ISR). The survey enables employees to maximise their contribution to the Group by expressing their views and opinions on a range of key issues.

A record-breaking 87% of Group employees in over 30 countries completed the 2006 survey. For the second year in a row, the Group scored significantly above the ISR Global Financial Services Norm in all categories. The survey results are presented to the Board and at divisional and team levels. Action plans are developed to address any issues identified.

The Group recognises trade unions in the UK and Ireland. These formal relationships are complemented by works council arrangements in many of the Group’s mainland Europe-based operations. The Group has a European Employee Communication Council that provides elected employee representatives with an opportunity to better understand the impact on its European operations.

Diversity

The Group’s Managing Diversity policy sets a framework for broadening the Group’s talent base, achieving the highest levels of performance, and enabling all employees to reach their full potential irrespective of age, disability, gender, marital status, political opinion, race, religious belief or sexual orientation.

The Group is also committed to ensuring that all prospective applicants for employment are treated fairly and equitably throughout the recruitment process. Its comprehensive resourcing standards cover the attraction and retention of individuals with disabilities. Reasonable adjustments are provided to support applicants in the recruitment process where these are required. The Group provides reasonable workplace adjustments for new entrants into the Group and for existing employees who become disabled during their employment.

Health, safety, wellbeing and security

The health, safety, wellbeing and security of employees and customers continues to be a priority for the Group. Regular reviews are undertaken of both policies and processes to ensure compliance with current legislation and best practice. The Group focus is on ensuring that these policies are closely linked to the operational needs of the business.

In the first quarter of 2006 the Group launched a Wellbeing website which includes a health and wellbeing calendar. The site is designed to raise awareness of international health issues and events, and to provide lifestyle education, information and support to employees.

Services were extended under HelpDirect, the Group’s Employee Assistance Programme, to provide support to all employees in the event of a critical incident. The service provides telephone access to qualified clinicians and a global network of counselling affiliates to enable the Group to provide a consistent level of support to individuals and the business wherever they are located.

Code of ethics

The Group has adopted a code of ethics that is applicable to all of the Group’s employees and a copy is available upon request.

Corporate responsibility

Business excellence requires that the Group meets changing customer, shareholder, investor, employee and supplier expectations. The Group believes that meeting high standards of environmental, social and ethical responsibility is key to the way it does business.

For the financial services sector, consumer banking issues are the primary focus, followed by financial inclusion and capability, financial crime and corruption, employee practices, the challenge of climate change, support for small businesses and community giving. The Group takes all these responsibilities seriously, continually monitoring and managing them through policies and practices across the Group. The Board regularly considers corporate responsibility issues and receives a formal report on these twice each year.

Further details of the Group’s corporate responsibility policies will be contained in the 2006 Corporate Responsibility Report.

Going concern

The directors are satisfied that the Group has adequate resources to continue in business for the foreseeable future. For this reason, they continue to adopt the ‘going concern’ basis for preparing the accounts.

Corporate governance

The company is committed to high standards of corporate governance. Details are given on pages 68 to 75.

65






Report of the directors continued

 

Ordinary share capital

During the year ended 31 December 2006, the company purchased for cancellation 54.4 million of its ordinary shares at a total cost of £1 billion. These repurchases represented 1.7% of the issued ordinary share capital of the company at 31 December 2006.

During the year, the ordinary share capital was increased by 7.5 million ordinary shares allotted as a result of the exercise of options under the company’s executive and sharesave schemes, 0.3 million ordinary shares allotted in respect of the exercise of options under the NatWest executive scheme which had been exchanged for options over the company’s ordinary shares following the acquisition of NatWest in 2000 and 2.2 million ordinary shares allotted under the company’s employee share ownership plan.

Details of the authorised and issued ordinary share capital at 31 December 2006 are shown in Note 30 on the accounts.

Preference share capital

Details of issues and redemptions of preference shares during the year and the authorised and issued preference share capital at 31 December 2006 are shown in Note 30 on the accounts.

Authority to repurchase shares

At the Annual General Meeting in 2006, shareholders renewed the authority for the company to make market purchases of up to 319,778,520 ordinary shares. As at 28 February 2007 (the latest practical date prior to printing of this report) the company had an unexpired authority to repurchase further shares up to a maximum of 265,384,899 ordinary shares of 25p. Shareholders will be asked to renew this authority at the Annual General Meeting in April 2007.

Bonus issue

Shareholders will be asked to vote at the Annual General Meeting on a proposal for the capitalisation of part of the company’s share premium account, resulting in the issue of up to 6.4 billion new ordinary shares of 25p each, details of which are set out in the letter to shareholders.

Directors

The names and brief biographical details of the directors are shown on pages 62 and 63. All directors, except:

  • Fred Watt, who resigned from the Board on 31 January 2006,

  • Guy Whittaker, who was appointed to the Board on 1 February 2006,
  • Johnny Cameron, Mark Fisher and Bill Friedrich, who were appointed to the Board on 1 March 2006, and

  • Sir George Mathewson, who retired from the Board on 28 April 2006,

served throughout the year and to the date of signing of the financial statements.

Lawrence Fish, Sir Fred Goodwin, Archie Hunter, Bud Koch, Joe MacHale and Gordon Pell will retire and offer themselves for re-election at the company’s Annual General Meeting.

Details of the service agreements for Lawrence Fish, Sir Fred Goodwin and Gordon Pell are set out on pages 79 and 80. No other director seeking election or re-election has a service agreement.

Directors’ interests

The interests of the directors in the shares of the company at 31 December 2006 are shown on page 87. None of the directors held an interest in the loan capital of the company or in the shares and loan capital of any of the subsidiary undertakings of the company, during the period from 1 January 2006 to 28 February 2007.

Directors' indemnities

In terms of section 309C of the Companies Act 1985 (as amended), the directors of the company, members of the Group Executive Management Committee and Approved Persons of the Group (under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) have been granted Qualifying Third Party Indemnity Provisions by the company.

Directors' disclosure to auditors:

Each of the directors at the date of approval of this report confirms that:

(a)      so far as the director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the company’s auditors are unaware; and
 
(b)      the director has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have taken as a director to make himself/herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish that the company’s auditors are aware of that information.
 

This confirmation is given and should be interpreted in accordance with the provisions of section 234ZA of the Companies Act 1985.

66






Shareholdings

As at 28 February 2007, the company had been notified of the following interests in its shares.

Number of shares   % held   Number of shares   % held











Ordinary shares:           51/2 % cumulative preference shares:        
       Legal & General Group plc   127,207,908   4.01          Commercial Union Assurance plc   91,429   22.86
       Barclays PLC   126,836,868   4.01          Mr P. S. and Mrs J. Allen   86,999   21.75
       The Capital Group of Companies, Inc   95,578,555   3.01          Bassett-Patrick Securities Limited*   46,255   11.56
11% cumulative preference shares:                  E M Behrens Charitable Trust   20,000   5.00
       Guardian Royal Exchange                  Mrs Gina Wild   19,800   4.95
               Assurance plc   129,830   25.97          Trustees of The Stephen Cockburn        
       Windsor Life Assurance                          Limited Pension Scheme   19,879   4.97
               Company Limited   51,510   10.30          Miss Elizabeth Hill   16,124   4.03
       Mr S. J. and Mrs J. A. Cockburn   30,810   6.16          Mr W. T. Hardison Jr.   13,532   3.38
       Cleaning Tokens Limited   25,500   5.10          Ms C. L. Allen   13,200   3.30
                   Ms J. C. Allen   12,750   3.18

*      Notification has been received on behalf of Mr A. W. R. Medlock and Mrs H. M. Medlock that they each have an interest in the holding of 51/2 % cumulative preference shares registered in the name of Bassett-Patrick Securities Limited noted above and that there are further holdings of 5,300 and 5,000 shares, respectively, of that class registered in each of their names.
 

Charitable contributions

In 2006 the contribution to the Group’s Community Investment programmes increased to £58.6 million (2005 – £56.2 million). The total amount given for charitable purposes by the company and its subsidiary undertakings during the year ended 31 December 2006 was £25.4 million (2005 – £24.3 million).

Political donations

At the Annual General Meeting in 2006, shareholders gave authority for the company to make political donations and incur political expenditure up to a maximum aggregate sum of £500,000 as a precautionary measure in light of the wide definitions in The Political Parties, Elections and Referendums Act 2000, for a period of four years. These authorities have not been used.

No political donations were made during the year and it is not proposed that the Group’s longstanding policy of not making contributions to any political party be changed.

Policy and practice on payment of creditors

The Group is committed to maintaining a sound commercial relationship with its suppliers. Consequently, it is the Group’s policy to negotiate and agree terms and conditions with its suppliers, which includes the giving of an undertaking to pay suppliers within 30 days of receipt of a correctly prepared invoice submitted in accordance with the terms of the contract or such other payment period as may be agreed.

At 31 December 2006, the Group’s trade creditors represented 28 days (2005 – 27 days) of amounts invoiced by suppliers. The company does not have any trade creditors.

Auditors

The auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP, have indicated their willingness to continue in office. A resolution to re-appoint Deloitte & Touche LLP as the company’s auditor will be proposed at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

By order of the Board.

Miller McLean
Secretary
28 February 2007

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc
is registered in Scotland No. 45551.

67






Corporate governance

 

The company is committed to high standards of corporate governance, business integrity and professionalism in all its activities.

Throughout the year ended 31 December 2006, the company has complied with all of the provisions of the Combined Code issued by the Financial Reporting Council (the “FRC”) in July 2003 (the “Code”) except in relation to the authority reserved to the Board to make the final determination of the remuneration of the executive directors and in relation to the appointment of the Chairman of the Board to the Remuneration Committee, which are explained in the paragraph headed ‘Remuneration Committee’.

The company has also complied with the Smith Guidance on Audit Committees in all material respects.

Under the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Act”), specific standards of corporate governance and business and financial disclosures apply to companies, including the company, with securities registered in the US. Section 404 of the Act concerns internal control over financial reporting and the Group is required to comply with it for the first time for the financial year ended 31 December 2006. The company complies with section 404 and all other applicable sections of the Act.

Board of directors

The Board is the principal decision-making forum for the company. It has overall responsibility for leading and controlling the company and is accountable to shareholders for financial and operational performance. The Board approves Group strategy and monitors performance. The Board has adopted a formal schedule of matters detailing key aspects of the company’s affairs reserved to it for its decision. This schedule is reviewed annually.

The roles of the Chairman and Group Chief Executive are distinct and separate, with a clear division of responsibilities. The Chairman leads the Board and ensures the effective engagement and contribution of all non-executive and executive directors. The Group Chief Executive has responsibility for all Group businesses and acts in accordance with the authority delegated by the Board. Responsibility for the development of policy and strategy and operational management is delegated to the Group Chief Executive and other executive directors.

All directors participate in discussing strategy, performance and the financial and risk management of the company. Meetings of the Board are structured to allow open discussion.

The Board met nine times during 2006 and was supplied with comprehensive papers in advance of each Board meeting covering the Group’s principal business activities. Members of executive management attend and make regular presentations at meetings of the Board.

The Board is aware of the other commitments of its directors and is satisfied that these do not conflict with their duties as non-executive directors of the company.

Board balance and independence

The Board currently comprises the Chairman, six executive directors and ten non-executive directors. The Board functions effectively and efficiently, and is considered to be of an appropriate size in view of the scale of the company and the diversity of its businesses. The directors provide the Group with the knowledge, mix of skills, experience and networks of contacts required. The Board Committees contain directors with a variety of relevant skills and experience so that no undue reliance is placed on any individual.

The non-executive directors combine broad business and commercial experience with independent and objective judgement. The balance between non-executive and executive directors enables the Board to provide clear and effective leadership and maintain the highest standards of integrity across the company’s business activities. The names and biographies of all Board members are set out on pages 62 and 63.

The composition of the Board is subject to continuing review and the provisions of the Code will be taken into account in respect of the balance of the Board. The Code requires the Board to determine whether its non-executive members are independent.

The Board comprises nine independent and seven non-independent directors (including executive directors), in addition to the Chairman. Bob Scott has been nominated as the senior independent director.

The Board considers that all non-executive directors are independent for the purposes of the Code, with the exception of Bud Koch who was formerly Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Charter One Financial, Inc. which was acquired by Citizens Financial Group, Inc. in 2004.

Re-election of directors

At each Annual General Meeting, one third of the directors retire and offer themselves for re-election and each director must stand for re-election at least once every three years. Any non-executive directors who have served for more than nine years will also stand for annual re-election and the Board will consider their independence at that time. The proposed reelection of directors is subject to prior review by the Board.

The names of directors standing for re-election at the 2007 Annual General Meeting are contained on page 66 and further information will be given in the Chairman’s letter to shareholders in relation to the company’s Annual General Meeting.

Information, induction and professional development

All directors receive accurate, timely and clear information on all relevant matters. All directors have access to the advice and services of the Group Secretary who is responsible to the Board for ensuring that Board procedures are followed and that applicable rules and regulations are complied with. In addition, all directors are able, if necessary, to obtain independent professional advice at the company’s expense.

Each new director receives a formal induction on joining the Board, including visits to the Group’s major businesses and meetings with directors and senior management. The induction is tailored to the director’s specific requirements. Directors are advised of appropriate training and professional development opportunities and undertake training and professional development they consider necessary in assisting them to carry out their duties as a director.

68






Performance evaluation

The Board has undertaken a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of its own performance and that of its committees and individual directors.

The performance evaluation of the operation and effectiveness of the Board, the Remuneration Committee and the Nominations Committee was undertaken in the autumn of 2006. This was conducted internally using a detailed questionnaire and individual meetings with each director. Amongst the areas reviewed were the role of the Board, Board composition, Board meetings and processes, Board performance and reporting, external relationships and Board Committees. A separate performance evaluation of the Audit Committee was also undertaken internally in late 2006 using a detailed questionnaire and meetings with Audit Committee members and attendees.

The report on the Board evaluation, which was designed to assist the Board in further improving its performance, was considered and discussed by the Board as a whole and a separate report on the outcomes of the evaluation of the Audit Committee was also considered and discussed by the Board. Careful consideration was given by all directors to the composition of the Board to assist the Nominations Committee in its future planning. The Board also considered the range and balance of its activities and was content that it was allocating appropriate time to such key matters as monitoring business performance, risk appetite and strategy.

Taking into account their review and deliberations the directors have concluded that the Board is effective in meeting its objectives and fulfilling its duties and obligations. The directors are also satisfied that each of the Board’s Committees (Audit, Remuneration and Nominations) carries out its delegated duties effectively.

In addition, each director discussed his or her own performance as a director and their Board evaluation with the Chairman. The senior independent director canvassed the views of the executive directors and met with the non-executive directors as a group without the Chairman present to consider the Chairman’s performance. The Board is satisfied that each director continues to contribute effectively to the Board and the Group and demonstrates commitment to his or her role as a director.

Board Committees

In order to provide effective oversight and leadership, the Board has established a number of Board Committees with particular responsibilities. The Committee chairmanship and membership are reviewed on a regular basis. The names and biographies of all Board Committee members are set out on pages 62 and 63.

The terms of reference of the Audit, Remuneration and Nominations Committees and the standard terms and conditions of appointment of non-executive directors are available on the Group’s website (www.rbs.com) and copies are available on request.

Audit Committee

All members of the Audit Committee are independent non-executive directors. The Audit Committee holds at least five meetings each year. The Audit Committee’s report is set out on pages 74 and 75.

Remuneration Committee

The members of the Remuneration Committee comprise independent non-executive directors together with the Chairman of the Board. In June 2006, the FRC issued a revised Combined Code (the “revised Code”) which applies to reporting years beginning on or after 1 November 2006. The company has adopted provision B.2.1. of the revised Code early and appointed the Chairman of the Board as a member of the Remuneration Committee as the company considers him to have been independent on appointment as Chairman. In that regard the provisions of the Code have not been complied with. The Remuneration Committee holds at least three meetings each year.

The Remuneration Comittee is responsible for assisting the Board in discharging its responsibilities and making all relevant disclosures in relation to the formulation and review of the Group's executive remuneration policy. The Remuneration Committee makes recommendations to the Board on the remuneration arrangements for the executive directors, the Chairman and the non-executive directors. In addition, the Remuneration Committee reviews the Group's employee share schemes and is responsible for appointing any remumeration consultants who advise the Remuneration Committee. The Directors' Remuneration Report is contained on pages 76 to 86.

Responsibility for determining the remuneration of executive directors has not been delegated to the Remuneration Committee, and in that sense the provisions of the Code have not been complied with. The Board as a whole reserves the authority to make the final determination of the remuneration of directors as it considers that this two stage process allows greater consideration and evaluation and is consistent with the unitary nature of the Board. No director is involved in decisions regarding his or her own remuneration.

Nominations Committee

The Nominations Committee comprises independent non-executive directors, under the chairmanship of the Chairman of the Board. The Nominations Committee meets as required.

The Nominations Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in the formal selection and appointment of directors. It considers potential candidates and recommends appointments of new directors to the Board. The appointments are based on merit and against objective criteria, including the time available to, and the commitment which will be required of, the potential director.

In addition, the Nominations Committee considers succession planning for the Chairman, Group Chief Executive and non-executive directors. The Nominations Committee takes into account the knowledge, mix of skills, experience and networks of contacts which are anticipated to be needed on the Board in the future. The Chairman, Group Chief Executive and non-executive directors meet to consider executive succession planning. No director is involved in decisions regarding his or her own succession.

69






Corporate governance continued

 

Meetings

The number of meetings of the Board and the Audit, Remuneration and Nominations Committees and individual attendance by members is shown below.

    Board   Audit   Remuneration   Nominations



Total number of meetings in 2006   9   8   5   2









Number of meetings attended in 2006                









Sir George Mathewson (1)   4      









Sir Tom McKillop (2)   9     2   2









Sir Fred Goodwin   9      









Mr Buchan   9   8   5  









Mr Cameron (3)   7      









Dr Currie   9     5  









Mr Fish   8      









Mr Fisher (3)   7      









Mr Friedrich (4)   6   2    









Mr Hunter (5)   9   8     1









Mr Koch   8      









Mrs Kong (6)   9     3  









Mr MacHale   8   8    









Mr Pell   9      









Sir Steve Robson   7   7    









Mr Scott   9     5   2









Mr Sutherland (6)   8     2   2









Mr Watt (7)   1      









Mr Whittaker (8)   8      










 

Notes:

(1)      Sir George Mathewson retired from the Board on 28 April 2006.
(2)      Sir Tom McKillop was appointed to the Remuneration Committee on 27 September 2006.
(3)      Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher were appointed to the Board on 1 March 2006.
(4)      Mr Friedrich was appointed to the Board on 1 March 2006 and to the Audit Committee on 1 July 2006.
(5)      Mr Hunter was appointed to the Nominations Committee on 1 July 2006.
(6)      Mrs Kong and Mr Sutherland were appointed to the Remuneration Committee on 1 July 2006.
(7)      Mr Watt resigned from the Board on 31 January 2006.
(8)      Mr Whittaker was appointed to the Board on 1 February 2006.

Relations with shareholders

The company communicates with shareholders through the Annual Report and by providing information in advance of the Annual General Meeting. Individual shareholders can raise matters relating to their shareholdings and the business of the Group at any time throughout the year. Shareholders are given the opportunity to ask questions at the Annual General Meeting or submit written questions in advance. The chairmen of the Audit, Remuneration and Nominations Committees are available to answer questions at the Annual General Meeting.

Communication with the company’s largest institutional shareholders is undertaken as part of the company’s investor relations programme. During the year, the directors received copies of analysts’ reports and a monthly report from the Group’s investor relations department which includes an analysis of share price movements, the Group’s performance against the sector, and key broker comments. In addition, information on major investor relations activities and changes to external ratings is provided. The senior independent director would be available to shareholders if concerns could not be addressed through the normal channels. The arrangements used to ensure that directors develop an understanding of the views of major shareholders are considered as part of the annual Board performance evaluation.

The Chairman, Group Chief Executive, Group Finance Director and, if appropriate, the senior independent director communicate shareholder views to the Board as a whole.

The Board commissions a survey of investor perceptions annually. The survey is undertaken on behalf of the Board by independent consultants and the outcomes of the study are considered by the Board.

70






Internal control

Management of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group (referred to in this and the immediately following sub-section as the "Group") is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control that is designed to facilitate effective and efficient operations and to ensure the quality of internal and external reporting and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In devising internal controls, the Group has regard to the nature and extent of the risk, the likelihood of it crystallising and the cost of controls. A system of internal control is designed to manage, but not eliminate, the risk of failure to achieve business objectives and can only provide reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against the risk of material misstatement, fraud or losses.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Internal control over financial reporting is a component of an overall system of internal control. The Group’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements for external purposes, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) and US generally accepted accounting principles, collectively referred to as “GAAP”.

The Group’s internal control over financial reporting includes:

  • Processes designed to provide assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and financial statements in accordance with GAAP.
  • Policies and procedures that relate to the maintenance of records that fairly and accurately reflect the transactions and disposition of assets.
  • Controls providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only as authorised by management.
  • Controls providing reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2006 based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  Based on this assessment, Management believes that, as of 31 December 2006, the Group’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.

The assessment of the effectiveness of the Group's internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2006 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Group's independent registered public accountants. The report of independent registered public accounting firm to the directors of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc expresses unqualified opinions on the assessment and on the effectiveness of the Group's internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2006.

Disclosure controls and procedures

As required by US regulations, the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the rules under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934) have been evaluated. This evaluation has been considered and approved by the Board which has instructed the Group Chief Executive and the Group Finance Director to certify that as at 31 December 2006, the company’s disclosure controls and procedures were adequate and effective and designed to ensure that material information relating to the company and its consolidated subsidiaries would be made known to them by others within those entities.

Changes in internal controls

There was no change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

71






Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the directors of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

We have audited management’s assessment, included in “Management’s report on Internal control over financial reporting”, that The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc and subsidiaries (“the Group”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Group's management are responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of its effectiveness. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management's assessment and the effectiveness of the Group's internal control over financial reporting.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management's assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company's principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company's board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Group maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2006 is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements of the Group as at and for the year ended 31 December 2006 and our report dated 28 February 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the nature and effect of differences between International Financial Reporting Standards and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors

Edinburgh, United Kingdom
28 February 2007

72






 

 

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

73






Corporate governance continued

 

Audit Committee Report

The members of the Audit Committee are Archie Hunter (Chairman), Colin Buchan, Bill Friedrich (since July 2006), Joe MacHale and Sir Steve Robson. All members of the Audit Committee are independent non-executive directors. The Audit Committee holds at least five meetings each year, two of which are held immediately prior to submission of the interim and annual financial statements to the Group Board. This core agenda is supplemented by additional meetings as required, three being added in 2006. Audit Committee meetings are attended by relevant executive directors, the internal and external auditors and finance and risk management executives. At least twice per annum the Audit Committee meets privately with the external auditors. The Audit Committee also visits business divisions and selected Group functions under a programme set at the beginning of each year.

The Board is satisfied that all the Audit Committee members have recent and relevant financial experience. Although the Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is an ‘Audit Committee Financial Expert’ and is independent, each as defined in the SEC rules under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and related guidance, the members of the Audit Committee are selected with a view to the expertise and experience of the Audit Committee as a whole, and the Audit Committee reports to the Board as a single entity. The designation of a director or directors as an ‘Audit Committee Financial Expert’ does not impose on any such director, any duties, obligations or liability that are greater than the duties, obligations and liability imposed on such director as a member of the Audit Committee and Board in the absence of such a designation. Nor does the designation of a director as an ‘Audit Committee Financial Expert’ affect the duties, obligations or liability of any other member of the Board.

The Audit Committee is responsible for:

  • assisting the Board in discharging its responsibilities and in making all relevant disclosures in relation to the financial affairs of the Group;

  • reviewing accounting and financial reporting and regulatory compliance;

  • reviewing the Group’s systems of internal control; and

  • monitoring the Group’s processes for internal audit, risk management and external audit.

Full details of the responsibilities of the Audit Committee are available at www.rbs.com

The Audit Committee has adopted a policy on the engagement of the external auditors to supply audit and non-audit services, which takes into account relevant legislation regarding the provision of such services by an external audit firm. The Audit Committee reviews the policy annually and prospectively approves the provision of audit services and certain non-audit services by the external auditors.

Annual audit services include all services detailed in the annual engagement letter including the annual audit and interim reviews (including US reporting requirements), periodic profit verifications and reports to regulators including skilled persons reports commissioned by the Financial Services Authority (e.g. Reporting Accountants Reports).

Annual audit services also include statutory or non-statutory audits required by any Group companies that are not incorporated in the United Kingdom. Terms of engagement for these audits are agreed separately with management, and are consistent with those set out in the audit engagement letter, as local regulations permit.

The prospectively approved non-audit services include the following classes of service:

  • capital raising, including consents, comfort letters and relevant reviews of registration statements;

  • provision of accounting opinions relating to the financial statements of the Group;

  • provision of reports that, according to law or regulation, must be rendered by the external auditors;

  • tax compliance services;

  • corporate finance services relative to companies that will remain outside the Group; and

  • insolvency work relating to the Group’s customers.

The Audit Committee, in advance of the commencement of any such service, approves all other permitted non-audit services on a case by case basis. In addition, the Audit Committee reviews and monitors the independence and objectivity of the external auditors when it approves non-audit work to be carried out by them, taking into consideration relevant legislation and ethical guidance. Information on the audit and non-audit services carried out by the external auditors is detailed in Note 4 to the Group’s accounts.

74






The Audit Committee undertakes an annual evaluation to assess the independence and objectivity of the external auditors and the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into consideration relevant professional and regulatory requirements. The results of this evaluation are reported to the Board.

The Audit Committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board, for it to put the Audit Committee’s recommendations to shareholders for their approval at the Annual General Meeting in relation to the appointment, reappointment and removal of the external auditors. The Board has endorsed the Audit Committee’s recommendation that shareholders be requested to approve the reappointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as external auditors at the Annual General Meeting in April 2007.

The Audit Committee also fixes the remuneration of the external auditors as authorised by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting.

The Audit Committee approves the terms of engagement of the external auditors.

In 2004 KPMG conducted a review of the effectiveness of Group Internal Audit. It is intended that there will be an external review of the effectiveness of Group Internal Audit every three to five years in line with best practice, with internal reviews continuing in the intervening years. In 2006 the Audit Committee conducted a review of Group Internal Audit that involved cross Group participation and the external auditors and concluded that the function operated effectively. The Board also concluded, following the 2006 internal review, that the Group Internal Audit function was effective. During 2005 PricewaterhouseCoopers conducted an external review of the effectiveness of the Audit Committee, the results of which were reported to the Board. It is intended that there will be an external review of the effectiveness of the Audit Committee every three years, with internal reviews by the Board continuing in the intervening years. An internal review of the Audit Committee’s performance was undertaken in 2006 and a separate report on the outcome was considered and discussed by the Board.

In 2005 the Audit Committee reviewed the audit committee structure throughout the Group and, as a result, proposed to the Board a reorganisation and strengthening of the structure to ensure that audit committees would cover each separate Group business appropriately. That recommendation was accepted by the Board, and, whilst still in its initial year, the revised structure has bedded down well. The Audit Committee has an appropriately close relationship with each of the business audit committees.

 

Archie Hunter
Chairman of the Audit Committee
28 February 2007

75






Directors’ remuneration report

 

The Remuneration Committee

The members of the Remuneration Committee are Bob Scott (Chairman), Colin Buchan, Jim Currie, Janis Kong, Sir Tom McKillop and Peter Sutherland. The members of the Remuneration Committee comprise independent non-executive directors, together with the Chairman of the Board.

During the year, the Remuneration Committee received advice from Watson Wyatt and Mercer Human Resource Consulting on matters relating to directors’ remuneration in the UK (Watson Wyatt) and US (Mercer), together with advice from the Group Director, Human Resources and the Group Secretary and General Counsel on general remuneration matters. In addition, the Remuneration Committee has taken account of the views of the Chairman of the Board (who was appointed as a member of the Remuneration Committee in September 2006) and the Group Chief Executive on performance assessment of the executive directors.

In addition to advising the Remuneration Committee, Watson Wyatt provided professional services in the ordinary course of business, including actuarial advice and benefits administration services to subsidiaries of the Group and investment consulting and actuarial advice to the trustees of some of the Group’s pension funds. Mercer Human Resource Consulting provided advice and support in connection with a range of benefits, pension actuarial and investment matters.

Remuneration policy

The Remuneration Committee conducted a comprehensive review of all aspects of the remuneration package in 2005, and the executive remuneration policy outcome was approved by shareholders at the company’s Annual General Meeting in 2006. During the year, the Remuneration Committee continued to review policy in light of market changes and shareholder comments. As a result, a new executive share option plan is being submitted to shareholders for approval at the company’s 2007 Annual General Meeting.

The objective of the executive remuneration policy is to provide, in the context of the company’s business strategy, remuneration in form and amount which will attract, motivate and retain high-calibre executives. In order to achieve this objective, the policy is framed around the following core principles:

  • Total rewards will be set at levels that are competitive within the relevant market, taking each executive director’s remuneration package as a whole. The relevant market is FTSE top 20 companies and major UK banks for the UK- based executives and US retail banks for US-based executives.

  • Total potential rewards will be earned through achievement of demanding performance targets based on measures consistent with shareholder interests over the short, medium and longer term.

  • Remuneration arrangements will strike an appropriate balance between fixed and performance-related rewards. Performance- related elements will comprise the major part of executive remuneration packages. See illustrative charts below.
  • Incentive plans and performance metrics will be structured to be robust through the business cycle.

  • Remuneration arrangements will be designed to support the company’s business strategy, to promote appropriate teamwork and to conform to best practice standards.

The above diagram has been prepared to illustrate the use of performance metrics in the total direct compensation package. For the Group Chief Executive, 21.5% of the package is fixed and 78.5% is performance related. For the executive directors, 27% is fixed and 73% is performance related. Values are entered on the basis of on-target annual performance; long term incentives are shown at the approximate expected value at grant. Pension and other benefits have been excluded. Financial metrics include profit growth, cost control and ROE.

The non-executive directors’ fees are reviewed annually by the Board, on the recommendation of its Chairman. The level of remuneration reflects the responsibility and time commitment of directors and the level of fees paid to non-executive directors of comparable major UK companies. Non-executive directors do not participate in any incentive or performance plan.

The Remuneration Committee makes recommendations to the Board on the remuneration arrangements for the executive directors and the Chairman. The Remuneration Committee also approves the remuneration arrangements of senior executives below Board level who are members of the Group Executive Management Committee, on the recommendation of the Group Chief Executive, and reviews all long-term incentive arrangements which are operated by the Group.

Components of executive remuneration
UK based directors
Salary

Salaries are reviewed annually as part of total remuneration, having regard to remuneration packages received by executives of comparable companies. The Remuneration Committee uses a range of survey data from remuneration consultants and reaches individual salary decisions taking account of the remuneration environment and the performance and responsibilities of the individual director.

Benefits

UK-based executive directors, with the exception of Guy Whittaker, are members of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund (“the RBS Fund”). Any new executive directors will not be eligible to participate in the RBS Fund unless they were already a member prior to 1 October 2006.

76





The RBS Fund is a non-contributory defined benefit fund. Details of pension arrangements of directors are shown on page 86.

From April 2006, new tax legislation applies to UK pensions. The Remuneration Committee reviewed the pension provision for all executives and determined that the cost of any additional tax that individuals may incur as a result of their benefits exceeding the new lifetime allowances and annual allowances would not be met by the Group. The Committee believes that pension is an effective element in the retention of directors and decided that no changes should be made to existing arrangements other than to allow directors to opt out of future tax-registered pension provision. For those directors who have opted out of the pension provision, the cash allowances are shown on page 81.

Executive directors are eligible to receive a choice of various employee benefits or a cash equivalent, on a similar basis to other employees. In addition, as employees, executive directors are eligible also to participate in Sharesave, Buy As You Earn and the Profit Sharing scheme, which currently pays up to 10 per cent of salaries, depending on the Group’s performance. These schemes are not subject to performance conditions since they are operated on an all-employee basis. Executive directors also receive death-in-service benefits.

Short-term annual incentives

UK-based executive directors normally have a maximum annual incentive potential of between 160% and 200% of salary. For exceptional performance, as measured by the achievement of significant objectives, executive directors may be awarded incentive payments of up to 200% of salary, or 250% of salary, in the case of the Group Chief Executive and the Chief Executive, Corporate Markets. Awards will normally be based on the delivery of a combination of appropriate Group and individual financial and operational targets approved each year by the Remuneration Committee.

For the Group Chief Executive, the annual incentive is primarily based on specific Group financial performance measures such as operating profit, earnings per share growth and return on equity. The remainder of the Group Chief Executive’s annual incentive is based on a range of non-financial measures which may include measures relating to shareholders, customers and staff.

For the other executive directors a proportion of the annual incentive is based on Group financial performance and a proportion on division financial performance. The remainder of each individual’s annual incentive opportunity is dependent on achievement of a range of non-financial measures, specific objectives and key result areas. Divisional performance includes measures such as operating income, costs, loan impairments or operating profit. Non-financial measures include customer measures (e.g. customer numbers, customer satisfaction), staff measures (e.g. employee engagement) and efficiency and change objectives.

In respect of 2006, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the annual incentive payments for all executive directors taking into account performance against the various targets set at the beginning of the year and covering overall Group financial metrics, divisional performance and each director’s other operational targets.

Group operating profit and other Group financial metrics were fully met or exceeded, while most divisional and individual performance objectives were also met or exceeded. As a result, the Remuneration Committee proposed and the Board (excluding executive directors) agreed annual incentive payments ranging from 75% to 125% of normal maximum level. The payments made to Mr Cameron (125% of normal maximum) and Sir Fred Goodwin (110% of normal maximum) reflected the outstanding performance achieved by Corporate Markets and the Group overall respectively and were within the exceptional maximum level.

Long-term incentives

The company provides long-term incentives in the form of share options and share or share equivalent awards. Their objective is to encourage the creation of value over the long term and to align the rewards of the executive directors with the returns to shareholders.

Medium-term Performance Plan

The Medium-term Performance Plan (“MPP”) was approved by shareholders in April 2001. Each executive director is eligible for an annual award under the plan in the form of share or share equivalent awards. Whilst the rules of the plan allow awards over shares worth up to one and a half times earnings, the Remuneration Committee has adopted a policy of granting awards based on a multiple of salary. Normally awards are made at one times salary to executive directors, with one and a half times salary being granted in the case of the Group Chief Executive. No changes will be made to this policy without prior consultation with shareholders. All awards under the plan are subject to three-year performance targets.

Awards made from 2006 are subject to two performance measures; 50% of the award vests on a relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) measure and 50% vests on growth in adjusted earnings per share (“EPS”) over the three year performance period.

For the TSR element, vesting is based on the level of outperformance by the Group of the median of the comparator group TSR over the performance period. Awards made under the plan will not vest if the company’s TSR is below the median of the comparator group. Achievement of median TSR performance against comparator companies will result in vesting of 25% of the award. Outperformance of median TSR performance by up to 9% will result in vesting on a straight-line basis from 25% to 125%, outperformance by 9% to 18% will result in vesting on a straight-line basis from 125% to 200%. Vesting at 200% will occur if the company outperforms the median TSR performance of the comparator group by at least 18%. For awards made in 2006, the companies in the comparator group are ABN Amro Holdings N.V.; Banco Santander Central Hispano, S.A.; Barclays PLC; Citigroup Inc; HBOS plc; HSBC Holdings plc; Lloyds TSB Group plc and Standard Chartered PLC. The Remuneration Committee considers this group to be appropriate in the context of the Group’s business.

77






Directors’ remuneration report continued

 

The EPS element ensures a clear line of sight for executives to improve long-term financial performance. For this element, the level of EPS growth over the three year period will be calculated by comparing the adjusted EPS in the year prior to the year of grant with that in the final year of the performance period. Each year the vesting schedule for the EPS growth measure will be agreed by the Remuneration Committee at the time of grant, having regard to the business plan, performance relative to comparators and analysts’ forecasts.

For the awards made in 2006, the awards will not vest if EPS growth is below 5% per annum over the three year period. Where EPS growth is between 5% per annum and 10% per annum vesting will occur on a straight-line basis from 25% to 100%. Vesting at 100% will occur if EPS growth is at least 10% per annum.

Options

In 2006, awards were made under the executive share option scheme approved by shareholders in January 1999. Options granted to executive directors were over shares worth between one and a quarter times salary and two and a half times salary, based on the market value at the date of grant. These options are exercisable only if, over a three year period from the date of grant, the growth in the company’s EPS has exceeded the growth in the RPI plus 9%.

A new executive share option plan is being submitted for approval at the company’s Annual General Meeting in 2007. It is proposed that, subject to approval at the Annual General Meeting, the first grants under this plan will be made following the Annual General Meeting. Grants to executive directors will be made over shares worth up to 300% of salary with an EPS performance condition. The performance condition will be based on the average annual growth in the Group’s adjusted EPS over the three year performance period commencing with the year of grant. The calibration of the EPS growth measure will be agreed by the Remuneration Committee at the time of each grant having regard to the business plan, prevailing economic conditions and analysts’ forecasts.

Shareholding guidelines

In 2006, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the policy on shareholding requirements and the Group has now adopted shareholding guidelines for executive directors.

The target shareholding level is 200% of gross annual salary for the Group Chief Executive and 100% of gross annual salary for executive directors. Target shareholding levels are determined by reference to ordinary shares held, together with any vested awards under the Group’s Medium-term Performance Plan. Executive directors have a period of five years in which to build up their shareholdings to meet the guideline levels.

Group Finance Director – Guy Whittaker

Guy Whittaker joined the Group on 1 February 2006. On recruitment, Mr Whittaker was compensated for the value of restricted stock and unvested options he forfeited on departure from his previous employer. This compensation took the form of a grant of ordinary shares in The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc worth £1,000,000 and restricted stock worth £1,450,000, the latter vesting in three tranches between 2007 and 2009. In addition, Mr Whittaker forfeited his performance bonus from his previous employer and was compensated by a cash payment of £1,195,181 and a grant of restricted stock worth £962,785, the latter vesting in four tranches between 2007 and 2010. Mr Whittaker’s current remuneration package is in line with those of the Group’s other UK-based executive directors.

US based director – Lawrence Fish

The remuneration policy for Mr Fish is as follows:

Base salary is set having regard to the levels of base salary in other US banks and the appropriate balance of fixed and variable remuneration for US based executives of UK listed companies operating within the corporate governance frameworks of the UK.

Benefits Mr Fish accrues pension benefits under a number of arrangements in the US. Details are provided on page 86. In addition he is entitled to receive other benefits on a similar basis to other Citizens employees.

Short-term performance rewards take the form of an annual incentive plan which rewards the achievement of Group, business unit and individual financial and non-financial targets. The normal maximum annual bonus potential is two times salary, although additional amounts to a maximum of a further two times salary may be awarded, at the discretion of the Board, for exceptional performance as measured by the achievement of significant objectives.

Long-term incentives consist of the following components:

  • The last grant made under the Citizens Phantom 2000 Plan vested on 1 January 2006. The value of units at the time of vesting was based on the cumulative economic profit generated by Citizens, the trend in economic profit and on the external market trends in the US banking sector, using price/earnings ratios of comparator US banks.

  • A grant under the Group’s Medium-term Performance Plan within the levels, and on the same terms, available to UK based executives.

  • A grant under the executive share option scheme within the levels, and on the same terms, available to UK based executives. In 2007, Mr Fish will be eligible for a grant under the new executive share option plan if approved by shareholders at the company’s Annual General Meeting.

  • A grant under the new Citizens Long Term Incentive Plan approved by shareholders at the company’s Annual General Meeting in 2005. Performance is measured on a combination of Growth in Profit before Tax and Relative Return on Equity based on a comparison of Citizens with comparator US banks. The targets for this plan are set on an annual basis over the three year term of the grant. The target value of the award made under the plan in 2005 was 33% of salary and in 2006 was 75% of salary. Each award may deliver up to a maximum of twice the target value.


78




Total shareholder return performance

The undernoted performance graph illustrates the performance of the company over the past five years in terms of total shareholder return compared with that of the companies comprising the FTSE 100 Index. This Index has been selected because it represents a cross-section of leading UK companies. The total shareholder return for the company and the FTSE 100 have been rebased to 100 for 2001.

Total shareholder return

Service contracts

The company’s policy in relation to the duration of contracts with directors is that executive directors’ contracts generally continue until termination by either party, subject to the required notice, or until retirement. The notice period under the service contracts of executive directors will not normally exceed 12 months. In relation to newly recruited executive directors, subject to the prior approval of the Remuneration Committee, the notice period from the employing company required to terminate the contract will not normally exceed 12 months unless there is a clear case for this. Where a longer period of notice is initially approved on appointment, it will normally be structured such that it will automatically reduce to 12 months in due course.

All new service contracts for executive directors are subject to approval by the Remuneration Committee. Those contracts normally include standard clauses covering the performance review process, the company’s normal disciplinary procedure, and terms for dismissal in the event of failure to perform or in situations involving actions in breach of the Group’s policies.

Any compensation payment made in connection with the departure of an executive director will be subject to approval by the Remuneration Committee, having regard to the terms of the service contract and the reasons for termination.

Information regarding executive directors’ service contracts is summarised in the table and notes below.

Name   Date of current contract/
Employing company
  Notice period –
from company
  Notice period –
from executive

Sir Fred Goodwin   1 August 1998
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
  12 months   6 months
             
Mr Cameron   29 March 1998
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
  12 months   6 months
             
Mr Fish   18 February 2004
Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
  12 months   12 months
             
Mr Fisher   27 February 2007
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
  12 months   12 months
             
Mr Pell   20 February 2006
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
  12 months   6 months
             
Mr Whittaker   19 December 2005
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
  12 months   12 months


79




Directors’ remuneration report continued

 

Except as noted below, in the event of severance of contract where any contractual notice period is not worked, the employing company may pay a sum to the executive in lieu of this period of notice. Any such payment would, at maximum, comprise base salary and a cash value in respect of fixed benefits (including pension plan contributions). In the event of situations involving breach of the employing company’s policies resulting in dismissal, reduced or no payments may be made to the executive. Depending on the circumstances of the termination of employment, the executive may be entitled, or the Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to allow, the executive to exercise outstanding awards under long-term incentive arrangements subject to the rules of the relevant plan. All UK based directors, with the exception of Guy Whittaker, are members of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund (‘the RBS Fund’) and are contractually entitled to receive all pension benefits in accordance with its terms. The RBS Fund rules allow all members who retire early at the request of their employer to receive a pension based on accrued service with no discount applied for early retirement.

The Remuneration Committee has reviewed this provision of the RBS Fund, which applies equally to executive directors and other employees. The Remuneration Committee concluded that a change to the terms of the RBS Fund in respect of early retirement at the company’s request would not be a cost effective route to take at this time. The RBS Fund is closed to employees, including any executive directors, joining the Group after 30 September 2006.

The exception to these severance arrangements relates only to Mr Fish. If Mr Fish’s contract is terminated without cause, or if he terminates the contract for good reason (as defined in the contract), he is entitled to a lump sum payment to compensate him for the loss of 12 months salary plus annual bonus. Mr Fish would also be entitled to receive for this period health, life insurance and long term disability coverage and any other benefits determined in accordance with the plans, policies and practices of Citizens at the time of termination. The Remuneration Committee has been advised that these termination provisions are less generous than the current market practice in the US.

Chairman and non-executive directors

The original date of appointment as a director of the company and the latest date for the next re-election are as follows:

Date first appointed Latest date for
next re-election

Sir Tom McKillop 1 September 2005 2009
Mr Buchan   1 June 2002   2009
Dr Currie   28 November 2001   2008
Mr Friedrich   1 March 2006   2009
Mr Hunter   1 September 2004   2008
Mr Koch   29 September 2004   2008
Mrs Kong   1 January 2006   2009
Mr MacHale   1 September 2004   2008
Sir Steve Robson   25 July 2001   2008
Mr Scott   31 January 2001   2009
Mr Sutherland   31 January 2001   2009


The non-executive directors do not have service contracts or notice periods although they have letters of engagement reflecting their responsibilities and commitments. Under the company’s articles of association, all directors must retire by rotation and seek re-election by shareholders at least every three years. The dates in the table above reflect the latest date for re-election. However, in 2007, at least one-third of the Board will retire by rotation as required by the company’s articles of association. No compensation would be paid to the Chairman or to any non-executive director in the event of early termination.

80






The tables and explanatory notes on pages 81 to 86 report the remuneration of each director for the year ended 31 December 2006 and have been audited by the company’s auditors, Deloitte & Touche LLP.

Directors’ remuneration

Salary/ Performance Pension 2006 2005
fees bonus (1) allowance Benefits Other Total Total
£000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000

Chairman                              
Sir Tom McKillop (appointed Chairman on 28 April 2006)   471             471   67
Sir George Mathewson (retired 28 April 2006) (2)   199         1     200   607
                               
Executive directors                              
Sir Fred Goodwin   1,190   2,760       46     3,996   2,893
Mr Cameron (appointed 1 March 2006) (3)   889   2,340     236   31     3,496  
Mr Fish (4)   1,017   1,627       35     2,679   2,509
Mr Fisher (appointed 1 March 2006) (3)   654   1,105     122   13     1,894  
Mr Pell   790   1,309       21     2,120   1,586
Mr Watt (resigned 31 January 2006) (5)   57   55       5     117   1,399
Mr Whittaker (appointed 1 February 2006) (6)   663   1,190     228   2   2,392   4,475  


Notes:
(1) Includes 10% profit sharing. The performance bonus for Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher reflects their performance for the full year.
(2) From 28 April 2006, Sir George has been employed as an adviser to the Group. Under this employment agreement dated 26 April 2006, which runs until 31 July 2009, Sir George received a fee of £179,000 for his services under this agreement in 2006, comprising £150,000 in respect of certain duties performed in the connection with the handover of his responsibilities to Sir Tom McKillop in the three month period following the Annual General Meeting and thereafter at the rate of £75,000 per annum. Under this arrangement he also received medical insurance, life assurance cover and secretarial and administrative support necessary for the performance of his duties.
(3) The above figures include remuneration paid to Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher prior to their appointment as directors. For this period, Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher received salary and benefits of £141,000 and £105,000 respectively.
(4) Mr Fish is a non-executive director of Textron Inc. and retains the fees paid to him in this respect. For 2006, he received a remuneration package from Textron Inc. equivalent to approximately US$84,974.
(5) Following his resignation as a director on 31 January 2006, Mr Watt remained employed by the Group until 28 February 2006 in order to facilitate a handover of duties to his successor. For this period, Mr Watt received remuneration of £112,000, comprising £57,000 in respect of salary and benefits, and £55,000 in respect of performance bonus.
(6) Included in other remuneration for Mr Whittaker is an award of ordinary shares in the company of £1,000,000, a cash payment of £1,195,181 and relocation expenses of £197,211.
   
Board 2006 2005
Board fees committee fees Total Total
Non-executive directors £000 £000 £000 £000

Mr Buchan   65   55   120   109
Dr Currie   65   15   80   68
Mr Friedrich (appointed 1 March 2006)   54   15   69  
Mr Hunter   65   93   158   113
Mr Koch (1)   65     65   55
Mrs Kong (appointed 1 January 2006)   65   8   73  
Mr MacHale   65   30   95   80
Sir Steve Robson   65   30   95   80
Mr Scott (2)           155   100
Mr Sutherland   65   23   88   60


Notes:
(1) In addition to his role as a non-executive director, Mr Koch has an agreement with Citizens Financial Group, Inc. to provide consulting services for a period of three years following the acquisition by Citizens of Charter One Financial, Inc. For these services Mr Koch receives $402,500 per annum.
(2) Mr Scott’s senior independent director fee covers all Board and Board Committee work including Chairmanship of the Remuneration Committee.

No director received any expense allowances chargeable to UK income tax or compensation for loss of office/termination payment. The non-executive directors did not receive any bonus payments or benefits.

81




 

Directors’ remuneration report continued

 

Share options

Options to subscribe for ordinary shares of 25p each in the company granted to, and exercised by, directors during the year to 31 December 2006 are included in the table below:

    Options exercised in 2006 Options held at 31 December 2006  
   
 
 
Options held at
1 January
2006
Options
granted in
2006
Number Market price at
date of exercise
£
Option price
£
Number Exercise period  

Sir George Mathewson (2)   69,257               9.33   69,257   11.05.01 – 10.05.08  
    147,247               7.81     147,247   29.03.03 – 28.03.10  
    150               12.40   150   09.08.03 – 08.08.06 (1)
    20,100               17.18   20,100   14.08.04 – 13.08.11  
    19,500               18.18   19,500   14.03.05 – 13.03.12  
    36,400               12.37   36,400   13.03.06 – 12.03.13  
    36,044               17.34   36,044   11.03.07 – 10.03.14  
    41,570               17.29   41,570   10.03.08 – 09.03.15  
    1,347               13.64   1,347   01.10.08 – 31.03.09 (1)

    371,615                   371,615      

Sir Fred Goodwin   164,571               8.75   164,571   07.12.01 – 06.12.08  
    2,963               11.18   2,963   04.03.02 – 03.03.09  
    27,306               11.97   27,306   03.06.02 – 02.06.09  
    153,648               7.81   153,648   29.03.03 – 28.03.10  
    43,700               17.18   43,700   14.08.04 – 13.08.11  
    41,300               18.18   41,300   14.03.05 – 13.03.12  
    72,800               12.37   72,800   13.03.06 – 12.03.13  
    144,175               17.34   144,175   11.03.07 – 10.03.14  
    159,051               17.29   159,051   10.03.08 – 09.03.15  
    1,267               13.04   1,267   01.10.10 – 31.03.11 (1)
        161,987           18.52   161,987   09.03.09 – 08.03.16  

    810,781   161,987               972,768      

Mr Cameron (3)   19,194               11.18   19,194   04.03.02 – 03.03.09  
    38,411               7.81   38,411   29.03.03 – 28.03.10  
    150               15.63   150   04.04.04 – 03.04.07 (1)
    26,200               17.18   26,200   14.08.04 – 13.08.11  
    31,800               18.18   31,800   14.03.05 – 13.03.12  
    52,600               12.37   52,600   13.03.06 – 12.03.13  
    50,461               17.34   50,461   11.03.07 – 10.03.14  
    1,865               9.85   1,865   01.10.07 – 31.03.08 (1)
    80,972               17.29   80,972   10.03.08 – 09.03.15  
        85,043           18.52   85,043   09.03.09 – 08.03.16  

    301,653   85,043               386,696      

Mr Fish   107,877               9.33   107,877   11.05.01 – 10.05.08  
    150       150   17.36   12.40        
    37,603               17.29   37,603   10.03.08 – 09.03.15  
        111,129           18.52   111,129   09.03.09 – 08.03.16  

    145,630   111,129   150           256,609      

Mr Fisher (3)   14,281               9.24   14,281   01.04.02 – 31.03.09  
    33,291               7.81   33,291   29.03.03 – 28.03.10  
    21,800               17.18   21,800   14.08.04 – 13.08.11  
    22,700               18.18   22,700   14.03.05 – 13.03.12  
    40,500               12.37   40,500   13.03.06 – 12.03.13  
    283       283   18.27   13.07        
    39,648               17.34   39,648   11.03.07 – 10.03.14  
    311               12.09   311   01.10.07 – 31.03.08 (1)
    60,729               17.29   60,729   10.03.08 – 09.03.15  
    145               13.04   145   01.10.08 – 31.03.09 (1)
        61,420           18.52   61,420   09.03.09 – 08.03.16  

    233,688   61,420   283           294,825      

 

82





    Options exercised in 2006 Options held at 31 December 2006  
   
 
 
Options held at
1 January
2006
Options
granted in
2006
Number Market price at
date of exercise
£
Option price
£
Number Exercise period  

Mr Pell   51,216               7.81   51,216   29.03.03 – 28.03.10  
    29,100               17.18   29,100   14.08.04 – 13.08.11  
    27,600               18.18   27,600   14.03.05 – 13.03.12  
    49,800               12.37   49,800   13.03.06 – 12.03.13  
    47,217               17.34   47,217   11.03.07 – 10.03.14  
    50,607               17.29   50,607   10.03.08 – 09.03.15  
        62,365           18.52   62,365   09.03.09 – 08.03.16  

    255,540   62,365                 317,905      

Mr Watt (4)   70,148               12.83   70,148   04.09.03 – 03.09.10  
    23,300               17.18   23,300   14.08.04 – 13.08.11  
    22,100               18.18   22,100   14.03.05 – 13.03.12  
    42,500               12.37   42,500   13.03.06 – 12.03.13  
    43,253               17.34   43,253   11.03.07 – 10.03.14  
    57,259               17.29   57,259   10.03.08 – 09.03.15  

    258,560                   258,560      

Mr Whittaker (5)       56,695           18.52   56,695   09.03.09 – 08.03.16  
        1,235           13.84   1,235   01.10.13 – 31.03.14 (1)

        57,930               57,930      


Notes:
(1)  Options held under the sharesave and option 2000 schemes, which are not subject to performance conditions.
(2)  Sir George Mathewson retired from the Board on 28 April 2006. The figures quoted above are as at cessation. Subsequently, Sir George exercised his option over 150 shares on 8 June 2006.
(3)  Options held at 1 January 2006 by Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher were granted prior to their appointment to the Board on 1 March 2006.
(4) Mr Watt resigned from the Board on 31 January 2006. The figures quoted above are as at cessation. Subsequently, Mr Watt exercised all of his options on 10 October 2006.
(5) Mr Whittaker was appointed to the Board on 1 February 2006.

The performance conditions for options granted in 2006 are detailed on page 78.

No options had their terms and conditions varied during the accounting period to 31 December 2006. No payment is required on the award of an option.

The executive share options which are exercisable from March 2002 onwards are subject to the satisfaction of an EPS growth target which provides that options are exercisable only if, over a three year period, the growth in the company’s EPS has exceeded the growth in the RPI plus 9%. In respect of executive share options exercisable before March 2002 the performance condition is that the growth in the company’s EPS over three years has exceeded the growth in the RPI plus 6%.

The market price of the company’s ordinary shares at 31 December 2006 was £19.93 and the range during the year to 31 December 2006 was £16.69 to £19.99.

In the ten year period to 31 December 2006, awards made that could require new issue shares under the company’s share plans represented 4.8% of the company’s issued ordinary share capital, leaving an available dilution headroom of 5.2%.

83






Directors’ remuneration report continued

Medium Term Performance Plan

Scheme interests
(share equivalents) at
1 January 2006
  Awards
granted
in 2006
  Market
price on
award
£
  Awards
vested in
2006(1)
  Awards
exercised
in 2006
  Market
price on
exercise
£
  Share interest
(share
equivalents) at
31 December 2006
  End of period
for qualifying
conditions to
be fulfilled

Sir Fred Goodwin   93,040       16.35               93,040   vested 31.12.03
    33,855       18.59               33,855   vested 31.12.04
    86,506       17.34   Nil             lapsed 31.12.06
    95,431       17.29               95,431   31.12.07
        97,193   18.52               97,193   31.12.08

    308,832                       319,519    

Mr Cameron (2)   55,824       16.35               55,824   vested 31.12.03
    22,078       18.59               22,078   vested 31.12.04
    40,370       17.34   Nil             lapsed 31.12.06
    46,270       17.29               46,270   31.12.07
        48,597   18.52               48,597   31.12.08

    164,542                       172,769    

Mr Fish   35,274       17.34   Nil             lapsed 31.12.06
    10,495       17.29               10,495   31.12.07
        31,117   18.52               31,117   31.12.08

    45,769                       41,612    

Mr Fisher (2)   20,000       16.35               20,000   vested 31.12.03
    8,000       18.59               8,000   vested 31.12.04
    31,719       17.34   Nil             lapsed 31.12.06
    34,703       17.29               34,703   31.12.07
        35,098   18.52               35,098   31.12.08

    94,422                       97,801    

Mr Pell   22,026       16.35       22,026   19.09     vested 31.12.03
    37,774       17.34   Nil             lapsed 31.12.06
    40,486       17.29               40,486   31.12.07
        41,577   18.52               41,577   31.12.08

    100,286                       82,063    

Mr Watt (3)   18,877       18.59               18,877   vested 31.12.04
    34,603       17.34                
    38,173       17.29                

    91,653                       18,877    

Mr Whittaker (4)     37,797   18.52               37,797   31.12.08


Notes:
(1) Awards were granted on 9 April 2004 and these awards have now lapsed.
(2) Scheme interests at 1 January 2006 of Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher were awarded prior to their appointment to the Board on 1 March 2006.
(3) Mr Watt resigned from the Board on 31 January 2006. Mr Watt subsequently exercised his 2002 award (which vested on 31 December 2004) on 7 March 2006. All remaining awards lapsed at cessation of employment.
(4) Mr Whittaker was appointed to the Board on 1 February 2006.

For any awards that have vested, participants holding option-based awards can exercise their right over the underlying share equivalents at any time up to ten years from the date of grant.

No variation was made to any of the terms of the plan during the year. The performance measures are detailed on pages 77 and 78.

84



 

Directors’ remuneration report continued

 

Restricted Stock Award

Awards
granted End of the
in 2006 Market period for
and held at price on qualifying
31 December award conditions to
2006 £ be fulfilled (3)

Mr Whittaker (1)   56,285   19.38   01.02.07 (2)
    30,483   19.38   01.02.08
    25,322   19.38   01.02.09
    12,421   19.38   01.02.10

    124,511        


Notes:
(1)      Awards were granted to Mr Whittaker in lieu of unvested share awards from his previous employer. Further information on these awards is set out on page 78.
(2)      Award has now vested and shares will be released to Mr Whittaker on 1 March 2007.
(3)      The end period for qualifying conditions is subject to any restrictions on dealing in the Group’s shares which may be in place and to which Mr Whittaker may be subject. As a result of the close period prior to the announcement of the Group’s results on 1 March 2007, the end of the period for qualifying conditions to be fulfilled in 2007 is 1 March 2007.

Phantom 2000 Plan

Awards granted during year

End of the period for
Phantom 2000 units at Units awarded Market price qualifying conditions Benefits received Phantom 2000 units at
1 January 2006 during year on award to be fulfilled during year 31 December 2006

Mr Fish 1,000,000 01.01.05 US$6,100,000


No variation was made to any of the terms of the plan during the year. The performance measures are detailed on page 78.

Citizens Long Term Incentive Plan(1)

Benefits received
Interests at 1 January 2006 Awards granted during year during year Interests at 31 December 2006

Mr Fish   LTIP awards for the   LTIP award for the   LTIP award for the   LTIP awards for the
    3 year periods:   3 year period:   3 year period:   3 year periods:
    01.01.03 – 31.12.05       01.01.03 – 31.12.05    
    01.01.04 – 31.12.06       was US$1,268,747   01.01.04 – 31.12.06
    01.01.05 – 31.12.07           01.01.05 – 31.12.07
        01.01.06 – 31.12.08       01.01.06 – 31.12.08


  Note:
(1) A new cash LTIP was approved by shareholders at the company’s Annual General Meeting in April 2005. Details are given on page 78. This replaced the previous LTIP which provided for a target payment of 60% of average salary over the three year period and a maximum payment of 105% of average salary.

No variation was made to any of the terms of the plan during the year. The performance measures are detailed on page 78.

85




Directors’ remuneration report continued


Directors’ pension arrangements

During the year, Johnny Cameron, Mark Fisher, Sir Fred Goodwin, Gordon Pell and Fred Watt participated in The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund (“the RBS Fund”). The RBS Fund is a defined benefit fund registered with HM Revenue & Customs under the Finance Act 2004.

The legislation governing the taxation of pensions in the UK changed with effect from April 2006. No changes have been made to the level of pension benefits of any of the directors as a result of this legislation, however the arrangements for providing some benefits have changed as follows.

Arrangements had previously been made to provide Sir Fred Goodwin and Gordon Pell with additional pension benefits on a defined benefit basis outwith the RBS Fund. No changes have been made to the overall level of benefits to be provided, but the amount which can be provided from within the RBS Fund may be different than previously envisaged. The figures shown below include the accrual in respect of these arrangements.

Johnny Cameron and Fred Watt were provided with additional pension benefits on a defined contribution basis and the contributions made in the year are shown below. These contributions ceased with effect from April 2006 and were replaced by a salary supplement which is shown in the table on page 81.

Mark Fisher opted to cease future accrual of pension benefit within the RBS Fund with effect from 6 April 2006 and to receive instead a salary supplement. Guy Whittaker has been provided with a salary supplement in place of pension benefits since his employment started. These cash allowances are shown in the table on page 81.

Of the total transfer value shown as at 31 December 2006, 34% relates to benefits in funded pension schemes.

Sir George Mathewson received life assurance cover under an individual arrangement until his retirement from the Board. Details of his current benefits are set out on page 81.The non-executive directors do not accrue pension benefits or receive life assurance cover.

Lawrence Fish accrues pension benefits under a number of arrangements in the US. Defined benefits are built up under the Citizens’ Qualified Plan, Excess Plan and Supplemental Executive Retirement Arrangement. In addition, he is a member of two defined contribution arrangements: a Qualified 401(k) Plan and an Excess 401(k) Plan.

Disclosure of these benefits has been made in accordance with the United Kingdom Listing Authority Listing Rules and with the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002.

Transfer value
Additional Additional for the additional
pension pension Increase pension
earned earned in transfer earned
Accrued during the during the Transfer Transfer value during during the
entitlement at year ended year ended value as at value as at year ended year ended
Age at 31 December 31 December 31 December 31 December 31 December 31 December 31 December
31 December 2006 2006 2006* 2006 2005 2006 2006*
Defined benefit arrangements 2006 £000 p.a. £000 p.a. £000 p.a. £000 £000 £000 £000

Sir Fred Goodwin   48   510   66   54   7,043   5,119   1,924   745
Mr Cameron   52   51   4   3   824   655   169   48
Mr Fish   62   $1,829   $445   $445   $17,800   $13,347   $4,453   $4,330
Mr Fisher   46   302   26   18   3,904   2,978   926   239
Mr Pell   56   361   59   51   6,744   5,092   1,652   956
Mr Watt   45   10   1     108   96   12   3


* net of statutory revaluation applying to deferred pensions
 
  Notes:
(1) There is a significant difference in the form of disclosure required by the Combined Code and the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002. The former requires the disclosure of the additional pension earned during the year and the transfer value equivalent to this pension based on stock market conditions at the end of the year. The latter requires the disclosure of the difference between the transfer value at the start and end of the year and is therefore dependent on the change in stock market conditions over the course of the year. The above disclosure has been made in accordance with the Combined Code and the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002.
(2) The transfer values disclosed above do not represent a sum paid or payable to the individual director. Instead they represent a potential liability of the Group pension scheme.
(3) No allowance is made in these transfer values for any enhanced benefits that may become payable on early retirement.
(4) The proportion of benefits represented by funded pension schemes for Sir Fred Goodwin, Gordon Pell and Lawrence Fish is 3%, 60% and 2% respectively. All benefits for Johnny Cameron, Mark Fisher and Fred Watt are in funded pension schemes.
(5) In accordance with US market practice, Mr Fish’s pensionable remuneration is limited to US$4 million per annum.
(6) The above figures include pension accrued for Mr Watt for the period until cessation of employment on 28 February 2006.

Contributions and allowances paid in the year ended 31 December 2006 under defined contribution arrangements were:

2006 2005
000 000

Mr Cameron £46
Mr Watt £25 £144
Mr Fish $56 $139


Bob Scott
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
28 February 2007

86






Directors’ interests in shares

  31 December 2006
 
  Vested
Shares beneficially owned at Shares MPP shares Vested Value as at
Executive directors 1 January 2006 or date of owned or share share 31 December
appointment if later beneficially equivalents options Total 2006  (2,3)

Sir Fred Goodwin   66,762   66,844   126,895   506,288   700,027   £8,549,436
Mr Cameron (appointed 1 March 2006)   1,827   2,012   77,902   168,355   248,269   £2,752,176
Mr Fish   11,120   11,120     107,877   118,997   £1,365,118
Mr Fisher (appointed 1 March 2006)   3,917   4,498   28,000   132,572   165,070   £1,609,691
Mr Pell   582   582     157,716   158,298   £1,137,150
Mr Whittaker (appointed 1 February 2006)     51,605       51,605   £1,028,488


  Notes:
(1) The numbers shown in this table are taken from the audited disclosures shown elsewhere in this Annual Report.
(2) The value is based on the share price at 29 December 2006, which was £19.93. During the year ended 31 December 2006 the share price ranged from £16.69 to £19.99.
(3) The notional value of the vested share options has been calculated on the ‘in the money’ value.
(4) As at 31 December 2006, the executive directors held a technical interest as potential beneficiaries in The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc 2001 Employee Share Trust (5,987,597 shares) and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc 1992 Employee Share Trust (509,905 shares), being trusts operated for the benefit of employees of the company and its subsidiaries.
 

Shares
beneficially
owned at Shares
1 January 2006 beneficially
or date of owned at
Non-executive directors appointment 31 December
if later 2006

Chairman        
Sir Tom McKillop   30,000   30,000
 
Mr Buchan   5,000   5,000
Dr Currie   556   556
Mr Friedrich (appointed 1 March 2006)     20,256
Mr Hunter   3,500   3,500
Mrs Kong   1,120   7,000
Mr Koch   20,000   20,000
Mr MacHale   10,000   10,000
Mr Scott   4,448   4,448
Mr Sutherland   5,590   5,590


No other director had an interest in the company’s ordinary shares during the year.

On both 8 January 2007 and 7 February 2007, six ordinary shares of 25p each were acquired by Sir Fred Goodwin and Mr Fisher under the Group’s Buy As You Earn share scheme.

On 18 January 2007, Mr Cameron acquired 1,466 ordinary shares of 25p each from the late Sir Donald and Lady Cameron Marriage Settlement Trust.

Preference shares

Mr Fish held 20,000 non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each at 31 December 2006 (2005 – 20,000) and Mr Koch held 20,000 non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each at 31 December 2006 (2005 – 20,000). No other director had an interest in the preference shares during the year.

The company’s Register of Directors’ Interests, which is open to inspection, contains full details of directors’ shareholdings and options to subscribe.

No director held a non-beneficial interest in the shares of the company at 31 December 2006, at 1 January 2006 or date of appointment if later.

87






Statement of directors’ responsibilities

The directors are required by Article 4 of the IAS Regulation (European Commission Regulation No 1606/2002) to prepare Group accounts, and as permitted by the Companies Act 1985 have elected to prepare company accounts, for each financial year in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. They are responsible for preparing accounts that present fairly the financial position, financial performance and cash flows of the Group and the company. In preparing those accounts, the directors are required to:

  • select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;

  • make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and

  • state whether applicable accounting standards have been followed, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the accounts.

The directors are responsible for keeping proper accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and to enable them to ensure that the Annual Report and Accounts complies with the Companies Act 1985. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

By order of the Board.

 

Miller McLean
Secretary
28 February 2007

88






Financial statements
   
90 Report of independent registered public accounting firm
   
92 Accounting policies
   
101 Consolidated income statement
   
102 Balance sheets
   
103 Statements of recognised income and expense
   
104 Cash flow statements
   
105 Notes on the accounts
   
   
   
   
   
   

89






Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm to the members of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc

We have audited the financial statements of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc (“the company”) and its subsidiaries (together “the Group”) for the year ended 31 December 2006 which comprise the accounting policies, the balance sheets as at 31 December 2006 and 2005, the consolidated income statements, the cash flow statements, the statements of recognised income and expense for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2006 and the related Notes 1 to 49. These financial statements have been prepared under the accounting policies set out therein. We have also audited the information in the part of the directors’ remuneration report that is described as having been audited.

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors

As described in the statement of directors’ responsibilities, the company’s directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union. They are also responsible for the preparation of the other information contained in the 2006 Annual Report including the directors’ remuneration report.

Our responsibility is to audit the financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report described as having been audited in accordance with relevant legal and regulatory requirements and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland).

We report to you our opinion as to whether the financial statements give a true and fair view and whether the financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report described as having been audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985, and as regards the financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. We also report to you whether in our opinion, the information given in the directors’ report is consistent with the financial statements. The information given in the director’s report includes that specific information presented in the Operating and Financial Review that is cross referred from the business review section of the directors’ report.

In addition we report to you if, in our opinion, the company has not kept proper accounting records, we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit, or if information specified by law regarding directors’ remuneration and other transactions is not disclosed.

We review whether the corporate governance statement reflects the company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the 2003 Combined Code specified for our review by the Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority, and we report if it does not.

The Listing Rules do not require us to consider whether the Board or management’s statements on internal control cover all risks and controls, or form an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s corporate governance procedures or its risk and control procedures.

We read the other information contained in the 2006 Annual Report as described in the contents section including the unaudited part of the directors’ remuneration report and consider whether it is consistent with the audited financial statements. We consider the implications for our report if we become aware of any apparent misstatements or material inconsistencies with the financial statements. Our responsibilities do not extend to any further information outside the 2006 Annual Report.

Basis of audit opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) issued by the Auditing Practices Board and with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). An audit includes examination, on a test basis, of evidence relevant to the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report described as having been audited. It also includes an assessment of the significant estimates and judgements made by the directors in the preparation of the financial statements, and of whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the circumstances of the company and the Group, consistently applied and adequately disclosed.

We planned and performed our audit so as to obtain all the information and explanations which we considered necessary in order to provide us with sufficient evidence to give reasonable assurance that the financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report described as having been audited are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or other irregularity or error. In forming our opinion, we also evaluated the overall adequacy of the presentation of information in the financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report described as having been audited.

UK opinion

In our opinion:

  • the Group financial statements give a true and fair view, in ccordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2006 and of its profit and cash flows for the year then ended;

  • the company financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union as applied in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 1985, of the state of affairs of the company as at 31 December 2006;

  • the financial statements and the part of the directors’ remuneration report described as having been audited have been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 1985 and, as regards the financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation; and

  • the information given in the directors’ report is consistent with the financial statements.

90






Separate opinion in relation to IFRS

As explained in the accounting policies, the Group, in addition to complying with its legal obligation to comply with IFRS as adopted by the European Union, has also complied with the IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

In our opinion the financial statements give a true and fair view, in accordance with IFRS, of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 31 December 2006 and of its profit and cash flows for the year then ended.

US opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as at 31 December 2006 and 2005 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2006, in accordance with IFRS.

IFRS vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and the effect of such differences is presented in Note 47 to the financial statements.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as at 31 December 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Our report dated 28 February 2007 which is included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended 31 December 2006 expresses an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting.

Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chartered Accountants and Registered Auditors
Edinburgh, United Kingdom
28 February 2007

91






Accounting policies


1. Presentation of accounts

The accounts are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee of the IASB (together “IFRS”) as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). The EU has not adopted the complete text of IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’; it has relaxed some of the standard’s hedging requirements. The Group has not taken advantage of this relaxation and has adopted IAS 39 as issued by the IASB. The date of transition to IFRS for the Group and the company
(The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc) and the date of their opening IFRS balance sheets was 1 January 2004.

The company is incorporated in the UK and registered in Scotland. The accounts are prepared on the historical cost basis except that the following assets and liabilities are stated at their fair value: derivative financial instruments, held-for-trading financial assets and financial liabilities, financial assets and financial liabilities that are designated as at fair value through profit or loss, available-for-sale financial assets and investment property. Recognised financial assets and financial liabilities in fair value hedges are adjusted for changes in fair value in respect of the risk that is hedged.

The company accounts are presented in accordance with the Companies Act 1985.

Change of accounting policy

As permitted by IFRS 1, the Group and the company implemented IAS 32 ’Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’, IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ and IFRS 4 ‘Insurance Contracts’ with effect from 1 January 2005 without restating the income statement, balance sheet and notes for 2004. The Group adopted the second amendment to IAS 39 ‘The Fair Value Option’ issued by the IASB in June 2005 also from 1 January 2005. The effect of implementing IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on the Group and company balance sheets and shareholders’ funds as at 1 January 2005 is set out in Note 46. In preparing the 2004 comparatives, UK GAAP principles then current have been applied to financial instruments. The main differences between UK GAAP and IFRS on financial instruments are summarised in Note 46 on the accounts.

The IASB’s amendment to IAS 39, ‘Cash Flow Hedge Accounting of Forecast Intragroup Transactions’, published in April 2005, amended IAS 39 to permit the foreign currency risk of a highly probable forecast intragroup transaction to qualify as a hedged item in consolidated financial statements. The amendment, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2006, had no material effect on the financial statements of the Group or the company.

The IASB’s amendment to IAS 39, ‘Financial Guarantee Contracts’, published in August 2005, amended IAS 39 and IFRS 4. The amendment defines a financial guarantee contract and requires such contracts to be recorded initially at fair value and subsequently at higher of the provision determined in accordance with IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’ and the amount initially recognised less amortisation. The amendment, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2006, had no material effect on the Group or the company.

In December 2005, the IASB issued an amendment to IAS 21 ‘The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates’ to clarify that a monetary item can form part of the net investment in overseas operations regardless of the currency in which it is denominated and that the net investment in a foreign operation can include a loan from a fellow subsidiary. The amendment, adopted by the EU in May 2006, had no material effect on the Group or the company.

2. Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the company and entities (including certain special purpose entities) controlled by the Group (its subsidiaries). Control exists where the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the entity; generally conferred by holding a majority of voting rights. On acquisition of a subsidiary, its identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities are included in the consolidated accounts at their fair value. Any excess of the cost (the fair value of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group plus any directly attributable costs) of an acquisition over the fair value of the net assets acquired is recognised as goodwill. The interest of minority shareholders is stated at their share of the fair value of the subsidiary’s net assets.

The results of subsidiaries acquired are included in the consolidated income statement from the date control passes to the Group. The results of subsidiaries sold are included up until the Group ceases to control them.

All intra-group balances, transactions, income and expenses are eliminated on consolidation. The consolidated accounts are prepared using uniform accounting policies.

3. Revenue recognition

Interest income on financial assets that are classified as loans and receivables, available-for-sale or held-to-maturity and interest expense on financial liabilities other than those at fair value through profit or loss are determined using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of a financial asset or financial liability (or group of financial assets or liabilities) and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the expected life of the asset or liability. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash flows to the instrument’s initial carrying amount. Calculation of the effective interest rate takes into account fees receivable, that are an integral part of the instrument’s yield, premiums or discounts on acquisition or issue, early redemption fees and transaction costs. All contractual terms of a financial instrument are considered when estimating future cash flows.

92






Financial assets and financial liabilities held-for-trading or designated as at fair value through profit or loss are recorded at fair value. Changes in fair value are recognised in profit or loss together with dividends and interest receivable and payable.

Commitment and utilisation fees are determined as a percentage of the outstanding facility. If it is unlikely that a specific lending arrangement will be entered into, such fees are taken to profit or loss over the life of the facility otherwise they are deferred and included in the effective interest rate on the advance.

Fees in respect of services are recognised as the right to consideration accrues through the provision of the service to the customer. The arrangements are generally contractual and the cost of providing the service is incurred as the service is rendered. The price is usually fixed and always determinable. The application of this policy to significant fee types is outlined below.

Payment services: this comprises income received for payment services including cheques cashed, direct debits, Clearing House Automated Payments (the UK electronic settlement system) and BACS payments (the automated clearing house that processes direct debits and direct credits). These are generally charged on a per transaction basis. The income is earned when the payment or transaction occurs. Charges for payment services are usually debited to the customer’s account, monthly or quarterly in arrears. Accruals are raised for services provided but not charged at period end.

Card related services: fees from credit card business include:

Commission received from retailers for processing credit and debit card transactions: income is accrued to the income statement as the service is performed.

Interchange received: as issuer, the Group receives a fee (interchange) each time a cardholder purchases goods and services. The Group also receives interchange fees from other card issuers for providing cash advances through its branch and Automated Teller Machine networks. These fees are accrued once the transaction has taken place.

An annual fee payable by a credit card holder is deferred and taken to profit or loss over the period of the service i.e. 12 months.

Insurance brokerage: this is made up of fees and commissions received from the agency sale of insurance. Commission on the sale of an insurance contract is earned at the inception of the policy as the insurance has been arranged and placed. However, provision is made where commission is refundable in the event of policy cancellation in line with estimated cancellations.

Investment management fees: fees charged for managing investments are recognised as revenue as the services are provided. Incremental costs that are directly attributable to securing an investment management contract are deferred and charged as expense as the related revenue is recognised.

Insurance premiums – see accounting policy 10 below.

4. Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

The Group provides post-retirement benefits in the form of pensions and healthcare plans to eligible employees.

For defined benefit schemes, scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit credit method and discounted at a rate that reflects the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the scheme liabilities. Scheme assets are measured at their fair value. Any surplus or deficit of scheme assets over liabilities is recognised in the balance sheet as an asset (surplus) or liability (deficit). The current service cost and any past service costs together with the expected return on scheme assets less the unwinding of the discount on the scheme liabilities is charged to operating expenses. Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur outside profit or loss and presented in the statement of recognised income and expense.

Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes are recognised in the income statement when payable.

5. Intangible assets and goodwill

Intangible assets that are acquired by the Group are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is charged to profit or loss using methods that best reflect the economic benefits over their estimated useful economic lives and is included in depreciation and amortisation. The estimated useful economic lives are as follows:

  Core deposit intangibles 6 to 10 years
  Other acquired intangibles 5 to 10 years
  Computer software 3 to 5 years

Expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands is written-off as incurred. Direct costs relating to the development of internal-use computer software are capitalised once technical feasibility and economic viability have been established. These costs include payroll, the costs of materials and services, and directly attributable overhead. Capitalisation of costs ceases when the software is capable of operating as intended. During and after development, accumulated costs are reviewed for impairment against the projected benefits that the software is expected to generate. Costs incurred prior to the establishment of technical feasibility and economic viability are expensed as incurred as are all training costs and general overhead. The costs of licences to use computer software that are expected to generate economic benefits beyond one year are also capitalised.

Acquired goodwill being the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the subsidiary, associate or joint venture acquired is initially recognised at cost and subsequently at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries and joint ventures is included in the balance sheet caption ‘Intangible fixed assets’ and that on associates within their carrying amounts. The gain or loss on the disposal of a subsidiary, associate or joint venture includes the carrying value of any related goodwill.

93






Accounting policies continued


On implementation of IFRS, the Group did not restate business combinations that occurred before January 2004. Under previous GAAP, goodwill arising on acquisitions after 1 October 1998 was capitalised and amortised over its estimated useful economic life. Goodwill arising on acquisitions before 1 October 1998 was deducted from equity. The carrying amount of goodwill in the Group’s opening IFRS balance sheet (1 January 2004) was £13,131 million, its carrying value under previous GAAP.

6. Property, plant and equipment

Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses. Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major components having different useful lives, they are accounted for separately. Property that is being constructed or developed for future use as investment property is classified as property, plant and equipment and stated at cost until construction or development is complete, at which time it is reclassified as investment property.

Depreciation is charged to profit or loss on a straight-line basis so as to write-off the depreciable amount of property, plant and equipment (including assets owned and let on operating leases (except investment property – see accounting policy 19 below)) over their estimated useful lives. The depreciable amount is the cost of an asset less its residual value. Land is not depreciated. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

  Freehold and long leasehold buildings 50 years
  Short leaseholds unexpired period
    of the lease
  Property adaptation costs 10 to 15 years
  Computer equipment up to 5 years
  Other equipment 4 to 15 years

Under previous GAAP, the Group’s freehold and long leasehold property occupied for its own use was recorded at valuation on the basis of existing use value. The Group elected to use this valuation as at 31 December 2003 (£2,391 million) as deemed cost for its opening IFRS balance sheet (1 January 2004).

7. Impairment of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment

At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether there is any indication that its intangible assets, or property, plant and equipment are impaired. If any such indication exists, the Group estimates the recoverable amount of the asset and the impairment loss if any. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired. If an asset does not generate cash flows that are independent from those of other assets or groups of assets, recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. The recoverable amount of an asset is the higher of its fair value less cost to sell and its value in use. Value in use is the present value of future cash flows from the asset or cash-generating unit discounted at a rate that reflects market interest rates adjusted for risks specific to the asset or cash generating unit that have not been reflected in the estimation of future cash flows. If the recoverable amount of an intangible or tangible asset is less than its carrying value, an impairment loss is recognised immediately in profit or loss and the carrying value of the asset reduced by the amount of the loss. A reversal of an impairment loss on intangible assets (excluding goodwill) or property, plant and equipment is recognised as it arises provided the increased carrying value does not exceed that which it would have been had no impairment loss been recognised. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

8. Foreign currencies

The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling which is the functional currency of the company.

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the foreign exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are reported in income from trading activities except for differences arising on cash flow hedges and hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Non-monetary items denominated in foreign currencies that are stated at fair value are translated into sterling at foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates the values were determined. Translation differences arising on non-monetary items measured at fair value are recognised in profit or loss except for differences arising on available-for-sale non-monetary financial assets, for example equity shares, which are included in the available-for-sale reserve in equity unless the asset is the hedged item in a fair value hedge.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated into sterling at foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated into sterling at average exchange rates unless these do not approximate to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange differences arising on the translation of a foreign operation is recognised directly in equity and included in profit or loss on its disposal.

9. Leases

Contracts to lease assets are classified as finance leases if they transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the customer. Other contracts to lease assets are classified as operating leases.

Finance lease receivables are stated in the balance sheet at the amount of the net investment in the lease being the minimum lease payments and any unguaranteed residual value discounted at the interest rate implicit in the lease. Finance lease income is allocated to accounting periods so as to give a constant periodic rate of return before tax on the net investment. Unguaranteed residual values are subject to regular review to identify potential impairment. If there has been a reduction in the estimated unguaranteed residual value, the income allocation is revised and any reduction in respect of amounts accrued is recognised immediately.

Rental income from operating leases is credited to the income statement on a receivable basis over the term of the lease. Operating lease assets are included within Property, plant and equipment and depreciated over their useful lives (see accounting policy 6 above).

94






10. Insurance

General insurance

General insurance comprises short-duration contracts, principally property and liability insurance contracts. Due to the nature of the products sold – retail-based property and casualty, motor, home and personal health insurance contracts – the insurance protection is provided on an even basis throughout the term of the policy.

Premiums from general insurance contracts are recognised in the accounting period in which they begin. Unearned premiums represent the proportion of the net premiums that relate to periods of insurance after the balance sheet date and are calculated over the period of exposure under the policy, on a daily basis, 24th’s basis or allowing for the estimated incidence of exposure under policies which are longer than twelve months. Provision is made where necessary for the estimated amount of claims over and above unearned premiums including that in respect of future written business on discontinued lines under the run-off of delegated underwriting authority arrangements. It is designed to meet future claims and related expenses and is calculated across related classes of business on the basis of a separate carry forward of deferred acquisition expenses after making allowance for investment income.

Acquisition expenses relating to new and renewed business for all classes are expensed over the period during which the premiums are earned. The principal acquisition costs so deferred are commissions payable, costs associated with the telesales and underwriting staff and prepaid claims handling costs in respect of delegated claims handling arrangements for claims which are expected to occur after the balance sheet date. Claims and the related reinsurance are recognised in the accounting period in which the loss occurs. Provision is made for the full cost of settling outstanding claims at the balance sheet date, including claims estimated to have been incurred but not yet reported at that date, and claims handling expenses. The related reinsurance receivable is recognised at the same time.

Life assurance

The Group’s long-term assurance contracts include whole-life term assurance, endowment assurance, flexible whole-life, pension and annuity contracts that are expected to remain in force for an extended period of time. Long-term assurance contracts under which the Group does not accept significant insurance risk are classified as financial instruments. The Group recognises the value of in-force long-term assurance contracts as an asset. Cash flows associated with in-force contracts and related assets, including reinsurance cash flows, are projected, using appropriate assumptions as to future mortality, persistency and levels of expenses and excluding the value of future investment margins, to estimate future surpluses attributable to the Group. These surpluses, discounted at a risk-adjusted rate, are recognised as a separate asset. Changes in the value of this asset are included in operating profit.

Premiums on long-term insurance contracts are recognised as income when receivable. Claims on long-term insurance contracts reflect the cost of all claims arising during the year, including claims handling costs. Claims are recognised when the Group becomes aware of the claim.

Reinsurance

The Group has reinsurance treaties that transfer significant insurance risk. Liabilities for reinsured contracts are calculated gross of reinsurance and a separate reinsurance asset recorded.

11. Taxation

Provision is made for taxation at current enacted rates on taxable profits, arising in income or in equity, taking into account relief for overseas taxation where appropriate. Deferred taxation is accounted for in full for all temporary differences between the carrying amount of an asset or liability for accounting purposes and its carrying amount for tax purposes, except in relation to overseas earnings where remittance is controlled by the Group, and goodwill.

Deferred tax assets are only recognised to the extent that it is probable that they will be recovered.

12. Financial assets

On initial recognition financial assets are classified into held-to-maturity investments; available-for-sale financial assets; held-for-trading; designated as at fair value through profit or loss; or loans and receivables.

Held-to-maturity investments – a financial asset is classified as a held-to-maturity investment only if it has fixed or determinable payments, a fixed maturity and the Group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. Held-to-maturity investments are initially recognised at fair value plus directly related transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method (see accounting policy 3 above) less any impairment losses.

Held-for-trading – a financial asset is classified as held-for-trading if it is acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of short-term profit taking, or it is a derivative (not in a qualifying hedge relationship). Held-for-trading financial assets are recognised at fair value with transaction costs being recognised in profit or loss. Subsequently they are measured at fair value. Gains and losses on held-for-trading financial assets are recognised in profit or loss as they arise.

Designated as at fair value through profit or loss – financial assets that the Group designates on initial recognition as being at fair value through profit or loss are recognised at fair value, with transaction costs being recognised in profit or loss and are subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses on financial assets that are designated as at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as they arise.

Financial assets may be designated as at fair value through profit or loss only if such designation (a) eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency; or (b) applies to a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both that the Group manages and evaluates on a fair value basis; or (c) relates to an instrument that contains an embedded derivative which is not evidently closely related to the host contract.

95






Accounting policies continued


The principal category of financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss is policyholders’ assets underpinning insurance and investment contracts issued by the Group's life assurance businesses. Fair value designation significantly reduces the measurement inconsistency that would arise if these assets were classified as available-for-sale.

Loans and receivables – non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable repayments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as loans and receivables except those that are classified as available-for-sale or as held-for-trading, or designated as at fair value through profit or loss. Loans and receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus directly related transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method (see accounting policy 3 above) less any impairment losses.

Available-for-sale – financial assets that are not classified as held-to-maturity; held-for-trading; designated as at fair value through profit or loss; or loans and receivables are classified as available-for-sale. Financial assets can be designated as available-for-sale on initial recognition. Available-for-sale financial assets are initially recognised at fair value plus directly related transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at fair value. Unquoted equity investments whose fair value cannot be measured reliably are carried at cost and classified as available-for-sale financial assets. Impairment losses and exchange differences resulting from retranslating the amortised cost of currency monetary available-for-sale financial assets are recognised in profit or loss together with interest calculated using the effective interest method (see accounting policy 3 above). Other changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets are reported in a separate component of shareholders’ equity until disposal, when the cumulative gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss.

Regular way purchases of financial assets classified as loans and receivables are recognised on settlement date; all other regular way purchases are recognised on trade date.

Fair value for a net open position in a financial asset that is quoted in an active market is the current bid price times the number of units of the instrument held. Fair values for financial assets not quoted in an active market are determined using appropriate valuation techniques including discounting future cash flows, option pricing models and other methods that are consistent with accepted economic methodologies for pricing financial assets.

13. Impairment of financial assets

The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is any objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or loans and receivables is impaired. A financial asset or portfolio of financial assets is impaired and an impairment loss incurred if there is objective evidence that an event or events since initial recognition of the asset have adversely affected the amount or timing of future cash flows from the asset.

Financial assets carried at amortised cost – if there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on a financial asset or group of financial assets classified as loans and receivables or as held-to-maturity investments has been incurred, the Group measures the amount of the loss as the difference between the carrying amount of the asset or group of assets and the present value of estimated future cash flows from the asset or group of assets discounted at the effective interest rate of the instrument at initial recognition. Impairment losses are assessed individually for financial assets that are individually significant and individually or collectively for assets that are not individually significant. In making collective assessment of impairment, financial assets are grouped into portfolios on the basis of similar risk characteristics. Future cash flows from these portfolios are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows and historical loss experience for assets with similar credit risk characteristics. Historical loss experience is adjusted, on the basis of current observable data, to reflect the effects of current conditions not affecting the period of historical experience. Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss and the carrying amount of the financial asset or group of financial assets reduced by establishing an allowance for impairment losses. If in a subsequent period the amount of the impairment loss reduces and the reduction can be ascribed to an event after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance. Once an impairment loss has been recognised on a financial asset or group of financial assets, interest income is recognised on the carrying amount using the rate of interest at which estimated future cash flows were discounted in measuring impairment.

Financial assets carried at fair value – when a decline in the fair value of a financial asset classified as available-for-sale has been recognised directly in equity and there is objective evidence that the asset is impaired, the cumulative loss is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss. The loss is measured as the difference between the amortised cost of the financial asset and its current fair value. Impairment losses on available-for-sale equity instruments are not reversed through profit or loss, but those on available-for-sale debt instruments are reversed, if there is an increase in fair value that is objectively related to a subsequent event.

14. Financial liabilities

On initial recognition a financial liability is classified as held-for-trading if it is incurred principally for the purpose of selling in the near term, or forms part of a portfolio of financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of short-term profit taking, or it is a derivative (not in a qualifying hedge relationship). Held-for-trading financial liabilities are recognised at fair value with transaction costs being recognised in profit or loss. Subsequently they are measured at fair value. Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss as they arise.

Financial liabilities that the Group designates on initial recognition as being at fair value through profit or loss are recognised at fair value, with transaction costs being recognised in profit or loss and are subsequently measured at fair value. Gains and losses on financial liabilities that are designated as at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in profit or loss as they arise.

Financial liabilities may be designated as at fair value through profit or loss only if such designation (a) eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency; or (b) applies to a group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both that the Group manages and evaluates on a fair value basis; or (c) relates to an instrument

96






that contains an embedded derivative which is not evidently closely related to the host contract.

The principal categories of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss are (a) structured liabilities issued by the Group: designation significantly reduces the measurement inconsistency between these liabilities and the related derivatives carried at fair value; and (b) investment contracts issued by the Group's life assurance businesses: fair value designation significantly reduces the measurement inconsistency that would arise if these liabilities were measured at amortised cost.

All other financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method (see accounting policy 3 above).

Fair value for a net open position in a financial liability that is quoted in an active market is the current offer price times the number of units of the instrument held or issued. Fair values for financial liabilities not quoted in an active market are determined using appropriate valuation techniques including discounting future cash flows, option pricing models and other methods that are consistent with accepted economic methodologies for pricing financial liabilities.

15. Derecognition

A financial asset is derecognised when it has been transferred and the transfer qualifies for derecognition. A transfer requires that the Group either: (a) transfers the contractual rights to receive the asset’s cash flows; or (b) retains the right to the asset’s cash flows but assumes a contractual obligation to pay those cash flows to a third party. After a transfer, the Group assesses the extent to which it has retained the risks and rewards of ownership of the transferred asset. If substantially all the risks and rewards have been retained, the asset remains on the balance sheet. If substantially all of the risks and rewards have been transferred, the asset is derecognised. If substantially all the risks and rewards have been neither retained nor transferred, the Group assesses whether or not it has retained control of the asset. If it has not retained control, the asset is derecognised. Where the Group has retained control of the asset, it continues to recognise the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement.

A financial liability is removed from the balance sheet when the obligation is discharged, or cancelled, or expires.

16. Capital instruments

The Group classifies a financial instrument that it issues as a financial asset, financial liability or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement. An instrument is classified as a liability if it is a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset, or to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities on potentially unfavourable terms. An instrument is classified as equity if it evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after the deduction of liabilities. The components of a compound financial instrument issued by the Group are classified and accounted for separately as financial assets, financial liabilities or equity as appropriate.

17. Derivatives and hedging

Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially, and subsequently measured, at fair value. Derivative fair values are determined from quoted prices in active markets where available. Where there is no active market for an instrument, fair value is derived from prices for the derivative’s components using appropriate pricing or valuation models.

A derivative embedded in a contract is accounted for as a stand-alone derivative if its economic characteristics are not closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract; unless the entire contract is carried at fair value through profit or loss.

Gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of a derivative are recognised as they arise in profit or loss unless the derivative is the hedging instrument in a qualifying hedge. The Group enters into three types of hedge relationship: hedges of changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or firm commitment (fair value hedges); hedges of the variability in cash flows from a recognised asset or liability or a forecast transaction (cash flow hedges); and hedges of the net investment in a foreign operation.

Hedge relationships are formally documented at inception. The documentation includes identification of the hedged item and the hedging instrument, details the risk that is being hedged and the way in which effectiveness will be assessed at inception and during the period of the hedge. If the hedge is not highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, consistent with the documented risk management strategy, hedge accounting is discontinued.

Fair value hedge – in a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in profit or loss. The gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk is recognised in profit or loss and adjusts the carrying amount of the hedged item. Hedge accounting is discontinued if the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting or if the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised or if hedge designation is revoked. If the hedged item is one for which the effective interest rate method is used, any cumulative adjustment is amortised to profit or loss over the life of the hedged item using a recalculated effective interest rate.

Cash flow hedge – where a derivative financial instrument is designated as a hedge of the variability in cash flows of a recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised directly in equity. The ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss. When the forecast transaction results in the recognition of a financial asset or financial liability, the cumulative gain or loss is reclassified from equity in the same periods in which the asset or liability affects profit or loss. Otherwise the cumulative gain or loss is removed from equity and recognised in profit or loss at the same time as the hedged transaction. Hedge accounting is discontinued if the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting; if the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; if the forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur; or if hedge designation is revoked. On the discontinuance of hedge accounting (except where a forecast

97






Accounting policies continued


transaction is no longer expected to occur), the cumulative unrealised gain or loss recognised in equity is recognised in profit or loss when the hedged cash flow occurs or, if the forecast transaction results in the recognition of a financial asset or financial liability, in the same periods during which the asset or liability affects profit or loss. Where a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative unrealised gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss immediately.

Hedge of net investment in a foreign operation – where a foreign currency liability hedges a net investment in a foreign operation, the portion of foreign exchange differences arising on translation of the liability determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. Any ineffective portion is recognised in profit or loss.

18. Share-based payments

The Group grants options over shares in The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc to its employees under various share option schemes. The Group has applied IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payment’ to grants under these schemes after 7 November 2002 that had not vested on 1 January 2005. The expense for these transactions is measured based on the fair value on the date the options are granted. The fair value is estimated using valuation techniques which take into account the option’s exercise price, its term, the risk-free interest rate and the expected volatility of the market price of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc’s shares. Vesting conditions are not taken into account when measuring fair value, but are reflected by adjusting the number of options included in the measurement of the transaction such that the amount recognised reflects the number that actually vest. The fair value is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

19. Investment property

Investment property comprises freehold and leasehold properties that are held to earn rentals or for capital appreciation or both. It is not depreciated but is stated at fair value based on valuations by independent registered valuers. Fair value is based on current prices for similar properties in the same location and condition. Any gain or loss arising from a change in fair value is recognised in profit or loss. Rental income from investment property is recognised on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease incentives granted are recognised as an integral part of the total rental income.

20. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash and demand deposits with banks together with short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and subject to insignificant risk of change in value.

21. Shares in Group entities

The company’s investments in its subsidiaries are stated at cost less any impairment.

Critical accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The reported results of the Group are sensitive to the accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the preparation of its financial statements. UK company law and IFRS require the directors, in preparing the Group’s financial statements, to select suitable accounting policies, apply them consistently and make judgements and estimates that are reasonable and prudent. In the absence of an applicable standard or interpretation, IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’, requires management to develop and apply an accounting policy that results in relevant and reliable information in the light of the requirements and guidance in IFRS dealing with similar and related issues and the IASB’s Framework for the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements. The judgements and assumptions involved in the Group’s accounting policies that are considered by the Board to be the most important to the portrayal of its financial condition are discussed below. The use of estimates, assumptions or models that differ from those adopted by the Group would affect its reported results.

Loan impairment provisions

The Group’s loan impairment provisions are established to recognise incurred impairment losses in its portfolio of loans classified as loans and receivables and carried at amortised cost. A loan is impaired when there is objective evidence that events since the loan was granted have affected expected cash flows from the loan. The impairment loss is the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the present value of estimated future cash flows at the loan’s original effective interest rate.

At 31 December 2006, gross loans and advances to customers totalled £470,826 million (2005 – £421,110 million) and customer loan impairment provisions amounted to £3,933 million (2005 – £3,884 million).

There are two components to the Group’s loan impairment provisions: individual and collective.

Individual component – all impaired loans that exceed specific thresholds are individually assessed for impairment. Individually assessed loans principally comprise the Group’s portfolio of commercial loans to medium and large businesses. Impairment losses are recognised as the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the discounted value of management’s best estimate of future cash repayments and proceeds from any security held. These estimates take into account the customer’s debt capacity and financial flexibility; the level and quality of its earnings; the amount and sources of cash flows; the industry in which the counterparty operates; and the realisable value of any security held. Estimating the quantum and timing of future recoveries involves significant judgement. The size of receipts will depend on the future performance of the borrower and the value of security, both of which will be affected by future economic conditions; additionally, collateral may not be readily marketable. The actual amount of future cash flows and the date they are received may differ from these estimates and consequently actual losses incurred may differ from those recognised in these financial statements.

Collective component – this is made up of two elements: loan impairment provisions for impaired loans that are below individual assessment thresholds (collective impaired loan provisions) and for loan losses that have been incurred but have not been separately identified at the balance sheet date (latent loss provisions). These are established on a portfolio basis using a

98






present value methodology taking into account the level of arrears, security, past loss experience, credit scores and defaults based on portfolio trends. The most significant factors in establishing these provisions are the expected loss rates and the related average life. These portfolios include credit card receivables and other personal advances including mortgages. The future credit quality of these portfolios is subject to uncertainties that could cause actual credit losses to differ materially from reported loan impairment provisions. These uncertainties include the economic environment, notably interest rates and their effect on customer spending, the unemployment level, payment behaviour and bankruptcy trends.

Pensions

The Group operates a number of defined benefit pension schemes as described in Note 3 on the accounts. The assets of the schemes are measured at their fair value at the balance sheet date. Scheme liabilities are measured using the projected unit method, which takes account of projected earnings increases, using actuarial assumptions that give the best estimate of the future cash flows that will arise under the scheme liabilities. These cash flows are discounted at the interest rate applicable to high-quality corporate bonds of the same currency and term as the liabilities. Any surplus or deficit of scheme assets over liabilities is recognised in the balance sheet as an asset (surplus) or liability (deficit). In determining the value of scheme liabilities, assumptions are made as to price inflation, dividend growth, pension increases, earnings growth and employees. There is a range of assumptions that could be adopted in valuing the schemes’ liabilities. Different assumptions could significantly alter the amount of the deficit recognised in the balance sheet and the pension cost charged to the income statement. The assumptions adopted for the Group’s pension schemes are set out in Note 3 on the accounts. The pension deficit recognised in the balance sheet at 31 December 2006 was £1,992 million (2005 – £3,735 million).

Fair value

Financial instruments classified as held-for-trading or designated as at fair value through profit or loss and financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in the financial statements at fair value. All derivatives are measured at fair value. In the balance sheet, financial assets carried at fair value are included within Treasury and other eligible bills, Loans and advances to banks, Loans and advances to customers, Debt securities and Equity shares as appropriate. Financial liabilities carried at fair value are included within the captions Deposits by banks, Customer accounts, Debt securities in issue and Subordinated liabilities. Derivative assets and Derivative liabilities are shown separately on the face of the balance sheets. Gains or losses arising from changes in fair value of financial instruments classified as held-for-trading or designated as at fair value through profit or loss are included in the income statement. Unrealised gains and losses on available-for-sale financial assets are recognised directly in equity unless an impairment loss is recognised. The carrying value of a financial asset or a financial liability carried at cost or amortised cost that is the hedged item in a qualifying hedge relationship is adjusted by the gain or loss attributable to the hedged risk.

Fair value is the amount for which an asset could be exchanged, or a liability settled, between knowledgeable, willing parties in an arm's length transaction. Fair values are determined by reference to observable market prices where available and reliable. Where representative market prices for an instrument are not available or are unreliable because of poor liquidity, the fair value is derived from prices for its components using appropriate pricing or valuation models that are based on independently sourced market parameters, including interest rate yield curves, option volatilities and currency rates. Financial assets carried at fair value include government, asset backed and corporate debt securities, reverse repos, loans, corporate equity shares and derivatives. Financial liabilities carried at fair value include deposits, repos, short positions in securities and debt securities issued. Fair value for a substantial proportion of these instruments is based on observable market prices or derived from observable market parameters. Where observable prices are not available, fair value is based on appropriate valuation techniques or management estimates.

The Group’s derivative products include swaps, forwards, futures and options. Exchange traded instruments are valued using quoted prices. The fair value of over-the-counter instruments is derived from pricing models which take account of contract terms, including maturity, as well as quoted market parameters such as interest rates and volatilities. Most of the Group’s pricing models do not entail material subjectivity because the methodologies utilised do not incorporate significant judgement and the parameters included in the models can be calibrated to actively quoted market prices. Values established from pricing models are adjusted for credit risk, liquidity risk and future servicing costs.

A negligible proportion of the Group’s trading derivatives are valued directly from quoted prices, the majority being valued using appropriate valuation techniques. The fair value of substantially all securities positions carried at fair value is determined directly from quoted prices.

Details of financial instruments carried at fair value are given in Note 35 on the accounts.

General insurance claims

The Group makes provision for the full cost of settling outstanding claims arising from its general insurance business at the balance sheet date, including claims estimated to have been incurred but not yet reported at that date and claims handling expenses. General insurance claims provisions amounted to £5,247 million at 31 December 2006 (2005 – £4,913 million).

Provisions are determined by management based on experience of claims settled and on statistical models which require certain assumptions to be made regarding the incidence, timing and amount of claims and any specific factors such as adverse weather conditions. In order to calculate the total provision required, the historical development of claims is analysed using statistical methodology to extrapolate, within acceptable probability parameters, the value of outstanding claims at the balance sheet date. Also included in the estimation of outstanding claims are other assumptions such as the inflationary factor used for bodily injury claims

99






Accounting policies continued


which is based on historical trends and, therefore, allows for some increase due to changes in common law and statute. Costs for both direct and indirect claims handling expenses are also included. Outward reinsurance recoveries are accounted for in the same accounting period as the direct claims to which they relate. The outstanding claims provision is based on information available to management and the eventual outcome may vary from the original assessment. Actual claims experience may differ from the historical pattern on which the estimate is based and the cost of settling individual claims may exceed that assumed.

Goodwill

The Group capitalises goodwill arising on the acquisition of businesses, as discussed in accounting policy 5. The carrying value of goodwill as at 31 December 2006 was £17,889 million (2005 – £18,823 million).

Goodwill is the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of its net assets. The determination of the fair value of assets and liabilities of businesses acquired requires the exercise of management judgement; for example those financial assets and liabilities for which there are no quoted prices, and those non-financial assets where valuations reflect estimates of market conditions such as property. Different fair values would result in changes to the goodwill arising and to the post-acquisition performance of the acquisition. Goodwill is not amortised but is tested for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired.

For the purposes of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units expected to benefit from the combination. Goodwill impairment testing involves the comparison of the carrying value of a cash-generating unit or group of cash generating units with its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the unit’s fair value and its value in use. Value in use is the present value of expected future cash flows from the cash-generating unit or group of cash-generating units. Fair value is the amount obtainable for the sale of the cash-generating unit in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties.

Impairment testing inherently involves a number of judgmental areas: the preparation of cash flow forecasts for periods that are beyond the normal requirements of management reporting; the assessment of the discount rate appropriate to the business; estimation of the fair value of cash-generating units; and the valuation of the separable assets of each business whose goodwill is being reviewed.

Accounting developments

International Financial Reporting Standards

The IASB issued IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ in August 2005. The standard replaces IAS 30 ‘Disclosures in the Financial Statements of Banks and Similar Financial Institutions’ and the disclosure provisions in IAS 32. IFRS 7 requires disclosure of the significance of financial instruments for an entity’s financial position and performance and of qualitative and quantitative information about exposure to risks arising from financial instruments. The standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2007.

In August 2005, the IASB issued an amendment, ‘Capital Disclosures’, to IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’. It requires disclosures about an entity’s capital and the way it is managed. This amendment is also effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2007.

The Group is reviewing IFRS 7 and the amendment to IAS 1 to determine their effect on its financial reporting.

The International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (‘IFRIC’) issued interpretation IFRIC 9 ‘Reassessment of Embedded Derivatives’ in March 2006. Entities are required to assess financial instruments for the existence of embedded derivatives; this interpretation prohibits subsequent reassessment unless there is a change of terms that significantly changes the terms of the financial instrument. The interpretation is effective for accounting periods starting on or after 1 June 2006 and is not expected to have a material effect on the Group or company.

The IFRIC issued interpretation IFRIC 10 ‘Interim Financial Reporting and Impairment’ in July 2006. Entities recognising an impairment of an intangible asset, goodwill or a financial asset in their interim financial statements are not allowed to reverse that impairment if the asset had recovered its value at the next reporting date. The interpretation is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 November 2006 and is not expected to have a material effect on the Group or company.

The IFRIC issued interpretation IFRIC 11 ‘Group and Treasury Share Transactions’ in November 2006. Entities which buy their own shares, or whose shareholders buy shares in the reporting entity, in order to provide incentives to employees shall account for those incentives on an equity-settled basis. This principle applies also to the accounting by subsidiaries. The interpretation is effective for annual accounting periods beginning on or after 1 March 2007 and is not expected to have a material effect on the Group or company.

The IFRIC issued interpretation IFRIC 12 ‘Service Concession Arrangements’ in December 2006. Entities providing infrastructure and services to governments under concession arrangements shall account for each component of the arrangement separately. Infrastructure provided under these arrangements may be recognised as either a financial asset or an intangible asset. The interpretation is effective for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2008 and is not expected to have a material effect on the Group or company.

The IASB issued IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’ in December 2006. This will replace IAS 14 ‘Segment Reporting’ for accounting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2009. IFRS 8 is very similar to US Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 131 ‘Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information’ and requires entities to report segment information as reported to management and reconcile it to the financial statements. Disclosures required by SFAS 131 are included on pages 165 to 169.

US GAAP

For a discussion of recent developments in US GAAP relevant to the Group, see Note 47 on the accounts.

100






Consolidated income statement for the year ended 31 December 2006

      2006     2005     2004  
  Note   £m     £m     £m  











Interest receivable     24,688     21,331     16,632
Interest payable     (14,092 )   (11,413 )   (7,561 )











Net interest income     10,596     9,918     9,071











Fees and commissions receivable     7,116     6,750     6,473
Fees and commissions payable     (1,922 )   (1,841 )   (1,926 )
Income from trading activities 1   2,675     2,343     1,988  
Other operating income (excluding insurance premium income)     3,564     2,953     2,138
Insurance premium income     6,243     6,076     6,146
Reinsurers’ share     (270 )   (297 )   (499 )











Non-interest income     17,406     15,984     14,320











Total income     28,002     25,902     23,391











Staff costs     6,723     5,992     5,188
Premises and equipment     1,421     1,313     1,177
Other administrative expenses     2,658     2,816     2,323
Depreciation and amortisation     1,678     1,825     1,674











Operating expenses 2   12,480     11,946     10,362  











Profit before other operating charges and impairment losses     15,522     13,956     13,029
Insurance claims     4,550     4,413     4,565
Reinsurers’ share     (92 )   (100 )   (305 )
Impairment losses 16   1,878     1,707     1,485  











Operating profit before tax     9,186     7,936     7,284
Tax 5   2,689     2,378     1,995  











Profit for the year     6,497     5,558     5,289
     







 
Profit attributable to:  
Minority interests     104     57     177
Preference shareholders 6   191     109     256  
Ordinary shareholders     6,202     5,392     4,856











      6,497     5,558   5,289
     







 
Per 25p ordinary share:                    
Basic earnings 9   194.7 p   169.4 p   157.4 p
     







 
Diluted earnings 9   193.2 p   168.3 p   155.9 p
     







 
Dividends 7   77.3 p   60.6 p   52.5 p
     








101






Balance sheets at 31 December 2006


  Group Company
 

  2006 2005 2006 2005
  Note £m £m £m £m











Assets
Cash and balances at central banks     6,121   4,759    
Treasury and other eligible bills subject to repurchase agreements 33   1,426   896    
Other treasury and other eligible bills     4,065   4,642  
Treasury and other eligible bills 10   5,491   5,538    
Loans and advances to banks 11   82,606   70,587   7,252   9,122
Loans and advances to customers 12   466,893   417,226   286   567
Debt securities subject to repurchase agreements 33   58,874   53,485    
Other debt securities     68,377   67,480    
Debt securities 13   127,251   120,965    
Equity shares 14   13,504   9,301    
Investments in Group undertakings 15       21,784   20,851
Intangible assets 17   18,904   19,932    
Property, plant and equipment 18   18,420   18,053    
Settlement balances     7,425   6,005    
Derivatives 19   116,681   95,663     55
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets 20   8,136   8,798   3   147











Total assets     871,432   776,827   29,325   30,742
   







Liabilities
Deposits by banks 21   132,143   110,407   738   951
Customer accounts 22   384,222   342,867     55
Debt securities in issue 23   85,963   90,420   2,139   2,942
Settlement balances and short positions 24   49,476   43,988    
Derivatives 19   118,112   96,438   42  
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities 25   15,660   14,247   15   14
Retirement benefit liabilities 3   1,992   3,735    
Deferred taxation 26   3,264   1,695    
Insurance liabilities 27   7,456   7,212    
Subordinated liabilities 28   27,654   28,274   8,194   9,242











Total liabilities     825,942   739,283   11,128   13,204
                   
Equity
Minority interests 29   5,263   2,109    
Shareholders’ equity
   Called up share capital 30   815   826   815   826
   Reserves 31   39,412   34,609   17,382   16,712
Total equity     45,490   37,544   18,197   17,538











Total liabilities and equity     871,432   776,827   29,325   30,742









The accounts were approved by the Board of directors on 28 February 2007 and signed on its behalf by:

Sir Tom McKillop Sir Fred Goodwin Guy Whittaker
Chairman Group Chief Executive Group Finance Director

102






Statements of recognised income and expense for the year ended 31 December 2006

        Group             Company      
 





 





 
  2006
£m
    2005
£m
  2004
£m
  2006
£m
    2005
£m
  2004
£m
 















Available-for-sale investments                            
Net valuation gains taken direct to equity 4,792     35                
Net profit taken to income on sales (313 )   (582 )          
                           
Cash flow hedges                      
Net (losses)/gains taken direct to equity (109 )   18              
Net (gains)/losses taken to earnings (140 )   (85 )     3     6  
                             
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (1,681 )   842   (606 )      
Actuarial gains/(losses) on defined benefit plans 1,781     (799)   (1,601 )        
Other movements               (1 )















Income/(expense) before tax on items recognised direct in equity 4,330     (571)   (2,207 ) 3     6   (1 )
Tax on items recognised direct in equity (1,173 )   478   465   (1 )   (2 )  















Net income/(expense) recognised direct in equity 3,157     (93)   (1,742 ) 2     4   (1 )
Profit for the year 6,497     5,558   5,289 3,499     2,074   2,874  















Total recognised income and expense for the year 9,654     5,465   3,547 3,501     2,078   2,873  
 













                             
Attributable to:                          
Equity shareholders 7,707     5,355   3,558 3,501     2,078   2,873  
Minority interests 1,947     110   (11 )      















  9,654     5,465 3,547   3,501     2,078   2,873  
 













                             
Effect of changes in accounting policies
on implementation of IFRS
                         
Equity shareholders     (1,843 ) 1,243       (16,759 ) (15,798 )
Minority interests     (2,878 ) (321 )      















      (4,721 ) 922       (16,759 ) (15,798 )
 














103






Cash flow statements for the year ended 31 December 2006

            Group                 Company        
     







 







  Note   2006
£m
    2005*
£m 
    2004*
£m 
    2006
£m
    2005*
£m 
    2004
£m
 




















Operating activities
Operating profit before tax     9,186     7,936     7,284     3,486     1,932 2,890
 
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation     1,678     1,825     1,674        
Interest on subordinated liabilities     1,386     1,271     681     520     583 318
Charge for defined benefit pension schemes     580     462     397        
Cash contribution to defined benefit pension schemes     (536 )   (452 )   (1,146 )            
Elimination of foreign exchange differences     4,516     (3,060 )   1,864     (22 )   (30 )    
Other non-cash items     (1,120 )   (1,412 )   (25 )   18     (104 )   1  




















Net cash inflow from trading activities     15,690     6,570     10,729     4,002     2,381 3,209
Changes in operating assets and liabilities     3,980     (519 )   (4,264 )   (508 )   2,050     (148 )




















Net cash flows from operating activities before tax     19,670     6,051     6,465     3,494     4,431 3,061
Income taxes (paid)/received     (2,229 )   (1,911 )   (1,366 )   154     (18 )   36  




















Net cash flows from operating activities 37   17,441     4,140     5,099     3,648     4,413     3,097




















 
Investing activities
Sale and maturity of securities     27,126     39,472     43,022        
Purchase of securities     (19,126 )   (39,196 )   (41,790 )            
Investment in subsidiaries                 (1,097 )   (2,961 )   (6,342 )
Sale of property, plant and equipment     2,990     2,220     1,921        
Purchase of property, plant and equipment     (4,282 )   (4,812 )   (4,583 )            
Net investment in business interests and intangible assets 38   (63 )   (296 )   (7,968 )            
Loans to subsidiaries                     (337 )   (350 )
Repayments from subsidiaries                 547     1,183 40




















Net cash flows from investing activities     6,645     (2,612 )   (9,398 )   (550 )   (2,115 )   (6,652 )




















 
Financing activities
Issue of ordinary shares     104     163     2,845     104     163 2,845
Issue of equity preference shares     671     1,649     1,358     671     1,649 1,358
Issue of subordinated liabilities     3,027     1,234     4,624     399     337 1,424
Proceeds of minority interests issued     1,354     1,264     1,260        
Redemption of minority interests     (81 )   (121)     (2 )            
Repurchase of ordinary shares     (991 )           (991 )        
Shares purchased by employee trusts     (254 )                  
Shares issued under employee share schemes     108             7    
Repayment of subordinated liabilities     (1,318 )   (1,553 )   (718 )   (547 )   (1,183 )   (40 )
Dividends paid     (2,727 )   (2,007 )   (1,635 )   (2,661 )   (1,912 )   (1,488 )
Interest on subordinated liabilities     (1,409 )   (1,332 )   (613 )   (497 )   (577 )   (318 )




















Net cash flows from financing activities     (1,516 )   (703 )   7,119     (3,515 )   (1,523 )   3,781  




















Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     (3,468 )   1,703     (920 )   (52 )   42      




















 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents     19,102     2,528     1,900     (469 )   817     226
Cash and cash equivalents 1 January     52,549     50,021     48,121     1,126     309 83




















Cash and cash equivalents 31 December     71,651     52,549     50,021     657     1,126 309




















*restated (see Note 48).

104





Notes on the accounts

1 Income from trading activities

      Group    





  2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2004
£m






Foreign exchange(1) 738   647   599
Interest rates (2) 973   943   674
Credit (3) 841   666   670
Equities and commodities(4) 123   87   45






  2,675   2,343   1,988
 




The analysis of trading income is based on how the business is organised and the underlying risks managed; 2005 and 2004 have been restated to reflect this. The total income from trading activities is unchanged.

  Notes:
Trading income comprises gains and losses on financial instruments held for trading, both realised and unrealised, interest income and dividends and the related funding costs. The types of instruments include:
(1)      Foreign exchange: spot foreign exchange contracts, currency swaps and options, emerging markets and related hedges and funding.
(2)      Interest rates: interest rate swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts, forward rate agreements, interest rate options, interest rate futures and related hedges and funding.
(3)      Credit: asset-backed securities, corporate bonds, credit derivatives and related hedges and funding.
(4)      Equities and commodities: equity derivatives, commodity contracts and related hedges and funding.

2 Operating expenses     Group    
 




2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2004
£m






Wages, salaries and other staff costs 5,652   5,084   4,421
Social security costs 389   354   295
Share-based compensation 65   44   36
Pension costs (see Note 3)
– defined benefit schemes 580   462   397
– defined contribution schemes 37   48   39






Staff costs 6,723   5,992   5,188
Premises and equipment 1,421   1,313   1,177
Other administrative expenses 2,658   2,816   2,323






Property, plant and equipment (see Note 18) 1,293   1,326   1,155
Intangible assets (see Note 17) 385   499   519






Depreciation and amortisation 1,678   1,825   1,674






12,480   11,946   10,362
 





Integration costs included in operating expenses comprise expenditure incurred in respect of cost reduction and revenue enhancement targets set in connection with the various acquisitions made by the Group:

      Group    
 




2006   2005   2004
£m   £m   £m






Staff costs 76   148   83
Premises and equipment 10   39   35
Other administrative expenses 32   131   149
Depreciation and amortisation 16   140   253






134   458   520
 





The average number of persons employed by the Group during the year, excluding temporary staff, was 142,600 (2005 – 144,900; 2004 – 133,300). The average number of temporary employees during 2006 was 4,800. The number of persons employed by the Group at 31 December, excluding temporary staff, was as follows:

    Group    





2006   2005   2004






Global Banking & Markets 7,800   6,900   8,600
UK Corporate Banking 8,800   8,200   7,800
Retail 43,800   44,200   42,800
Wealth Management 4,600   4,300   4,200
Ulster Bank 4,800   4,500   4,200
Citizens 24,600   26,000   25,800
RBS Insurance 18,500   20,500   20,100
Manufacturing 26,400   26,600   26,200
Centre 2,500   2,300   2,200






Total 141,800   143,500   141,900
 




           
UK 105,700   107,200   106,900
USA 26,200   27,400   27,100
Europe 8,100   7,800   7,000
Rest of the World 1,800   1,100   900






Total 141,800   143,500   141,900
 





105






Notes on the accounts continued

 

3 Pension costs

Members of the Group sponsor a number of pension schemes in the UK and overseas, predominantly of the defined benefit type, whose assets are independent of the Group’s finances. Defined benefit pensions generally provide a pension of one-sixtieth of final pensionable salary for each year of service prior to retirement. Employees do not make contributions for basic pensions but may make voluntary contributions to secure additional benefits on a money-purchase basis. Since October 2006 The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund (‘Main scheme’) has been closed to new entrants.

The Group also provides post-retirement benefits other than pensions, principally through subscriptions to private healthcare schemes in the UK and the US and unfunded post-retirement benefit plans. Provision for the costs of these benefits is charged to the income statement over the average remaining future service lives of eligible employees. The amounts are not material.

Interim valuations of the Group’s schemes were prepared to 31 December by independent actuaries, using the following assumptions:

    Main scheme     All schemes  
   







 







Principal actuarial assumptions at 31 December   2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  



















                        weighted average  
               







Discount rate   5.3 %   4.8 %   5.4 %   5.3 %   4.8 %   5.4 %
Expected return on plan assets (weighted average)   6.9 %   6.5 %   6.7 %   6.9 %   6.5 %   6.8 %
Rate of increase in salaries   4.2 %   4.0 %   4.0 %   4.1 %   3.9 %   3.9 %
Rate of increase in pensions in payment   2.9 %   2.7 %   2.7 %   2.8 %   2.6 %   2.7 %
Inflation assumption   2.9 %   2.7 %   2.7 %   2.9 %   2.7 %   2.7 %



















                                     
    Main scheme     All schemes  
   







 







Major classes of plan assets as a percentage of total plan assets   2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  



















Equities   60.5 %   61.3 %   56.7 %   60.7 %   61.6 %   57.2 %
Index-linked bonds   17.3 %   18.1 %   16.5 %   16.1 %   16.8 %   15.3 %
Government fixed interest bonds   2.5 %   1.8 %   2.1 %   3.3 %   2.6 %   2.8 %
Corporate and other bonds   14.0 %   14.6 %   12.5 %   13.9 %   14.6 %   12.7 %
Property   4.3 %   3.6 %   3.1 %   4.5 %   3.7 %   3.2 %
Cash and other assets   1.4 %   0.6 %   9.1 %   1.5 %   0.7 %   8.8 %



















Ordinary shares of the company with a fair value of £89 million (2005 – £78 million; 2004 – £73 million), are held by the Group’s pension schemes; £87 million (2005 – £76 million; 2004 – £71 million) in the Main scheme which also holds other financial instruments issued by the Group with a value of £258 million (2005 – £299 million; 2004 – £726 million).

The expected return on plan assets at 31 December is based upon the weighted average of the following assumed returns on the major classes of plan assets:

    Main scheme     All schemes  
   







 







    2006     2005     2004     2006     2005     2004  



















Equities   8.1 %   7.7 %   8.1 %   8.1 %   7.7 %   8.1 %
Index-linked bonds   4.5 %   4.1 %   4.5 %   4.5 %   4.1 %   4.5 %
Government fixed interest bonds   4.5 %   4.1 %   4.5 %   4.5 %   4.1 %   4.5 %
Corporate and other bonds   5.3 %   4.8 %   5.4 %   5.3 %   4.8 %   5.4 %
Property   6.3 %   5.9 %   6.3 %   6.3 %   5.9 %   6.3 %
Cash and other assets   4.6 %   4.2 %   4.6 %   4.4 %   3.7 %   4.5 %




















The expected return on Main scheme assets at 31 December 2004 was adjusted to reflect the investment, in early January 2005, of payments made to the fund on 31 December 2004 and included as cash and other assets at that date.

Post-retirement mortality assumptions (Main scheme)   2006   2005   2004







Longevity at age 60 for current pensioners (years)            
Males   26.0   25.4   25.4
Females   28.9   28.2   28.2
             
Longevity at age 60 for future pensioners (years)            
Males   26.8   26.2   26.2
Females   29.7   29.0   29.0








106






       Main scheme            All schemes      
   







 







Changes in value of net pension liability   Fair value
of plan
assets
£m
    Present
value of
defined
benefit
obligations
£m
    Net
pension
liability
£m
    Fair value
of plan
assets
£m
    Present
value of
defined
benefit
obligations
£m
    Net
pension
liability
£m
 



















At 1 January 2005   13,569     16,051     2,482     14,798     17,738     2,940  
Currency translation and other adjustments               26     26      
Income statement:                                    
   Expected return   930           (930 )   1,017           (1,017 )
   Interest cost         865     865           953     953  
   Current service cost         447     447           522     522  
   Past service cost         3     3           4     4  
    930     1,315     385     1,017     1,479     462  
Statement of recognised income and expense:                                    
   Actuarial gains and losses   1,556     2,273     717     1,660     2,459     799  
Disposal of subsidiaries                   (14 )   (14 )
Contributions by employer   380           (380 )   452           (452 )
Contributions by plan participants                 4     4        
Benefits paid   (504 )   (504 )         (550 )   (550 )      
Expenses included in service cost   (17 )   (17 )         (19 )   (19 )      



















At 1 January 2006   15,914     19,118     3,204     17,388     21,123     3,735  
Currency translation and other adjustments               (59 )   (65 )   (6 )
Income statement:                                    
   Expected return   1,022           (1,022 )   1,073           (1,073 )
   Interest cost         918     918           985     985  
   Current service cost         571     571           645     645  
   Past service cost         15     15           23     23  
    1,022     1,504     482     1,073     1,653     580  
Statement of recognised income and expense:                                    
   Actuarial gains and losses   552     (1,077 )   (1,629 )   587     (1,194 )   (1,781 )
Contributions by employer   427         (427 )   536         (536 )
Benefits paid   (515 )   (515 )       (538 )   (538 )    
Expenses included in service cost   (26 )   (26 )       (28 )   (28 )    



















At 31 December 2006   17,374     19,004     1,630     18,959     20,951     1,992  
   

















The Group expects to contribute £464 million to its defined benefit pension schemes in 2007 (Main scheme – £408 million). Of the net pension liability, £106 million (2005 – £104 million) relates to unfunded schemes.

Cumulative net actuarial losses of £619 million (2005 – £2,400 million; 2004 – £1,601 million) have been recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense, of which £521 million (2005 – £2,150 million; 2004 – £1,433 million) relate to the Main scheme.

       Main scheme        All schemes
   









 









    2006     2005     2004     2003   2006     2005     2004     2003
History of defined benefit schemes   £m     £m     £m     £m   £m     £m     £m     £m























Present value of defined benefit obligations   19,004     19,118     16,051     13,594   20,951     21,123     17,738     14,898
Fair value of plan assets   17,374     15,914     13,569     11,797   18,959     17,388     14,798     12,862























Net deficit   1,630     3,204     2,482     1,797   1,992     3,735     2,940     2,036
   




















                                             
Experience losses on plan liabilities   (4 )   (41 )   (624 )       (19 )   (68 )   (631 )    
Experience gains on plan assets   552     1,556     392         587     1,660     408      
Actual return on pension schemes assets   1,574     2,486     1,230         1,660     2,677     1,328      
























107






Notes on the accounts continued

4 Auditors’ remuneration        
         
Amounts paid to the auditors for statutory audit and other services were as follows:   Group





  2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2004
£m







Audit services        
       – Statutory audit   14.9   9.9   8.2
       – Audit related including regulatory reporting*   2.0   7.0   1.1







  16.9   16.9   9.3







Tax services        
       – Compliance services   0.2   0.2   0.2
       – Advisory services   0.1     0.2







  0.3   0.2   0.4







All other services   5.5   7.2   6.0







Total   22.7   24.3   15.7





* Includes fees relating to the transition to IFRS and work in respect of US Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 404 reporting requirements.    
     
 

5 Tax         Group        
   







    2006     2005     2004  
    £m     £m     £m  










   Current taxation:                  
   Charge for the year   2,626     2,280     2,091  
   Over provision in respect of prior periods   (253 )   (101 )   (168 )
   Relief for overseas taxation   (147 )   (171 )   (212 )










    2,226     2,008     1,711  
   Deferred taxation:                  
   Charge for the year   396     477     333  
   Under/(over) provision in respect of prior periods   67     (107 )   (49 )










   Tax charge for the year   2,689     2,378     1,995  
   







                   
The actual tax charge differs from the expected tax charge computed by applying the standard rate of UK corporation tax of 30% as follows:  
    2006     2005     2004  
    £m     £m     £m  










   Expected tax charge   2,756     2,381     2,185  
   Interest on subordinated debt not allowable for tax   58     79      
   Non-deductible items   230     230     110  
   Non-taxable items   (251 )   (166 )   (128 )
   Taxable foreign exchange movements   5     (10 )   (10 )
   Foreign profits taxed at other rates   63     77     49  
   Unutilised losses brought forward and carried forward   14     (5 )   6  
   Adjustments in respect of prior periods   (186 )   (208 )   (217 )










   Actual tax charge for the year   2,689     2,378     1,995  
   








108






6 Profit attributable to preference shareholders   Group
   








    Dividends
paid to equity
preference
shareholders
2006
£m
  Finance cost
included in
interest
payable
2006
£m
  Dividends
paid to equity
preference
shareholders
2005
£m
  Finance cost
included in
interest
payable
2005
£m
  Finance
cost of
preference
shares
2004
£m











   Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01   92   86   58   115   105
   Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of US$0.01     50     73   90
   Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of 0.01         9   33
   Non-cumulative preference shares of 0.01   99     51     4
   Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £0.01     15     15   15
   Appropriation for premium payable on redemption and issue costs     6     8   9











   Total (3)   191   157   109   220   256
   








Notes:
(1)      In the year ended 31 December 2006, dividends of £55,000 (2005 and 2004 – £55,000) were paid on the 11% cumulative preference shares of £1 and dividends of £22,000 (2005 and 2004 – £22,000) were paid on the 5.5% cumulative preference shares of £1.
(2)      Following the implementation of IAS 32 on 1 January 2005, several of the Group’s preference share issues are now included in subordinated liabilities and the related finance cost in interest payable.
(3)      Between 1 January 2007 and the date of approval of these accounts, dividends amounting to US$61 million have been declared in respect of equity preference shareholders for payment on 30 March 2007.
 
7 Ordinary dividends   Group
   










    2006
p per share
  2005
p per share
  2004
p per share
  2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2004
£m













   Final dividend for previous year declared during the current year   53.1   41.2   35.7   1,699   1,308   1,059
   Interim dividend   24.2   19.4   16.8   771   619   529













   Total dividends paid on ordinary equity shares   77.3   60.6   52.5   2,470   1,927   1,588
   











Final dividends are not accounted for until they have been ratified by members in a general meeting. At the Annual General Meeting on 25 April 2007, a final dividend in respect of 2006 of 66.4 pence per share (2005 – 53.1 pence per share) amounting to a total of £2.1 billion (2005 – £1.7 billion) is to be proposed. The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2006 do not reflect this dividend which, if approved, will be accounted for in shareholders’ equity as an appropriation of retained profits in the year ending 31 December 2007.

8 Profit dealt with in the accounts of the company

As permitted by section 230(3) of the Companies Act 1985, the primary financial statements of the company do not include an income statement. Condensed information is set out below:

    Company  
   







    2006
£m
    2005
£m
    2004
£m
 










Dividends received from banking subsidiary   3,502     2,082     3,000  
Dividends received from other subsidiaries   229     100      










Total income   3,731     2,182     3,000  
Interest receivable from subsidiaries   516     577     313  
Interest payable to subsidiaries   (246 )   (189 )   (150 )
Other net interest payable and operating expenses   (515 )   (638 )   (273 )










Operating profit before tax   3,486     1,932     2,890  
Tax   13     142     (16 )










Profit for the year   3,499     2,074     2,874  
   







                   
Profit attributable to:                  
Ordinary shareholders   3,308     1,965     2,618  
Preference shareholders   191     109     256  










    3,499     2,074     2,874  
   








109






Notes on the accounts continued

 

9 Earnings per ordinary share            
   The earnings per share are based on the following:   Group
   




    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2004
£m







   Earnings:            
   Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders   6,202   5,392   4,856
   Add back dividends on dilutive convertible non-equity shares   64   65   66







   Diluted earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders   6,266   5,457   4,922
   




             
     Number of shares – millions     







   Number of ordinary shares:            
   Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year   3,185   3,183   3,085
   Effect of dilutive share options and convertible non-equity shares   58   60   73







   Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year   3,243   3,243   3,158
   





All convertible preference shares have a dilutive effect in 2006 and 2005 and have been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. In 2004, US$1,500 million of convertible preference shares were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect was anti-dilutive.

10 Treasury and other eligible bills           Group
           


            2006
£m
  2005
£m









Treasury bills and similar securities           5,407   5,402
Other eligible bills           84   136









            5,491   5,538
           


                 
Held-for-trading           4,516   3,004
Available-for-sale           975   2,534









            5,491   5,538
           


                 
                 
11 Loans and advances to banks   Group   Company
   


 


    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2006
£m
  2005
£m









Held-for-trading   52,736   44,965    
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss   376   282    
Loans and receivables   29,494   25,340   7,252   9,122









    82,606   70,587   7,252   9,122
   






                 
Amounts above include:                
Reverse repurchase agreements   54,152   41,804    
Items in the course of collection from other banks   3,471   2,901        
Due from subsidiaries           7,252   9,122









                 
                 
12 Loans and advances to customers   Group   Company
   


 


    2006   2005   2006   2005
    £m   £m   £m   £m









Held-for-trading   72,462   53,963    
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss   1,327   616    
Loans and receivables   381,583   350,960   286   567
Finance leases   11,521   11,687    









    466,893   417,226   286   567
   






                 
Amounts above include:                
Reverse repurchase agreements   62,908   48,887    
Due from subsidiaries           286   567










110






Securitisations and other asset transfers

The Group engages in securitisation transactions of its financial assets including commercial and residential mortgage loans, commercial and residential mortgage related securities, US Government agency collateralised mortgage obligations, and other types of financial assets. In such transactions, the assets, or interests in the assets, are transferred generally to a special purpose entity (“SPE”) which then issues liabilities to third party investors.

Securitisations may, depending on the individual arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets; continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement in those assets; or derecognition of the assets and the separate recognition, as assets or liabilities, of any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer (see Accounting policy on page 97). The Group has securitisations in each of these categories.

Continued recognition

The table below sets out the asset categories together with the carrying amounts of the assets and associated liabilities.

    2006   2005
   






Asset type   Assets
£m
  Liabilities
£m
  Assets
£m
  Liabilities
£m









Residential mortgages (1)   15,698   15,375   2,388   2,366
Finance lease receivables (2)   1,211   953   1,467   1,170
Other loans (3)   1,931   1,346   2,189   1,543
Credit card receivables (4)   2,891   2,585   2,891   2,836
Commercial paper conduits (5)   8,360   8,284   6,688   6,685










Notes:
(1) Mortgages have been transferred to special purpose vehicles, held ultimately by charitable trusts, funded principally through the issue of floating rate notes. The Group has entered into arm’s length fixed/floating interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps with the securitisation vehicles and provides mortgage management and agency services to the vehicles. On repayment of the financing, any further amounts generated by the mortgages will be paid to the Group.
(2) Certain finance lease receivables (leveraged leases) involve the Group as lessor obtaining non-recourse funding from third parties. This financing is secured on the underlying leases and the provider of the finance has no recourse whatsoever to the other assets of the Group.
(3) Other loans originated by the Group have been transferred to special purpose vehicles funded through the issue of notes. Any proceeds from the loans in excess of the amounts required to service and repay the notes are payable to the Group after deduction of expenses.
(4) Credit card receivables in the UK have been securitised. Notes have been issued by a special purpose vehicle. The note holders have a proportionate interest in a pool of credit card receivables that have been equitably assigned by the Group to a receivables trust. The Group continues to be exposed to the risks and rewards of the transferred receivables through its right to excess spread (after charge-offs).
(5) The Group sponsors commercial paper conduits. Customer assets are transferred into an SPE which issues notes in the commercial paper market. The Group supplies certain services and contingent liquidity support to these vehicles on an arm’s length basis as well as programme credit enhancement.

111






Notes on the accounts continued

 

12 Loans and advances to customers (continued)

Continuing involvement

In certain US securitisations of residential mortgages, substantially all the risks and rewards have been neither transferred nor retained, but the Group has retained control, as defined by IFRS, of the assets and continues to recognise the assets to the extent of its continuing involvement which takes the form of retaining certain subordinated bonds issued by the securitisation vehicles. These bonds have differing rights and, depending on their terms, they may expose the Group to interest rate risk where they carry a fixed coupon or to credit risk depending on the extent of their subordination. Certain bonds entitle the Group to additional interest if the portfolio performs better than expected and others give the Group the right to prepayment penalties received on the securitised mortgages. At 31 December 2006, securitised assets were £37.3 billion (2005 – £39.8 billion); retained interests £930 million (2005 – £863 million); subordination assets £694 million (2005 – £609 million) and related liabilities £694 million (2005 – £609 million).

Derecognition

Other securitisations of the Group’s financial assets in the US qualify for derecognition as substantially all the risks and rewards of the assets have been transferred. The Group continues to recognise any retained interests in the securitisation vehicles.

Disclosures are given below about those securitisations of financial assets undertaken by the Group that resulted in derecognition or recognition to the extent of continuing involvement.

The Group has classified these securitisations into three broad categories: US Agency, consumer, and commercial securitisations. During 2006, the Group received proceeds of approximately £45.6 billion (2005 – £46.3 billion; 2004 –£30.1 billion) from securitisation trusts in connection with new securitisations of Group assets and £10.7 billion (2005 –£9.6 billion; 2004 – £1.3 billion) in connection with securitisation of third-party assets.

The Group recognised net pre-tax gains of approximately £192 million (2005 – £182 million; 2004 – £111 million) relating to these securitisations. Net pre-tax gains are based on the difference between the sales prices and previous carrying values of assets prior to date of sale, are net of transaction costs, and exclude any results attributable to hedging activities, interest income, funding costs, and changes in asset values prior to, and in retained interest values subsequent to, the securitisation date.

At 31 December 2006, the fair value of the Group’s retained interests, which are classified as held-for-trading, was approximately £2.1 billion (2005 – £2.1 billion). These retained interests comprise approximately £1,148 million (2005 – £1,179 million) in US Agency based retained interests, £818 million (2005 – £764 million) in consumer based retained interests and £113 million (2005 – £128 million) in commercial based retained interests. These retained interests primarily relate to mortgage loans and securities and arose from securitisations that have taken place in current and prior years. Cash flows received in 2006 from retained interests held at 31 December 2006 in connection with securitisations that took place in current and prior years amounted to £544 million (2005 – £481 million; 2004 – £383 million).

112






Key economic assumptions used in measuring the value of retained interests at the date of securitisation resulting from securitisations completed during the year were as follows:

Assumptions   US Agency
retained
interests
    Consumer
retained
interests
    Commercial
retained
interests
 










Prepayment speed   100 – 500 PSA     0 – 40% CPR (1)   0 – 50 CPY (2)
Weighted average life   2 – 18 years     0 – 13 years     1 – 10 years  
Cash flow discount rate   0 – 20%     6 – 55%     5 – 9%  
Credit losses   N/A (3)   0 – 2% CDR (4)   0 – 2% CDR (4)











Key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of retained interests at 31 December 2006 to immediate adverse changes, as indicated below, in those assumptions are as follows:

Assumptions/impact on fair value   US Agency
retained
interests
    Consumer
retained
interests
    Commercial
retained
interests
 










Fair value of retained interests at 31 December 2006 (£m)   1,148     818     113  
Prepayment speed (5)   10 – 32% CPR (1)   0 – 40% CPR (1)   0 – 100% CPY (2)
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (£m)   2.1     15.3     0.1  
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (£m)   3.7     29.3     0.1  
Weighted average life   1 – 18 years     0 – 13 years     1 – 18 years  
Cash flow discount rate   0 – 20%     6 – 73%     5 – 9%  
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (£m)   23.8     23.7     3.3  
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (£m)   46.5     46.0     6.4  
Credit losses   N/A (3)   0 – 3% CDR (4)   0 – 2% CDR (4)
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change (£m)   N/A     36.2     0.1  
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change (£m)   N/A     50.8     0.1  











Notes:
(1)  Constant prepayment rate (“CPR”) – the CPR range represents the low and high points of a dynamic CPR curve.
(2) CPR with yield maintenance provision and thus prepayment risk is limited.
(3) US Agency retained interests are securities whose principal and interest have been guaranteed by various United States government sponsored enterprises (‘GSEs’). These GSEs include the Federal National Mortgage Association (‘Fannie Mae’), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (‘Freddie Mac’), and the Government National Mortgage Association (‘Ginnie Mae’). Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac are federally regulated but are privately owned. These GSEs guarantee that the holders of their mortgage-backed securities will receive payments of interest and principal. Securities guaranteed by either of these two GSEs, although not formally rated, are regarded as having a credit rating equivalent to AAA. Ginnie Mae guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on all of its mortgage-backed securities, and its guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government.
(4) Constant default rate.
(5) Prepayment speed has been stressed on an overall portfolio basis for US Agency retained interests due to the overall homogeneous nature of the collateral. Consumer and commercial retained interests have been stressed on a security level basis.

The sensitivities depicted in the preceding table are hypothetical and should be used with caution. The likelihood of those percent variations selected for sensitivity testing is not necessarily indicative of expected market movements because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of a retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumptions. This might not be the case in actual market conditions since changes in one factor might result in changes to other factors. Further, the sensitivities depicted above do not consider any corrective actions that the Group might take to mitigate the effect of any adverse changes in one or more key assumptions.

Mortgage-backed securities

The Group sells originated mortgage loans to US government sponsored enterprises in return for securities backed by these loans and guaranteed by the Agency whilst retaining the rights to service the mortgages. These securities may be subsequently sold. The purchaser has recourse to the Group for losses up to pre-determined levels on certain designated mortgages. The Group is not obliged, and does not intend, to support losses that may be suffered by the Agencies. Under the terms of the sale agreements, the Agencies have agreed to seek repayment only from the cash from the mortgage loans. Once the securities exchanged for the loans have been sold the Group’s exposure is restricted to the amount of the recourse. At 31 December 2006 mortgages amounting to £144 million (2005 – £385 million) had been sold with recourse to US GSEs. These loans have been derecognised.

113






Notes on the accounts continued

 

13 Debt securities                                                      
                            Group                          


























2006   UK
government
£m
    US
government,
state and
federal
agency
£m
    Other
government
£m
    US
government
sponsored
entity
£m
    Bank and
building
society
£m
    Mortgage-
backed
securities(1)
£m
    Corporate
£m
    Other
£m
    Total
£m
 




























Held-for-trading   8,122     10,965     13,839     10,065     34     28,658     23,194     315     95,192  
Designated as at fair value                                                      
   through profit or loss   1,730         85         609     98     2,867     600     5,989  
Available-for-sale   843     6,234     1,218     6,651     4,584     3,434     2,211     334     25,509  
Loans and receivables                           21     540     561  




























At 31 December 2006   10,695     17,199     15,142     16,716     5,227     32,190     28,293     1,789     127,251  


























                                                       
Available-for-sale                                                      
   Gross unrealised gains       6     4     1     1     6     12         30  
   Gross unrealised losses   (5 )   (88 )   (20 )   (142 )   (8 )   (47 )   (16 )   (13 )   (339 )




























                                                       
                                                       
2005                                                      




























Held-for-trading   4,386     8,783     10,480     8,166     8     28,396     19,233     1,201     80,653  
Designated as at fair value                                                      
   through profit or loss   451         7         864     37     1,646     986     3,991  
Available-for-sale   662     7,813     1,699     8,555     9,613     3,562     2,545     1,084     35,533  
Loans and receivables                               788     788  




























At 31 December 2005   5,499     16,596     12,186     16,721     10,485     31,995     23,424     4,059     120,965  


























                                                       
Available-for-sale                                                      
   Gross unrealised gains   9     3     6     10     7     6     25         66  
   Gross unrealised losses   (7 )   (118 )   (14 )   (147 )   (6 )   (58 )   (3 )   (2 )   (355 )





























Note:
(1)      Excludes securities issued by US federal agencies and government sponsored entities.

The following table shows the Group’s available-for-sale debt securities by remaining maturity and the related yield (based on weighted averages) as at 31 December 2006.

 
Within 1 year
After 1 but
within 5 years
After 5 but
within 10 years
After 10 years
Total
 






Issued by   Amount
£m
Yield
%
Amount
£m
Yield
%
Amount
£m
Yield
%
Amount
£m
Yield
%
Amount
£m
Yield
%





















UK government   562 5.6 146 5.7 97 5.0 38 4.7 843 5.5
US government, state, and federal agency   11 4.8 627 4.8 22 4.7 5,574 5.1 6,234 5.1
Other government   180 2.6 822 3.7 213 1.1 3 3.9 1,218 3.1
US government sponsored entity   140 5.4 368 5.6 6,143 5.0 6,651 5.0
Bank and building society   2,427 5.1 1,368 4.8 28 5.4 761 6.9 4,584 5.3
Mortgage-backed securities (1)   259 5.1 232 5.6 294 5.5 2,649 4.9 3,434 5.0
Corporate   360 3.9 1,256 4.5 413 4.7 182 4.6 2,211 4.4
Other   188 4.5 135 4.0 11 5.3 334 4.3





















Total fair value   3,987 4.9 4,726 4.6 1,446 4.6 15,350 5.1 25,509 4.9
 



















Note:
(1) Excludes securities issued by US federal agencies and government sponsored entities.

114






The table below shows the number and fair value of available-for-sale debt securities that were in an unrealised loss position at 31 December 2006.

        Less than 12 months      More than 12 months      Total   
       


 


 


Issued by   Number
of issues
  Fair value
£m
  Gross
unrealised
losses
£m
  Fair value
£m
  Gross
unrealised
losses
£m
  Fair value
£m
  Gross
unrealised
losses
£m















UK government   19   263   5       263   5
US government, state, and federal agency   249   829   10   4,215   78   5,044   88
Other government   42   63   3   633   17   696   20
US government sponsored entity   277   1,102   17   5,149   125   6,251   142
Bank and building society   101   2,245   3   268   5   2,513   8
Mortgage-backed securities (1)   60   624   14   1,440   33   2,064   47
Corporate   278   827   14   62   2   889   16
Other   7   44   13       44   13















    1,033   5,997   79   11,767   260   17,764   339
   












Note:
(1) Excludes securities issued by US federal agencies and government sponsored entities.

Gross gains of £34 million (2005 – £65 million) and gross losses of £19 million (2005 – £12 million) were realised on the sale of available-for-sale securities. Gross gains of £197 million and gross losses of £30 million were realised on the sale of investment securities in 2004.

Interest receivable includes £1,559 million (2005 – £1,624 million; 2004 – £1,487 million) in respect of debt securities.

The Group considers that unrealised losses on available-for-sale debt securities are temporary, principally because they reflect changes in benchmark interest rates.

14 Equity shares   Group  
   















    Listed
£m
  Unlisted
£m
    2006
Total
£m
    Listed
£m
    Unlisted
£m
    2005
Total
£m
 


















     Held-for-trading   3,033   5     3,038     2,937     4     2,941  
     Designated as at fair value through profit or loss   2,051   559     2,610     2,113     428     2,541  
     Available-for-sale   6,367   1,489     7,856     704     3,115     3,819  


















    11,451   2,053     13,504     5,754     3,547     9,301  
   















                                   
     Available-for-sale                                  
       Gross unrealised gains   4,377   177     4,554     168     54     222  
       Gross unrealised losses     (6 )   (6 )   (5 )   (8 )   (13 )


















    4,377   171     4,548     163     46     209  
   
















Listed equity shares include the Group’s investment in Bank of China which, following its successful IPO in 2006, is carried at fair value and showed an uplift of £4 billion in the year.

Gross gains of £357 million (2005 – £618 million) and gross losses of £3 million (2005 – £4 million) were realised on the sale of available-for-sale equity shares. Gross gains of £96 million were realised on the sale of investment securities in 2004.

Dividend income from available-for-sale equity shares was £92 million (2005 – £108 million; 2004 – £79 million).

At 31 December 2006, gross unrealised losses of £6 million represented 22 equity issues with a fair value of £26 million. No securities were in an unrealised loss position for more than 12 months.

Unquoted equity investments whose fair value cannot be reliably measured are carried at cost and classified as available-for-sale financial assets. They include the Group’s investments in the Federal Home Loans Bank and Federal Reserve Bank that are redeemable at cost of £0.8 billion (2005 – £0.8 billion), and prior to listing in 2006, the Group’s investment in Bank of China, together with a number of individually small shareholdings including those received in trouble debt restructurings. Disposals in the year generated gains of £56 million (2005 – £85 million).

115






Notes on the accounts continued

 

15 Investments in Group undertakings            
 
Investments in Group undertakings are carried at cost less impairment. Movements during the year were as follows:
    Company  
 





    2006
£m
    2005
£m
 







At 1 January   20,851     21,900  
Implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 on 1 January 2005       (4,004 )
Currency translation and other adjustments   (164 )   (6 )
Additions   1,097     2,961  







At 31 December   21,784     20,851  
   




             
Banks   17,785     16,833  
Other   3,999     4,018  








The principal subsidiary undertakings of the company are shown below. Their capital consists of ordinary and preference shares which are unlisted with the exception of certain preference shares issued by NatWest. The Royal Bank of Scotland plc and RBS Insurance Group Limited are directly owned by the company, and all of the other subsidiary undertakings are wholly owned directly, or indirectly through intermediate holding companies, by these companies. All of these subsidiaries are included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements and have an accounting reference date of 31 December.

Country of
incorporation
Nature of and principal
business area of operation





The Royal Bank of Scotland plc Banking Great Britain
National Westminster Bank Plc (1) Banking Great Britain
Citizens Financial Group, Inc. Banking US
Coutts & Co (2) Private banking Great Britain
Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. Broker dealer US
RBS Insurance Group Limited Insurance Great Britain
Ulster Bank Limited (3) Banking Northern Ireland





Notes:
(1) The company does not hold any of the NatWest preference shares in issue.
(2) Coutts & Co is incorporated with unlimited liability. Its registered office is 440 Strand, London WC2R 0QS.
(3)  Ulster Bank Limited and its subsidiary undertakings also operate in the Republic of Ireland.

The above information is provided in relation to the principal related undertakings as permitted by Section 231(5) of the Companies Act 1985. Full information on all related undertakings will be included in the Annual Return delivered to the Registrar of Companies for Scotland.

116






16 Impaired and past-due financial assets         2006                 2005        
   
















Group   Cost
£m
    Provision
£m
    Net book
value
£m
    Cost
£m
    Provision
£m
    Net book
value
£m
 



















Impaired financial assets                                    
Loans and receivables and finance leases   6,232     3,342     2,890     5,926     3,344     2,582  
Available-for-sale   185     88     97     316     132     184  



















    6,417     3,430     2,987     6,242     3,476     2,766  
   
















                                     
                            Group        
                 







                      2006
£m
    2005
£m
    2004
£m
 



















Impairment losses charged to the income statement                          
Loans and receivables and finance leases (see table below)           1,877     1,703        
Available-for-sale                     1     4        
Loans and advances                                 1,402  
Amounts written-off fixed asset investments                                 83  



















Total                     1,878     1,707     1,485  
                 







                                     
The following table shows the movement in the provision for impairment losses for loans and receivables and finance leases.
                                     
                Group                    
   
















    Individually
assessed
£m
    Collectively
assessed
£m
    Latent
£m
    Total
2006
£m
    2005
£m
    2004
£m
 



















At 1 January   757     2,587     543     3,887     4,174     3,885  
Implementation of IAS 39 on 1 January 2005                   (29 )    
Currency translation and other adjustments   (19 )   (5 )   (37 )   (61 )   51     (98 )
Acquisitions                       290  
Amounts written-off (1)   (255 )   (1,586 )       (1,841 )   (2,040 )   (1,449 )
Recoveries of amounts previously written-off   24     191         215     172     144  
Charged to the income statement   217     1,573     87     1,877     1,703     1,402  
Unwind of discount   (27 )   (115 )       (142 )   (144 )    



















At 31 December (2)   697     2,645     593     3,935     3,887     4,174  
   
















Notes:
(1) Amounts written-off include £2 million in 2005 relating to loans and advances to banks.
(2)  Impairment losses at 31 December 2006 include £2 million relating to loans and advances to banks (2005 – £3 million).

Loan impairment

At 31 December 2006, the Group’s non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 days and troubled debt restructurings amounted to £6,337 million (2005 – £5,937 million). Loan impairment provisions of £3,342 million (2005 – £3,344 million) were held against these loans. Average non-accrual loans, loans past due 90 days and troubled debt restructurings for the year ended 31 December 2006 were £6,163 million (2005 – £5,923 million; 2004 – £5,264 million).

    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2004
£m







Gross income not recognised but which would have been            
       recognised under the original terms of non-accrual and restructured loans            
                 Domestic   370   334   235
                 Foreign   77   62   58







    447   396   293
   




             
Interest on non-accrual and restructured loans included in net interest income            
                 Domestic   142   130   58
                 Foreign   15   14   7







    157   144   65
   





117






Notes on the accounts continued

 

17 Intangible assets   Group
 













2006   Goodwill
£m
Core
deposit
intangibles
£m
Other
purchased
intangibles
£m
Internally
generated
software
£m
Total
£m
















Cost:          
At 1 January 2006   18,823   299   325   2,294   21,741
Currency translation and other adjustments   (924 )   (34 )   (47 )   (1 )   (1,006 )
Additions       19   382   401
Disposal of subsidiaries   (10 )     (1 )     (11 )
Disposals and write-off of fully amortised assets       (21 )   (33 )   (54 )
















At 31 December 2006   17,889   265   275   2,642   21,071
 













                             
Accumulated amortisation and impairment:          
At 1 January 2006     85   64   1,660   1,809
Currency translation and other adjustments     (12 )   (7 )     (19 )
Disposals and write-off of fully amortised assets         (8 )   (8 )
Charge for the year     54   40   291   385
















At 31 December 2006     127   97   1,943   2,167
 













                               
Net book value at 31 December 2006   17,889   138   178   699   18,904
 













                               
                               
2005          
















Cost:          
At 1 January 2005   18,032   268   261   2,089   20,650
Currency translation and other adjustments   786   31   30     847
Acquisition of subsidiaries   113         113
Additions       34   329   363
Disposals and write-off of fully amortised assets   (108 )       (124 )   (232 )
















At 31 December 2005   18,823   299   325   2,294   21,741
 













                               
Accumulated amortisation and impairment:          
At 1 January 2005     22   22   1,364   1,408
Currency translation and other adjustments     5   3     8
Disposals and write-off of fully amortised assets         (106 )   (106 )
Charge for the year     58   39   402   499
















At 31 December 2005     85   64   1,660   1,809
 













                               
Net book value at 31 December 2005   18,823   214   261   634   19,932
 














The weighted average amortisation period of purchased intangible assets, other than goodwill, subject to amortisation are:

    Years



Core deposit intangibles   6
Other purchased intangibles   6



The amortisation expense in respect of core deposit intangibles and other purchased intangibles for each of the next five years is currently estimated to be:

    £m



2007   95
2008   95
2009   71
2010   17
2011   15




118






Impairment review

The Group’s goodwill acquired in business combinations is reviewed annually at 30 September for impairment by comparing the recoverable amount of each cash generating unit to which goodwill has been allocated with its carrying value. There was no impairment recognised in 2006 or 2005.

Cash generating units where goodwill is significant were as follows:

        Goodwill at 30 September
       
    Basis   2006
£m
  2005
£m







Global Banking & Markets   Fair value less costs to sell   2,341  







UK Corporate Banking   Fair value less costs to sell   1,630  







Corporate Markets   Fair value less costs to sell     3,966







Retail   Fair value less costs to sell   4,365   4,365







Wealth Management   Fair value less costs to sell   1,105   1,123







RBS Insurance   Fair value less costs to sell   1,069   1,063







Citizens – Midstates   Value in use   5,598  







Charter One   Value in use     4,471







Mid-Atlantic   Value in use     1,450








On 1 January 2006 the Corporate Markets division was reorganised into Global Banking & Markets and UK Corporate Banking; Retail Markets was reorganised during the second half of 2006 into Retail and Wealth Management; goodwill was reallocated using relative fair values calculated as a weighted average of headcount, risk-weighted assets and profitability.

The recoverable amounts for all CGU’s, except for Citizens –Midstates were based on fair value less costs to sell. Fair value was based upon a price-earnings methodology using current earnings for each unit. Approximate price earnings multiples, validated against independent analyst information were applied to each CGU. The multiples used for both 2006 and 2005 were in the range 7.0 – 13.0 times earnings after charging manufacturing costs.

The goodwill allocated to Global Banking & Markets, UK Corporate Banking, Retail and Wealth Management arose from the acquisition of NatWest in 2000. The recoverable amount of these cash generating units exceeds their carrying value by over £15 billion. The goodwill allocated to RBS Insurance principally arose from the acquisition of Churchill in 2003. The recoverable amount for RBS Insurance exceeds the carrying value by over £2 billion. The multiples or earnings would have to be less than half those used to cause the value in use of the units to equal their carrying value.

Developments in Citizens, including the integration of Charter One, acquired in 2004, have led to changes in its management structure during 2006 resulting in the new Citizens Midstates cash-generating unit. The recoverable amount was based on a value in use methodology using management forecasts to 2014 (2005 – 2012). A projection period of greater than five years was used reflecting Citizens’ sustained historical growth rates, independently projected industry growth rates and the execution of Citizens’ commercial banking strategy in the Midstates operating area. A terminal growth rate of 5% (2005 – 4%) and a discount rate of 10% (2005 – 10.7%) was used. The recoverable amount of Citizens Midstates exceeds its carrying value by over $4 billion. The profit growth rate would have to be approximately half the projected rate to cause the value in use of the unit to equal its carrying amount.

119






Notes on the accounts continued

 

18 Property, plant and equipment                     Group                    
   



















2006   Investment
properties
£m
    Freehold
premises
£m
    Long
leasehold
premises
£m
    Short
leasehold
premises
£m
    Computers
and other
equipment
£m
    Operating
lease
assets
£m
    Total
£m
 






















Cost or valuation:                                          
At 1 January 2006   4,347     2,681     338     1,045     3,310     11,569     23,290  
Currency translation and other adjustments   14     (38 )   (1 )   (29 )   (98 )   (587 )   (739 )
Reclassifications       (6 )   (9 )   12         3      
Additions   632     295     26     266     553     2,551     4,323  
Expenditure on investment properties   16                         16  
Change in fair value of investment properties   486                         486  
Disposals and write-off of fully depreciated assets   (610 )   (353 )   (44 )   (40 )   (693 )   (1,947 )   (3,687 )
Disposals of subsidiaries                   (3 )       (3 )






















At 31 December 2006   4,885     2,579     310     1,254     3,069     11,589     23,686  
   



















                                           
Accumulated depreciation and amortisation:                                          
At 1 January 2006       390     121     319     1,891     2,516     5,237  
Currency translation and other adjustments       (2 )       (11 )   (41 )   (95 )   (149 )
Reclassifications       4     (7 )   3              
Disposals and write-off of fully depreciated assets       (5 )   (26 )   (15 )   (539 )   (528 )   (1,113 )
Disposals of subsidiaries                   (2 )       (2 )
Depreciation charge for the year       59     8     78     361     787     1,293  






















At 31 December 2006       446     96     374     1,670     2,680     5,266  
   



















                                           
Net book value at 31 December 2006   4,885     2,133     214     880     1,399     8,909     18,420  
   



















                                           
                                           
                      Group                    
   



















2005   Investment
properties
£m
    Freehold
premises
£m
    Long
leasehold
premises
£m
    Short
leasehold
premises
£m
    Computers
and other
equipment
£m
    Operating
lease
assets
£m
    Total
£m
 






















Cost or valuation:                                          
At 1 January 2005   4,162     2,878     404     842     3,143     9,447     20,876  
Currency translation and other adjustments   (55 )   17     11     18     67     469     527  
Reclassifications   (2 )   34     (31 )       (1 )        
Additions   348     331     25     322     597     3,136     4,759  
Expenditure on investment properties   53                         53  
Change in fair value of investment properties   26                         26  
Disposals and write-off of fully depreciated assets   (176 )   (560 )   (71 )   (127 )   (466 )   (1,372 )   (2,772 )
Disposals of subsidiaries   (9 )   (19 )       (10 )   (30 )   (111 )   (179 )






















At 31 December 2005   4,347     2,681     338     1,045     3,310     11,569     23,290  
   



















                                           
Accumulated depreciation and amortisation:                                          
At 1 January 2005       417     138     280     1,831     1,782     4,448  
Currency translation and other adjustments       4         6     31     141     182  
Disposals and write-off of fully depreciated assets       (91 )   (24 )   (29 )   (340 )   (159 )   (643 )
Disposals of subsidiaries               (2 )   (21 )   (53 )   (76 )
Depreciation charge for the year       60     7     64     390     805     1,326  






















At 31 December 2005       390     121     319     1,891     2,516     5,237  
   



















                                           
Net book value at 31 December 2005   4,347     2,291     217     726     1,419     9,053     18,053  
   




















120






    2006
£m
  2005
£m





Contracts for future capital expenditure not provided for in the accounts        
   at the year end (excluding investment properties and operating lease assets)   117   38
Contractual obligations to purchase, construct or develop investment        
   properties or to repair, maintain or enhance investment properties   6   4
Property, plant and equipment pledged as security   1,222   1,250






Investment properties are valued to reflect fair value, that is, the market value of the Group’s interest at the reporting date excluding any special terms or circumstances relating to the use or financing of the property and transaction costs that would be incurred in making a sale. Observed market data such as rental yield, replacement cost and useful life, reflect relatively few transactions involving property that, necessarily, is not identical to property owned by the Group.

Valuations are carried out by qualified surveyors who are members of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, or an equivalent overseas body. The 31 December 2006 valuation for a significant majority of the Group’s investment properties was undertaken by external valuers.

The fair value of investment properties includes £451 million (2005 – £100 million) of appreciation since purchase.

Rental income from investment properties was £278 million (2005 – £250 million; 2004 – £241 million). Direct operating expenses of investment properties were £54 million (2005 – £61 million; 2004 – £72 million).

Property, plant and equipment, excluding investment properties, include £607 million (2005 – £84 million) assets in the course of construction.

121






Notes on the accounts continued

 

19 Derivatives

Companies in the Group enter into derivatives as principal either as a trading activity or to manage balance sheet foreign exchange, interest rate and credit risk. Derivatives include swaps, forwards, futures and options. They may be traded on an organised exchange (exchange-traded) or over-the-counter (OTC). Holders of exchange traded derivatives are generally required to provide margin daily in the form of cash or other collateral.

Swaps include currency swaps, interest rate swaps, credit default swaps, total return swaps and equity and equity index swaps. A swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows in the future in accordance with a pre-arranged formula. In currency swap transactions, interest payment obligations are exchanged on assets and liabilities denominated in different currencies; the exchange of principal may be notional or actual. Interest rate swap contracts generally involve exchange of fixed and floating interest payment obligations without the exchange of the underlying principal amounts.

Forwards include forward foreign exchange contracts and forward rate agreements. A forward contract is a contract to buy (or sell) a specified amount of a physical or financial commodity, at an agreed price, on an agreed future date. Forward foreign exchange contracts are contracts for the delayed delivery of currency on a specified future date. Forward rate agreements are contracts under which two counterparties agree on the interest to be paid on a notional deposit of a specified maturity at a specific future date; there is no exchange of principal.

Futures are exchange-traded forward contracts to buy (or sell) standardised amounts of underlying physical or financial commodities. The Group buys and sells currency, interest rate and equity futures.

Options include exchange-traded options on currencies, interest rates and equities and equity indices and OTC currency and equity options, interest rate caps and floors and swaptions. They are contracts that give the holder the right but not the obligation to buy (or sell) a specified amount of the underlying physical or financial commodity at an agreed price on an agreed date or over an agreed period.

The Group enters into fair value and cash flow hedges and hedges of net investments in foreign operations. Fair value hedges principally involve interest rate swaps hedging the interest rate risk in recognised financial assets and financial liabilities. Similarly, the majority of the Group’s cash flow hedges relate to exposure to variability in future interest payments and receipts on forecast transactions and on recognised financial assets and financial liabilities and hedged by interest rate swaps for periods of up to 26 years. The Group hedges its net investments in foreign operations with currency borrowings.

For cash flow hedge relationships of interest rate risk the hedged items are actual and forecast variable interest rate cash flows arising from financial assets and financial liabilities with interest rates linked to LIBOR or the Bank of England Official Bank Rate. The financial assets are customer loans and the financial liabilities are customer deposits and LIBOR linked medium-term notes and other issued securities.

For cash flow hedging relationships, the initial and ongoing prospective effectiveness is assessed by comparing movements in the fair value of the expected highly probable forecast interest cash flows with movements in the fair value of the expected changes in cash flows from the hedging interest rate swap. Prospective effectiveness is measured on a cumulative basis i.e. over the entire life of the hedge relationship. The method of calculating hedge ineffectiveness is the hypothetical derivative method. Retrospective effectiveness is assessed by comparing the actual movements in the fair value of the cash flows and actual movements in the fair value of the hedged cash flows from the interest rate swap over the life to date of the hedging relationship.

For fair value hedge relationships of interest rate risk the hedged items are typically large corporate fixed-rate loans, fixed-rate finance leases, fixed-rate medium-term notes or preference shares classified as debt. The initial and ongoing prospective effectiveness of fair value hedge relationships is assessed on a cumulative basis by comparing movements in the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk with changes in the fair value of the hedging interest rate swap. Retrospective effectiveness is assessed by comparing the actual movements in the fair value of the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk with actual movements in the fair value of the hedging derivative over the life to date of the hedging relationship.

122






            Group        
   










    2006        2005
   




 




    Notional amounts
£bn
  Assets
£m
  Liabilities
£m
  Notional amounts
£bn
  Assets
£m
  Liabilities
£m













Exchange rate contracts                        
Spot, forwards and futures   1,158   11,290   11,806   885   10,758   10,214
Currency swaps   255   5,023   4,735   221   3,228   3,849
Options purchased   361   7,408     301   6,438  
Options written   364     6,646   315     6,101
                         
Interest rate contracts                        
Interest rate swaps   12,038   76,671   78,979   7,234   65,618   67,156
Options purchased   1,763   10,852     814   5,988  
Options written   1,589     10,489   719     5,557
Futures and forwards   1,823   285   328   1,482   268   325
                         
Credit derivatives   346   2,336   2,338   217   1,455   1,355
                         
Equity and commodity contracts   82   2,816   2,791   61   1,910   1,881













        116,681   118,112       95,663   96,438
       


     


Included in the above are cash flow hedging derivatives as follows:                        
     Spot, forwards and futures       41         5   25
           Interest rate swaps       336   451       431   373
                         
Included in the above are fair value hedging derivatives as follows:                        
           Interest rate swaps       804   384       1,096   676














Hedge ineffectiveness recognised in other operating income comprised fair value hedges – gain of £4 million (2005 – loss of £24 million) and cash flow hedges – gain of £4 million (2005 – gain of £12 million).

The company held derivative liabilities with a fair value of £42 million (2005 – £55 million derivative assets) and notional amount of £1 billion (2005 – £1 billion).

123






Notes on the accounts continued

 

20 Prepayments, accrued income and other assets   Group      Company
   






    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2006
£m
  2005
£m









Prepayments   946   1,274    
Accrued income   668   857    
Deferred expenses   367   372    
Other assets   6,155   6,295   3   147









    8,136   8,798   3   147
   






                 
                 
21 Deposits by banks   Group      Company
   






    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2006
£m
  2005
£m









Held-for-trading   57,452   32,067    
Amortised cost   74,691   78,340   738   951









    132,143   110,407   738   951
   






                 
Amounts above include:                
Repurchase agreements   76,376   47,905    
Items in the course of transmission to other banks   799   722        
Due to subsidiaries           738   944









                 
                 
22 Customer accounts   Group      Company
   






    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2006
£m
  2005
£m









Held-for-trading   46,797   34,645    
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss (1)   3,922   3,683    
Amortised cost   333,503   304,539     55









    384,222   342,867     55
   






                 
Amounts above include:                
Repurchase agreements   63,984   48,754    
Due to subsidiaries             55









                 
Note:
(1) The amounts include investment contracts with a carrying value of £2,246 million (2005 – £2,296 million). The carrying amount of other customer accounts designated as at fair value through profit or loss is £140 million (2005 – £114 million) greater than the principal amount. No amounts have been recognised in profit or loss for changes in credit risk associated with these liabilities as the changes are immaterial measured as the change in fair value from movements in the period in the credit risk premium payable by the Group.

                 
                 
23 Debt securities in issue   Group      Company
   






    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2006
£m
  2005
£m









Held-for-trading   2,141   1,469    
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss (1)   10,499   11,068    
Amortised cost   73,323   77,883   2,139   2,942









    85,963   90,420   2,139   2,942
   






                 
Amounts above include:                
Bonds and medium term notes   43,408   26,339   2,130   2,942
Certificates of deposit and other commercial paper   42,555   64,081   9  









Note:
(1) No amounts have been recognised in profit or loss for changes in credit risk associated with these liabilities as the changes are immaterial measured as the change in fair value from movements in the period in the credit risk premium payable by the Group. The carrying amount is £383 million (2005 – £365 million) lower than the principal amount.

124






24 Settlement balances and short positions           Group
           


            2006
£m
  2005
£m









Settlement balances – amortised cost           5,667   6,561
Short positions – held-for-trading:                
       Debt securities – Government           36,901   30,749
                             – Other issuers           5,843   5,355
       Treasury and other eligible bills           654   1,178
       Equity shares           411   145









            49,476   43,988
           


                 
                 
25 Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities   Group      Company
   






    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2006
£m
  2005
£m









Notes in circulation   1,453   1,365    
Current taxation   789   952    
Accruals   4,412   3,875     13
Deferred income   3,377   3,333    
Other liabilities   5,629   4,722   15   1









    15,660   14,247   15   14
   






                 
Amounts above include:                
Due to subsidiaries             1









Note:
(1) Other liabilities include £10 million (2005 – £10 million) in respect of share-based compensation.

Included in other liabilities are provisions for liabilities and charges as follows:

      Group  
   

    £m  




At 1 January 2006   162  
Currency translation and other movements   (1 )
Charge to income statement   101  
Releases to income statement   (20 )
Provisions utilised   (42 )




At 31 December 2006   200  
   

Note:
(1) Comprises property provisions and other provisions arising in the normal course of business.

125






Notes on the accounts continued

 

26 Deferred taxation                        
             
Provision for deferred taxation has been made as follows:   Group        Company  
   




 




    2006
£m
    2005
£m
    2006
£m
    2005
£m
 













Deferred tax liability   3,264     1,695          
Deferred tax asset (included in Prepayments, accrued income and other assets, Note 20)   (156 )   (156 )   (3 )   (3 )













Net deferred tax   3,108     1,539     (3 )   (3 )
   











    Group  
   




























    Pension
£m
    Accelerated
capital
allowances
£m
    Provisions
£m
    Deferred
gains
£m
    IAS
transition
£m
    Fair
value of
financial
instruments
£m
    Intangibles
£m
    Cash flow
hedging
£m
    Other
£m
    Total
£m
 































At 1 January 2005   (999 )   3,205     (682 )   142     (275 )   65     162     12     149     1,779  
Charge to income statement   53     433     52     (21 )   (52 )   48     (18 )       (125 )   370  
Charge to equity directly   (238 )                   (217 )       (59 )   (39 )   (553 )
Other   2     15     (34 )           (4 )   4     2     (42 )   (57 )































At 1 January 2006   (1,182 )   3,653     (664 )   121     (327 )   (108 )   148     (45 )   (57 )   1,539  
Charge to income statement   57     254     360     131     (365 )   (34 )   127     (1 )   (30 )   499  
Charge to equity directly   519             666     (2 )   2         (41 )   (14 )   1,130  
Other   (22 )   (89 )   20     4     25     8     (20 )   (10 )   24     (60 )































At 31 December 2006   (628 )   3,818     (284 )   922     (669 )   (132 )   255     (97 )   (77 )   3,108  
   





























    Company*  
   

    £m  




At 1 January 2005   (5 )
Charge to equity directly   2  




At 1 January 2006 and 31 December 2006   (3 )
   

* All relates to hedging.
   
  Notes:
(1) Deferred tax assets of £86 million (2005 – £51 million) have not been recognised in respect of tax losses carried forward of £254 million (2005 – £150 million) as it is not considered probable that taxable profits will arise against which they could be utilised. Of these losses, £44 million will expire within one year and a further £92 million within five years. The balance of tax losses carried forward has no time limit.
(2) Deferred tax liabilities of £649 million (2005 – £830 million) have not been recognised in respect of retained earnings of overseas subsidiaries and held-over gains on the incorporation of overseas branches. Retained earnings of overseas subsidiaries are expected to be reinvested indefinitely or remitted to the UK free from further taxation. No taxation is expected to arise in the foreseeable future in respect of held-over gains.

126






27 Insurance liabilities        
         
    Group
   


    2006
£m
  2005
£m





     Life assurance business:        
           Unit linked insurance contracts   379   325
           Other linked insurance contracts   1,334   1,315
           Other insurance contracts   496   659
     General insurance business   5,247   4,913





    7,456   7,212
   



General insurance business

(i) Claims and loss adjustment expenses

          Group        
   







    Gross
£m
    Reinsurance
£m
    Net
£m
 










Notified claims   3,137     (296 )   2,841  
Incurred but not reported   1,367     (131 )   1,236  










At 1 January 2005   4,504     (427 )   4,077  
Cash paid for claims settled in the year   (3,474 )   147     (3,327 )
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities                  
 – arising from current year claims   4,220     (96 )   4,124  
 – arising from prior year claims   (344 )   29     (315 )
Net exchange differences   7     (1 )   6  










At 31 December 2005   4,913     (348 )   4,565  
   







                   
Notified claims   3,465     (208 )   3,257  
Incurred but not reported   1,448     (140 )   1,308  










At 1 January 2006   4,913     (348 )   4,565  
Cash paid for claims settled in the year   (3,687 )   106     (3,581 )
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities                  
 – arising from current year claims   4,267     (53 )   4,214  
 – arising from prior year claims   (242 )   4     (238 )
Net exchange differences   (4 )       (4 )










At 31 December 2006   5,247     (291 )   4,956  
   







                   
Notified claims   3,735     (205 )   3,530  
Incurred but not reported   1,512     (86 )   1,426  










At 31 December 2006   5,247     (291 )   4,956  
   







                   
                   
(ii) Provisions for unearned premiums and unexpired short-term insurance risks                  
          Group        
   







Unearned premium provision   Gross
£m
    Reinsurance
£m
    Net
£m
 










At 1 January 2005   2,895     (98 )   2,797  
Release in the year   (12 )   71     59  










At 1 January 2006   2,883     (27 )   2,856  
Increase in the year       (16 )   (16 )
Release in the year   (33 )       (33 )










At 31 December 2006   2,850     (43 )   2,807  
   








127






Notes on the accounts continued

 

27 Insurance liabilities (continued)            
             
    Group     
   




Gross performance of life business (life contracts)   2006
£m
    2005
£m
(1)







Profit from existing business:            
 Expected return   26     30  
 Experience variances   (3 )   (2 )







    23     28  
New business contribution (2)   12     (4 )
Operating assumption changes   5     1  
Investment return variances   1     7  
Economic assumption changes   (1 )   1  
Other   17     19  







Total movement in the year   57     52  
   





Notes:
(1)      Prior year comparatives have been reanalysed to be consistent with 2006 presentation.
(2)      New business contribution represents the present value of future profits on new insurance contract business written during the year.
      Group  
   




Movement in provision for liabilities under life contracts and under linked and other investment contracts   Life
contracts
£m
    Investment
contracts
£m
 







At 1 January 2005   2,041     2,102  
Implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005   47      
Premiums received   429     86  
Fees and expenses   (11 )   (21 )
Investment return   252     333  
Actuarial adjustments   (91 )    
Account balances paid on surrender and other terminations in the year   (368 )   (204 )







At 1 January 2006   2,299     2,296  
Premiums received   588     83  
Fees and expenses   (30 )   (19 )
Investment return   235     182  
Actuarial adjustments   (454 )    
Account balances paid on surrender and other terminations in the year   (429 )   (296 )







At 31 December 2006   2,209     2,246  
   




             
             
Changes in assumptions during the year were not material to the profit recognised.            
             
             
Assets backing linked liabilities   2006
£m
    2005
£m
 







Debt securities   1,540     1,514  
Equity securities   2,243     2,255  
Other investments   3     8  
Cash and cash equivalents   73     52  
             
The associated liabilities are:            
Linked contracts classified as insurance contracts   1,713     1,640  
Linked contracts classified as investment contracts (within customer deposits)   2,146     2,189  








There are no options and guarantees relating to life assurance contracts that could in aggregate have a material effect on the amount, timing and uncertainty of the Group’s future cash flows.

128






28 Subordinated liabilities                
    Group      Company
   






    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2006
£m
  2005
£m









     Designated as at fair value through profit or loss   124   150    
     Amortised cost   27,530   28,124   8,194   9,242









    27,654   28,274   8,194   9,242
   






                 
    Group      Company
   






    2006
£m
  2005
£m
  2006
£m
  2005
£m









     Dated loan capital   13,772   13,001   5,531   5,635
     Undated loan capital   9,555   10,132   834   1,244
     Preference shares   2,277   2,840   1,829   2,363
     Trust preferred securities   2,050   2,301    









    27,654   28,274   8,194   9,242
   







Certain preference shares are classified as liabilities; these securities remain subject to the capital maintenance rules of the Companies Act 1985.

The following tables analyse the remaining maturity of subordinated liabilities by (1) the final redemption date; and (2) the next callable date.

        Group
       












2006 – final redemption       2007
£m
  2008
£m
  2009 – 2011
£m
  2012– 2016
£m
  Thereafter
£m
  Perpetual
£m
  Total
£m

















Sterling       352       772   391   5,960   7,475
US$       112   87   1,123   3,938   229   4,893   10,382
Euro       187   173   955   2,656   1,578   2,381   7,930
Other       24       984   445   414   1,867

















Total       675   260   2,078   8,350   2,643   13,648   27,654

















                                 
                                 
    Group
   














2006 – call date   Currently
£m
  2007
£m
  2008
£m
  2009 – 2011
£m
  2012– 2016
£m
  Thereafter
£m
  Perpetual
£m
  Total
£m

















Sterling     502     1,103   2,161   3,543   166   7,475
US$   1,843   1,200   469   3,835   1,859   1,176     10,382
Euro     274   948   1,634   4,473   565   36   7,930
Other     24     701   1,043   99     1,867

















Total   1,843   2,000   1,417   7,273   9,536   5,383   202   27,654

















                                 
                                 
                                 
        Group
       












2005 – final redemption       2006
£m
  2007
£m
  2008 – 2010
£m
  2011– 2015
£m
  Thereafter
£m
  Perpetual
£m
  Total
£m

















Sterling       51   150     1,123   415   6,083   7,822
US$       412     811   3,537   555   6,552   11,867
Euro       129     836   3,003   1,164   2,539   7,671
Other       10     356   425     123   914

















Total       602   150   2,003   8,088   2,134   15,297   28,274

















                                 
                                 
    Group
   














2005 – call date   Currently
£m
  2006
£m
  2007
£m
  2008 – 2010
£m
  2011– 2015
£m
  Thereafter
£m
  Perpetual
£m
  Total
£m

















Sterling   139   331   324   761   1,188   4,913   166   7,822
US$   2,386   878   622   2,637   3,079   2,265     11,867
Euro     148     1,997   2,659   2,830   37   7,671
Other     10     781     123     914

















Total   2,525   1,367   946   6,176   6,926   10,131   203   28,274


















129






Notes on the accounts continued

 

28 Subordinated liabilities (continued)                                
                                 
        Company
       












2006 – final redemption       2007
£m
  2008
£m
  2009 – 2011
£m
  2012– 2016
£m
  Thereafter
£m
  Perpetual
£m
  Total
£m

















Sterling               399   199   598
US$       63     355   1,227   2,301   2,440   6,386
Euro       41         1,169     1,210

















Total       104     355   1,227   3,869   2,639   8,194

















                                 
                                 
    Company
   














2006 – call date   Currently
£m
  2007
£m
  2008
£m
  2009 – 2011
£m
  2012– 2016
£m
  Thereafter
£m
  Perpetual
£m
  Total
£m

















Sterling         198     399   1   598
US$   762   203   380   1,287   2,643   1,111     6,386
Euro     41       1,169       1,210

















Total   762   244   380   1,485   3,812   1,510   1   8,194

















                                 
                                 
                                 
        Company
       












2005 – final redemption       2006
£m
  2007
£m
  2008 – 2010
£m
  2011– 2015
£m
  Thereafter
£m
  Perpetual
£m
  Total
£m

















Sterling                 198   198
US$       33     232   1,572   2,269   3,744   7,850
Euro               1,194     1,194

















Total       33     232   1,572   3,463   3,942   9,242

















                                 
                                 
    Company
   














2005 – call date   Currently
£m
  2006
£m
  2007
£m
  2008 – 2010
£m
  2011– 2015
£m
  Thereafter
£m
  Perpetual
£m
  Total
£m

















Sterling         197       1   198
US$   1,079   428   159   1,297   1,572   3,315     7,850
Euro             1,194     1,194

















Total   1,079   428   159   1,494   1,572   4,509   1   9,242


















130






Dated loan capital            
    2006
£m
    2005
£m
 







The company            
US$400 million 6.4% subordinated notes 2009 (1)   206     236  
US$300 million 6.375% subordinated notes 2011 (1)   163     190  
US$750 million 5% subordinated notes 2013 (1)   375     433  
US$750 million 5% subordinated notes 2014 (1)   373     432  
US$250 million 5% subordinated notes 2014 (1)   125     145  
US$675 million 5.05% subordinated notes 2015 (1)   351     406  
US$350 million 4.7% subordinated notes 2018 (1)   169     197  







    1,762 *   2,039 *
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc            
£150 million 8.375% subordinated notes 2007   162     165  
255 million 5.25% subordinated notes 2008   177     187  
300 million 4.875% subordinated notes 2009   212     224  
US$350 million floating rate subordinated notes 2012 (callable July 2007)   184     205  
US$500 million floating rate subordinated notes 2012 (callable July 2007)   254     293  
130 million floating rate subordinated notes 2012 (callable July 2007)   88     90  
1,000 million floating rate subordinated notes 2013 (callable October 2008)   677     690  
US$50 million floating rate subordinated notes 2013   25     29  
1,000 million 6% subordinated notes 2013   745     792  
500 million 6% subordinated notes 2013   342     363  
£150 million 10.5% subordinated bonds 2013 (2)   168     176  
US$1,250 million floating rate subordinated notes 2014 (callable July 2009)   643     732  
AUD590 million 6% subordinated notes 2014 (callable October 2009)   235     254  
AUD410 million floating rate subordinated notes 2014 (callable October 2009)   167     176  
CAD700 million 4.25% subordinated notes 2015 (callable March 2010)   307     348  
£250 million 9.625% subordinated bonds 2015   287     299  
US$750 million floating rate subordinated notes 2015 (callable September 2010)   381     435  
750 million floating rate subordinated notes 2015   531     574  
CHF400 million 2.375% subordinated notes 2015   160     174  
CHF100 million 2.375% subordinated notes 2015   43     44  
CHF200 million 2.375% subordinated notes 2015 (issued April 2006)   81      
US$500 million floating rate subordinated notes 2016 (callable October 2011)   257     293  
US$1,500 million floating rate subordinated notes 2016 (issued April 2006; callable April 2011)   773      
500 million 4.5% subordinated 2016 (callable January 2011)   350     372  
CHF200 million 2.75% subordinated notes 2017 (issued December 2006; callable December 2012)   84      
100 million floating rate subordinated notes 2017   67     69  
500 million floating rate subordinated notes 2017 (issued June 2006; callable June 2012)   337      
750 million 4.35% subordinated notes 2017 (issued October 2006; callable October 2017)   502      
AUD450 million 6.5% subordinated notes 2017 (issued November 2006; callable February 2012)   184      
AUD450 million floating rate subordinated notes 2017 (issued November 2006; callable February 2012)   182      
US$125.6 million floating rate subordinated notes 2020   65     74  
1,000 million 4.625% subordinated notes 2021 (callable September 2016)   687     747  
             
National Westminster Bank Plc            
US$1,000 million 7.375% rate subordinated notes 2009   516     589  
600 million 6% subordinated notes 2010   440     469  
£300 million 8.125% step-up subordinated notes 2011 (redeemed December 2006)       309  
500 million 5.125% subordinated notes 2011   343     349  
£300 million 7.875% subordinated notes 2015   350     373  
£300 million 6.5% subordinated notes 2021   332     353  
             
Charter One Financial, Inc            
US$400 million 6.375% subordinated notes 2012   218     252  
             
Greenwich Capital Holdings, Inc            
US$105 million subordinated loan capital 2006 floating rate notes (redeemed October 2006)       61  
US$500 million subordinated loan capital 2010 floating rate notes (callable December 2007)   256     291  
US$170 million subordinated loan capital floating rate notes 2008 (issued October 2006)   87      
             
First Active Plc            
US$35 million 7.24% subordinated bonds 2012 (callable December 2007)   22     22  
£60 million 6.375% subordinated bonds 2018 (callable April 2013)   65     65  
             
Other minority interest subordinated issues   24     24  







    13,772     13,001  
   





* In addition the company has issued 0.5 million subordinated loan notes of €1,000 each, 1.95 million subordinated loan notes of US$1,000 each and 0.4 million subordinated loan notes of £1,000 each. These loan notes are included in the company balance sheet as loan capital but are reclassified as minority interest Trust Preferred Securities on consolidation (see Note 29).
Notes:
(1)      On-lent to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc on a subordinated basis.
(2)      Unconditionally guaranteed by the company.
(3)      In the event of certain changes in tax laws, dated loan capital issues may be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at the option of the issuer, at the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, subject to prior regulatory approval.
(4)      Except as stated above, claims in respect of the Group’s dated loan capital are subordinated to the claims of other creditors. None of the Group’s dated loan capital is secured.
(5)      Interest on all floating rate subordinated notes is calculated by reference to market rates.

131






Notes on the accounts continued

 

28 Subordinated liabilities (continued)

Undated loan capital

    2006
£m
  2005
£m





The company        
US$200 million 8.5% exchangeable capital securities, Series A (redeemed January 2006) (1)     117
US$50 million undated 7.993% capital securities (redeemed January 2006) (1)     30
US$35 million undated 7.755% capital securities (redeemed January 2006) (1)     20
US$350 million undated floating rate primary capital notes (callable on any interest payment date) (1)   178   203
US$200 million undated 7.375% reset capital securities (redeemed April 2006) (1)     119
US$75 million floating rate perpetual capital securities (callable September 2007) (1)   38   44
US$1,200 million 7.648% perpetual regulatory tier one securities (callable September 2031) (1,2)   618   711





    834   1,244
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc        
£150 million 5.625% undated subordinated notes (callable June 2032)   144   149
£175 million 7.375% undated subordinated notes (callable August 2010)   183   191
152 million 5.875% undated subordinated notes (callable October 2008)   105   111
£350 million 6.25% undated subordinated notes (callable December 2012)   350   366
£500 million 6% undated subordinated notes (callable September 2014)   512   540
500 million 5.125% undated subordinated notes (callable July 2014)   350   378
1,000 million floating rate undated subordinated notes (callable July 2014)   675   688
£500 million 5.125% undated subordinated notes (callable March 2016)   493   516
£200 million 5.625% subordinated upper tier 2 notes (callable September 2026)   210   213
£125 million 9.25% undated subordinated step-up notes (redeemed April 2006)     136
£600 million 5.5% undated subordinated notes (callable December 2019)   594   628
£500 million 6.2% undated subordinated notes (callable March 2022)   546   570
£200 million 9.5% undated subordinated bonds (callable August 2018) (3)   229   243
£400 million 5.625% subordinated upper tier 2 notes (callable September 2026)   397   404
£300 million 5.625% undated subordinated notes (callable September 2026)   326   359
£350 million 5.625% undated subordinated notes (callable June 2032)   362   358
£150 million undated subordinated floating rate step-up notes (callable March 2007)   150   150
£400 million 5% undated subordinated notes (issued March 2006; callable March 2011)   395  
JPY25 billion 2.605% undated subordinates notes (callable November 2034)   99   123
CAD700 million 5.37% fixed rate undated subordinated notes (issued May 2006; callable May 2016)   317  
         
National Westminster Bank Plc        
US$500 million primary capital floating rate notes, Series A (callable on any interest payment date)   256   291
US$500 million primary capital floating rate notes, Series B (callable on any interest payment date)   267   295
US$500 million primary capital floating rate notes, Series C (callable on any interest payment date)   254   294
US$500 million 7.875% exchangeable capital securities (redeemed January 2006)     295
US$500 million 7.75% reset subordinated notes (callable October 2007)   262   305
400 million 6.625% fixed/floating rate undated subordinated notes (callable October 2009)   280   299
100 million floating rate undated step-up notes (callable October 2009)   68   70
£325 million 7.625% undated subordinated step-up notes (callable January 2010)   359   372
£200 million 7.125% undated subordinated step-up notes (callable October 2022)   205   205
£200 million 11.5% undated subordinated notes (callable December 2022) (4)   272   277
         
First Active plc        
£20 million 11.75% perpetual tier two capital   23   23
38 million 11.375% perpetual tier two capital   36   37
£1.3 million floating rate perpetual tier two capital   2   2





    9,555   10,132
   



Notes:
(1)      On-lent to The Royal Bank of Scotland plc on a subordinated basis.
(2)      The company can satisfy interest payment obligations by issuing ordinary shares to appointed Trustees sufficient to enable them, on selling these shares, to settle the interest payment.
(3)      Guaranteed by the company.
(4)      Exchangeable at the option of the issuer into 200 million 8.392% (gross) non-cumulative preference shares of £1 each of National Westminster Bank Plc at any time.
(5)      Except as stated above, claims in respect of the Group’s undated loan capital are subordinated to the claims of other creditors. None of the Group’s undated loan capital is secured.
(6)      In the event of certain changes in tax laws, undated loan capital issues may be redeemed in whole, but not in part, at the option of the Group, at the principal amount thereof plus accrued interest, subject to prior regulatory approval.
(7)      Interest on all floating rate subordinated notes is calculated by reference to market rates.

132






Preference shares        
    2006
£m
  2005
£m





The company        
Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 (1)        
       Series D US$175 million 8.2125% (redeemed March 2006)     103
       Series E US$200 million 8.1% (2)   102   116
       Series F US$200 million 7.65% (redeemable March 2007)   102   116
       Series G US$250 million 7.4% (2)   126   146
       Series H US$300 million 7.25% (redeemable at option of issuer)   153   175
       Series I US$300 million 8% (redeemed March 2006)     175
       Series K US$400 million 7.875% (2)   203   235
       Series L US$850 million 5.75% (redeemable September 2009)   429   492
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of US$0.01 (1)        
       Series 1 US$1,000 million 9.118% (redeemable March 2010)   515   607
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £0.01 (1)        
       Series 1 £200 million 7.387% (redeemable December 2010)   200   197
Cumulative preference shares of £1        
       £0.5 million 11% (non-redeemable)   1   1
       £0.4 million 5.5% (non-redeemable)    





    1,831   2,363
National Westminster Bank Plc        
Non-cumulative preference shares of £1        
       Series A £140 million 9% (non-redeemable)   142   140
Non-cumulative preference shares of US$25        
       Series B US$250 million 7.8752% (3)   141   156
       Series C US$300 million 7.7628% (4)   163   181





    2,277   2,840
   


Notes:
(1)  Further details of the contractual terms of the preference shares are given in Note 30 on page 137.
(2) Redeemed in January 2007.
(3) Series B preference shares each carry a gross dividend of 8.75% inclusive of associated tax credit. These preference shares were redeemed in January 2007.
(4) Series C preference shares each carry a gross dividend of 8.625% inclusive of associated tax credit. Redeemable at the option of the issuer at a premium of US$0.30 reducing to nil if the date of redemption falls after 8 April 2007.
         
Trust preferred securities (1)        
    2006
£m
  2005
£m





1,250 million 6.467% (redeemable June 2012)   918   993
US$750 million 6.8% (redeemable March 2008)   382   436
US$850 million 4.709% (redeemable July 2013)   409   494
US$650 million 6.425% (redeemable January 2034)   341   378





    2,050   2,301
   


Note:
(1) The trust preferred securities have no maturity date and are not redeemable at the option of the holders at any time. These securities may with the consent of the UK Financial Services Authority be redeemed, by the issuer on the dates specified above or on any interest payment date thereafter. They may also be redeemed in whole, but not in part, upon the occurrence of certain tax and regulatory events. These securities are included in the company balance sheet as dated loan capital.

133






Notes on the accounts continued

 

29 Minority interests     Group     
   




    2006
£m
    2005
£m
 







At 1 January   2,109     3,492  
Implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 on 1 January 2005       (2,541 )
Currency translation adjustments and other movements   (297 )   53  
Profit attributable to minority interests   104     57  
Dividends paid   (66 )   (95 )
Unrealised gains on available-for-sale securities   2,140      
Equity raised   1,354     1,264  
Equity withdrawn   (81 )   (121 )







At 31 December   5,263     2,109  
   




             
             
Included in minority interests are the following trust preferred securities: (1)            
    2006     2005  
    £m     £m  







US$950 million 5.512% (redeemable September 2014)   529     529  
US$1,000 million 3 month US$ LIBOR plus 0.80% (redeemable September 2014)   555     555  
500 million 4.243% (redeemable January 2016)   337     337  
£400 million 5.6457% (issued December 2006; redeemable June 2017)   400      







    1,821     1,421  
   





Note:
(1) The trust preferred securities have no maturity date and are not redeemable at the option of the holders at any time. These securities may, with the consent of the UK Financial Services Authority, be redeemed, in whole or in part, by the issuer on the dates specified above or on any interest payment date thereafter. They may also be redeemed in whole, but not in part, upon the occurrence of certain tax and regulatory events. These securities are included in the company balance sheet as dated loan capital.

134






30 Share capital   Allotted, called up and fully paid        Authorised
   






 


    1 January
2006
£m
  Issued
during the year
£m
  Cancelled
during the year
£m
  31 December
2006
£m
  31 December
2006
£m
  31 December
2005
£m













Equity shares                        
Ordinary shares of 25p   799   2   13   788   1,270   1,270
Non-voting deferred shares of £0.01   27       27   323   323













Total equity share capital   826   2   13   815   1,593   1,593













                         
Non-equity shares                        
Additional Value Shares of £0.01           27   27
Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01   1       1   2   2
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of US$0.01            
Non-cumulative preference shares of 0.01            
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of €0.01            
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £0.25           225   225
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £0.01            
Cumulative preference shares of £1   1       1   1   1
Non-cumulative preference shares of £1           300   300













Total non-equity share capital   2       2   555   555













Total share capital   828   2   13   817   2,148   2,148
   










                         
                         
    Allotted, called up and fully paid   Authorised
   




 




Number of shares – thousands   2006   2005   2004   2006   2005   2004













Ordinary shares of 25p   3,152,844   3,196,544   3,172,605   5,079,375   5,079,375   4,079,375
Non-voting deferred shares of £0.01   2,660,556   2,660,556   2,660,556   32,300,000   32,300,000   32,300,000
Additional Value Shares of £0.01         2,700,000   2,700,000   2,700,000
Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01   240,000   206,000   153,000   419,500   419,500   348,500
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of US$0.01   1,000   1,000   1,900   3,900   3,900   3,900
Non-cumulative preference shares of 0.01   2,500   2,500   1,250   66,000   66,000   66,000
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of €0.01       750   3,000   3,000   3,000
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £0.25         900,000   900,000   900,000
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £0.01   200   200   200   1,000   1,000   1,000
Cumulative preference shares of £1   900   900   900   900   900   900
Non-cumulative preference shares of £1         300,000   300,000   300,000














Movement in ordinary shares in issue during the year    
  Number of shares
— thousands
 



At 1 January 2006 3,196,544  
Shares issued during the year 9,999  
Shares repurchased and cancelled during the year (53,699 )



At 31 December 2006 3,152,844  
 


135






Notes on the accounts continued

 

30 Share capital (continued)

Ordinary shares

The following issues of ordinary shares were made during the year ended 31 December 2006:

(a)      7.5 million ordinary shares following the exercise of options under the company’s executive, sharesave and option 2000 schemes and a further 0.3 million ordinary shares in respect of the exercise of options under the NatWest executive scheme which had been exchanged for options over the company’s shares following the acquisition of NatWest in 2000; and
 
(b)      2.2 million ordinary shares under the company’s employee share ownership plan.

Consideration of £104 million was received on the issue of ordinary shares for cash.

During the year ended 31 December 2006, options were granted over 13.6 million ordinary shares under the company’s executive and sharesave schemes. At 31 December 2006, options granted under the company’s various schemes, exercisable up to 2016 at prices ranging from 558p to 1852p per share, were outstanding in respect of 65 million ordinary shares.

In addition, options granted under the NatWest executive scheme were outstanding in respect of 0.6 million ordinary shares exercisable up to 2009 at prices ranging from 500p to 924p per share.

During the year the company purchased in the market 54.4 million of its ordinary shares at a total cost of £1,005 million. A total of 695,000 shares repurchased on 28 and 29 December 2006 were not cancelled until 3 and 4 January 2007. These shares are therefore included in issued ordinary share capital as at 31 December 2006.

Employee share trusts purchased 13.8 million ordinary shares at a cost of £252.5 million and awarded 7.8 million ordinary shares on receipt of £108 million on the exercise of awards under employee share schemes.

Transaction costs of £5 million were incurred by the company in purchasing its ordinary shares. The employee share trusts incurred costs of £1.9 million in purchasing the company’s ordinary shares.

Preference shares

In March 2006, the company redeemed the 7 million Series D and the 12 million Series I, non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each at US$25 per share.

In May 2006, the company issued 27 million Series Q non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each at US$25 per share, the net proceeds being US$655 million.

In December 2006, the company issued 26 million Series R non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 at US$25 each, the net proceeds being US$631 million.

In January 2007, the company redeemed the 8 million Series E, the 10 million series G and the 16 million series K, non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each at US$25 per share.

The costs of issue and discounts allowed on preference shares issued during the year were £20 million.

Under IFRS certain of the Group’s preference shares are classified as debt and are included in subordinated liabilities on the balance sheet.

136






Non-cumulative preference shares

Non-cumulative preference shares entitle the holders thereof to receive periodic non-cumulative cash dividends at specified fixed rates for each Series payable out of distributable profits of the company.

The non-cumulative preference shares are redeemable at the option of the company, in whole or in part from time to time at the rates detailed below plus dividends otherwise payable for the then current dividend period accrued to the date of redemption.

Number Redemption Redemption
Class of preference share of shares Interest date on price Debt or
in issue rate or after per share equity (1)

Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01
       Series E (2) 8 million 8.1 % 17 October 2006   US$25 Debt
       Series F 8 million 7.65 % 31 March 2007   US$25 Debt
       Series G (2) 10 million 7.4 % 31 March 2003   US$25 Debt
       Series H 12 million 7.25 % 31 March 2004   US$25 Debt
       Series K (2) 16 million 7.875 % 30 June 2006   US$25 Debt
       Series L 34 million 5.75 % 30 September 2009   US$25 Debt
       Series M 37 million 6.4 % 30 September 2009   US$25 Equity
       Series N 40 million 6.35 % 30 June 2010   US$25 Equity
       Series P 22 million 6.25 % 31 December 2010   US$25 Equity
       Series Q 27 million 6.75 % 30 June 2011   US$25 Equity
       Series R 26 million 6.125 % 30 December 2011   US$25 Equity
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of US$0.01
       Series 1 1 million 9.118 % 31 March 2010   US$1,000 Debt
Non-cumulative preference shares of 0.01
       Series 1 1.25 million 5.5 % 31 December 2009   €1,000 Equity
       Series 2 1.25 million 5.25 % 30 June 2010   €1,000 Equity
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £0.01
       Series 1 0.2 million 7.387 % 31 December 2010   £1,000 Debt

Notes:
(1) Those preference shares where the Group has an obligation to pay dividends are classified as debt; those where distributions are discretionary are classified as equity.The conversion rights attaching to the convertible preference shares may result in the Group delivering a variable number of equity shares to preference shareholders; these convertible preference shares are treated as debt.
(2) Redeemed in January 2007.

In the event that the non-cumulative convertible preference shares are not redeemed on or before the redemption date, the holder may convert the non-cumulative convertible preference shares into ordinary shares in the company.

Under existing arrangements, no redemption or purchase of any non-cumulative preference shares may be made by the company without the prior consent of the UK Financial Services Authority.

On a winding-up or liquidation of the company, the holders of the non-cumulative preference shares will be entitled to receive, out of any surplus assets available for distribution to the company’s shareholders (after payment of arrears of dividends on the cumulative preference shares up to the date of repayment) pari passu with the cumulative preference shares, the non-cumulative sterling preference shares and all other shares of the company ranking pari passu with the non-cumulative preference shares as regards participation in the surplus assets of the company, a liquidation distribution of US$25 per non-cumulative preference share of US$0.01, US$1,000 per non-cumulative convertible preference share of US$0.01, 1,000 per non-cumulative preference share of 0.01 and £1,000 per non-cumulative convertible preference share of £0.01, together with an amount equal to dividends for the then current dividend period accrued to the date of payment, before any distribution or payment may be made to holders of the ordinary shares as regards participation in the surplus assets of the company.

Except as described above, the holders of the non-cumulative preference shares have no right to participate in the surplus assets of the company.

Holders of the non-cumulative preference shares are not entitled to receive notice of or attend general meetings of the company except if any resolution is proposed for adoption by the shareholders of the company to vary or abrogate any of the rights attaching to the non-cumulative preference shares or proposing the winding-up or liquidation of the company. In any such case, they are entitled to receive notice of and to attend the general meeting of shareholders at which such resolution is to be proposed and are entitled to speak and vote on such resolution (but not on any other resolution). In addition, in the event that, prior to any general meeting of shareholders, the company has failed to pay in full the three most recent quarterly dividend payments due on the non-cumulative dollar preference shares, the two most recent semi-annual dividend payments due on the non-cumulative convertible dollar preference shares and the most recent annual dividend payments due on the non-cumulative euro preference shares and on the non-cumulative convertible sterling preference shares, the holders shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend, speak and vote at such meeting on all matters together with the holders of the ordinary shares, and in these circumstances only, the rights of the holders of the non-cumulative preference shares so to vote shall continue until the company shall have resumed the payment in full of the dividends in arrears.

137




Notes on the accounts continued

 

31 Shareholders’ equity Group Company


2006 2005 2004 2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m £m £m £m


















Called-up share capital
At 1 January 826 822 769 826 822 769
Implementation of IAS 32 on 1 January 2005 (2 ) (2 )
Shares issued during the year 2 6 53 2 6 53
Shares repurchased during the year (13 ) (13 )


















At 31 December 815 826 822 815 826 822
















Share premium account
At 1 January 11,777 12,964 8,175 11,777 12,964 8,175
Reclassification of preference shares on implementation
      of IAS 32 on 1 January 2005 (3,159 ) (3,159 )
Currency translation adjustments (231 ) (231 )
Shares issued during the year 815 1,972 4,550 815 1,972 4,550
Shares repurchased during the year (381 ) (381 )
Redemption of preference shares classified as debt 271 271
Conversion of exchangeable undated loan capital 460 460
Other movements 10 10


















At 31 December 12,482 11,777 12,964 12,482 11,777 12,964
















Merger reserve
At 1 January and 31 December 10,881 10,881 10,881
















Available-for-sale reserve
At 1 January (73 )
Implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 on 1 January 2005 289
Currency translation adjustments (43 ) 4
Unrealised gains in the year 2,652 35
Realised gains in the year (313 ) (582 )
Taxation (695 ) 181


















At 31 December 1,528 (73 )








Cash flow hedging reserve
At 1 January 59 (9 )
Implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 on 1 January 2005 67 (13 )
Amount recognised in equity during the year (109 ) 18
Amount transferred from equity to earnings in the year (140 ) (85 ) 3 6
Taxation 41 59 (1 ) (2 )


















At 31 December (149 ) 59 (7 ) (9 )








Foreign exchange reserve
At 1 January 469 (320 ) 90
Retranslation of net assets (2,159 ) 1,588 (830 )
Foreign currency gains/(losses) on hedges of net assets 818 (799 ) 420


















At 31 December (872 ) 469 (320 )
















Capital redemption reserve
At 1 January 157 157 157 157 157 157
Shares repurchased during the year 13 13


















At 31 December 170 157 157 170 157 157

















138






Group Company


2006 2005 2004 2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m £m £m £m


















Retained earnings
At 1 January 11,346 9,408 7,269 4,794 4,675 3,646
Implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 on 1 January 2005 (1,078 ) 81
Currency translation adjustments and other movements (8 ) (1 )
Profit attributable to ordinary and equity preference shareholders 6,393 5,501 5,112 3,499 2,074 2,874
Ordinary dividends paid (2,470 ) (1,927 ) (1,588 ) (2,470 ) (1,927 ) (1,588 )
Equity preference dividends paid (191 ) (109 ) (191 ) (109 )
Preference dividends – non-equity (256 ) (256 )
Shares repurchased during the year (624 ) (624 )
Redemption of preference shares classified as debt (271 ) (271 )
Actuarial gains/(losses) recognised in retirement benefit
      schemes, net of tax 1,262 (561 ) (1,136 )
Net cost of shares bought and used to satisfy share-based payments (38 )
Share-based payments, net of tax 80 112 15


















At 31 December 15,487 11,346 9,408 4,737 4,794 4,675
















Own shares held
At 1 January (7 ) (7 ) (7 ) (7 )
Shares purchased during the year (254 ) (7 ) (7 )
Shares issued under employee share schemes 146 7


















At 31 December (115 ) (7 ) (7 ) (7 ) (7 )
















Shareholders’ equity at 31 December 40,227 35,435 33,905 18,197 17,538 18,611

















The merger reserve comprises the premium on shares issued to acquire NatWest less goodwill amortisation charged under previous . No share premium was recorded in the company financial statements through the operation of the merger relief provisions of the Companies Act 1985.

UK law prescribes that only reserves of the company are taken into account for the purpose of making distributions and the permissible applications of the share premium account.

The Group optimises capital efficiency by maintaining reserves in subsidiaries, including regulated entities. Certain preference shares and subordinated debt are also included within regulatory capital. The remittance of reserves to the parent or the redemption of shares or subordinated capital by regulated entities may be subject to maintaining the capital resources required by the relevant regulator.

At 31 December 2006, 6,497,502 (2005 – 772,917) ordinary shares of 25p each of the company were held by Employee Share Trusts in respect of share awards and options granted to employees.

139





Notes on the accounts continued

 

32 Leases

Minimum amounts receivable and payable under non-cancellable leases Group


Year in which receipt or payment will occur


After 1 year
Within 1 but within After 5
year 5 years years Total
2006 £m £m £m £m












Finance lease assets:
Amounts receivable 1,235 4,331 11,166 16,732
Present value adjustment (453 ) (1,648 ) (3,110 ) (5,211 )
Other movements (22 ) (80 ) (295 ) (397 )












Present value amounts receivable 760 2,603 7,761 11,124










Operating lease assets:
Future minimum lease receivables 444 2,391 2,640 5,475










Operating lease obligations:
Future minimum lease payables:
Premises 332 1,151 1,877 3,360
Equipment 7 6 13












339 1,157 1,877 3,373










Group


Year in which receipt or payment will occur


After 1 year
Within 1 but within After 5
year 5 years years Total
2005 £m £m £m £m












Finance lease assets:
Amounts receivable 1,297 4,733 11,604 17,634
Present value adjustment (462 ) (1,857 ) (3,628 ) (5,947 )
Other movements (26 ) (136 ) (231 ) (393 )












Present value amounts receivable 809 2,740 7,745 11,294










Operating lease assets:
Future minimum lease receivables 954 2,757 2,241 5,952










Operating lease obligations:
Future minimum lease payables:
Premises 310 1,103 1,700 3,113
Equipment 10 11 21












320 1,114 1,700 3,134










2006 2005
£m £m












Nature of operating lease assets in balance sheet
Transportation 7,414 7,742
Cars and light commercial vehicles 1,204 978
Other 291 333












8,909 9,053




Amounts recognised as income and expense (1)
Finance lease receivables – contingent rental income (37 ) (34 )
Operating lease payables – minimum payments 366 332
 
Contracts for future capital expenditure not provided for at the year end
Operating leases 1,437 594
 
Finance lease receivables
Unearned finance income 5,211 5,947
Accumulated allowance for uncollectable minimum lease receivables 67 72












Note:
(1) In the year ended 31 December 2004 contingent rental income amounted to £51 million and minimum operating lease payments amounted to £319 million.

140



 

Residual value exposures

The tables below give details of the unguaranteed residual values included in the carrying value of finance lease receivables (see page 140) and operating lease assets (see Note 18).

    Year in which residual value will be recovered

After 1 year After 2 years
Within 1 but within but within After 5
year 2 years 5 years years Total
2006 £m £m £m £m £m











Operating leases
   Transportation 1,054 180 1,339 2,517 5,090
   Cars and light commercial vehicles 168 295 329 792
   Other 13 30 77 24 144
Finance leases 22 22 58 295 397











1,257 527 1,803 2,836 6,423









2005











Operating leases
   Transportation 579 912 895 3,229 5,615
   Cars and light commercial vehicles 612 115 77 804
   Other 26 21 84 21 152
Finance leases 26 32 104 231 393











1,243 1,080 1,160 3,481 6,964










The Group provides asset finance to its customers through acting as a lessor. It purchases plant, equipment and intellectual property, renting them to customers under lease arrangements that, depending on their terms, qualify as either operating or finance leases.

33 Collateral

Securities repurchase agreements and lending transactions

The Group enters into securities repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions under which it receives or transfers collateral in accordance with normal market practice. Generally, the agreements require additional collateral to be provided if the value of the securities fall below a predetermined level.

Under standard terms for repurchase transactions in the UK and US markets, the recipient of collateral has an unrestricted right to sell or repledge it, subject to returning equivalent securities on settlement of the transaction.

Securities transferred under repurchase transactions included within securities on the balance sheet were as follows:

2006 2005
£m £m





Treasury and other eligible bills 1,426 896
Debt securities 58,874 53,485





60,300 54,381




All of the above securities could be sold or repledged by the holder. Securities received as collateral under reverse repurchase agreements amounted to £124.7 billion (2005 – £105.6 billion), of which £107.2 billion (2005 – £85.6 billion) had been resold or repledged as collateral for the Group’s own transactions.

Other collateral given

2006 2005
Assets charged as security for liabilities £m £m





Loans and advances to customers 44,966 27,092
Debt securities 8,560 9,578
Property, plant and equipment 1,222 1,274
Loans to banks 469 60
Other 13 16





55,230 38,020



   
2006 2005
Liabilities secured by charges on assets £m £m





Deposits by banks 11,680 11,407
Customer accounts 7,095 6,761
Debt securities in issue 27,607 11,347
Other liabilities 45 20





46,427 29,535




Included in the above balances are loans and advances to customers of £15.8 billion (2005 – £16.2 billion) and debt securities of £1.5 billion (2005 – £ 2.5 billion) charged as security against Federal Home Loan Bank deposits of £10.5 billion (2005 – £11.1 billion).

 

141





Notes on the accounts continued

 

34 Risk management

Financial risk management policies and objectives

The Board establishes the overall governance framework for risk management and sets the risk appetite and philosophy for the Group.

The principal financial risks that the Group manages are as follows:

  • Credit risk: is the risk arising from the possibility that the Group will incur losses from the failure of customers to meet their obligations.

  • Liquidity risk: is the risk that the Group is unable to meet its obligations as they fall due.

  • Market risk: the Group is exposed to market risk because of positions held in its trading portfolios and its non-trading businesses.

  • Insurance risk: the Group is exposed to insurance risk, either directly through its businesses or through using insurance as a tool to mitigate other risk exposures.

Credit risk

The objective of credit risk management is to enable the Group to achieve appropriate risk versus reward performance whilst maintaining credit risk exposure in line with approved risk appetite.

The key principles for credit risk management as defined in the Group’s Credit Risk Management Framework are set out below.

  • Approval of all credit exposure is granted prior to any advance or extension of credit.

  • An appropriate credit risk assessment of the customer and credit facilities is undertaken prior to approval of credit exposure. This includes a review of, amongst other things, the purpose of the credit and sources of repayment, compliance with affordability tests, repayment history, capacity to repay, sensitivity to economic and market developments and risk-adjusted return.

  • The Board delegates authority to Advances Committee, Group Credit Committee and divisional credit committees.

  • Credit risk authority must be specifically granted in writing to all individuals involved in the granting of credit approval, whether this is exercised personally or collectively as part of a credit committee. In exercising credit authority, the individuals act independently.

  • Where credit authority is exercised personally, the individual has no responsibility or accountability for related business revenue origination.

  • All credit exposures, once approved, are effectively monitored and managed and reviewed periodically against approved limits. Lower quality exposures are subject to a greater frequency of analysis and assessment.

  • Customers with emerging credit problems are identified early and classified accordingly. Remedial actions are implemented promptly to minimise the potential loss to the Group.

  • Portfolio analysis and reporting is used to identify and manage credit risk concentrations and credit risk quality migration.

Credit approval process

Different credit approval processes exist for each customer type in order to ensure appropriate skills and resources are employed in credit assessment and approval. Credit authority is not extended to relationship management.

Credit risk models

Credit risk models are used throughout the Group to support the analytical elements of the credit risk management framework, in particular the risk assessment part of the credit approval process, ongoing monitoring as well as portfolio analysis and reporting. Credit risk models used by the Group can be broadly grouped into four categories.

  • Probability of default (“PD”)/customer credit grade – these models assess the probability that the customer will fail to make full and timely repayment of credit obligations over a one year time horizon. Each customer is assigned an internal credit grade which corresponds to a probability of default. There are a number of different credit grading models in use across the Group, each of which considers particular characteristics of customer types in that portfolio.
    The credit grading models use a combination of quantitativeinputs, such as recent financial performance and customerbehaviour, and qualitative inputs, such as companymanagement performance or sector outlook.

    Every customer credit grade across all grading scales in theGroup can be mapped to a Group level credit grade whichuses a five band scale from AQ1 to AQ5.

  • Exposure at default (“EAD”) – these models estimate the expected level of utilisation of a credit facility at the time of a borrower’s default. The EAD will typically be higher than the current utilisation (e.g. in the case where further drawings are made on a revolving credit facility prior to default) but will not normally exceed the total facility limit. The methodologies used in EAD modelling recognise that customers may make more use of their existing credit facilities in the run up to a default.

142




  • Loss given default (“LGD”) – these models estimate the economic loss that may be suffered by the Group on a credit facility in the event of default. The LGD of a facility represents the amount of debt which cannot be recovered and is typically expressed as a percentage of the EAD. The Group’s LGD models take into account the type of borrower, facility and any risk mitigation such as security or collateral held. The LGD may also be affected by the industry sector of the borrower, the legal jurisdiction in which the borrower operates as well as general economic conditions which may impact the value of any assets held as security.

  • Credit risk exposure measurement – these models calculate the credit risk exposure for products where the exposure is not 100% of the gross nominal amount of the credit obligation. These models are most commonly used for derivative and other traded instruments where the amount of credit risk exposure may be dependent on external variables such as interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

Credit risk assets

Credit risk assets are an internal risk measure of the Group’s exposure to customers. These consist of loans and advances (including overdraft facilities), instalment credit, finance lease receivables, debt securities and other traded instruments.

Credit risk asset quality

Internal reporting and oversight of risk assets is principally differentiated by credit ratings. Internal ratings are used to assess the credit quality of borrowers. Customers are assigned credit ratings, based on various credit grading models that reflect the probability of default. All credit ratings across the Group map to a Group level asset quality scale.

Provision analysis

The Group’s consumer portfolios, which consist of small value, high volume credits, have highly efficient, largely automated processes for identifying problem credits and very short timescales, typically three months, before resolution or adoption of various recovery methods.

Corporate portfolios consist of higher value, lower volume credits, which tend to be structured to meet individual customer requirements. Provisions are assessed on a case by case basis.

Early and active management of problem exposures ensures that credit losses are minimised. Specialised units are used for different customer types to ensure that appropriate risk mitigation is taken in a timely manner.

Portfolio provisions are reassessed regularly as part of the Group’s ongoing monitoring process.

Provisions methodology

Provisions for impairment losses are assessed under three categories as described below:

Individually assessed provisions are the provisions required for individually significant impaired assets which are assessed on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the financial condition of the counterparty and any guarantor. This incorporates an estimate of the discounted value of any recoveries and realisation of security or collateral. The asset continues to be assessed on an individual basis until it is repaid in full, transferred to the performing portfolio or written-off.

Collectively assessed provisions are the provisions on impaired credits below an agreed threshold which are assessed on a portfolio basis, to reflect the homogeneous nature of the assets, such as credit cards or personal loans. The provision is determined from a quantitative review of the relevant portfolio, taking account of the level of arrears, security and average loss experience over the recovery period.

Latent loss provisions are the provisions held against the estimated impairment in the performing portfolio which has yet to be identified as at the balance sheet date. To assess the latent loss within the portfolio, the Group has developed methodologies to estimate the time that an asset can remain impaired within a performing portfolio before it is identified and reported as such.

Liquidity risk

Liquidity management within the Group focuses on both overall balance sheet structure and the control, within prudent limits, of risk arising from the mismatch of maturities across the balance sheet and from undrawn commitments and other contingent obligations. It is undertaken within limits and other policy parameters set by Group Asset and Liability Management Committee (GALCO).

The structure of the Group’s balance sheet is managed to maintain substantial diversification, to minimise concentration across its various deposit sources, and to contain the level of reliance on total short-term wholesale sources of funds within prudent levels.

The degree of maturity mismatch within the overall long-term structure of the Group’s assets and liabilities is managed within internal policy guidelines, to ensure that term asset commitments may be funded on an economic basis over their life. In managing its overall term structure, the Group analyses and takes into account the effect of retail and corporate customer behaviour on actual asset and liability maturities where they differ materially from the underlying contractual maturities. The short-term maturity structure of the Group’s liabilities and assets is managed on a daily basis to ensure that all material cash flow obligations, and potential cash flows arising from undrawn commitments and other contingent obligations, can be met as they arise from day to day, either from cash inflows from maturing assets, new borrowing or the sale or repurchase of debt securities held.

143




Notes on the accounts continued

 

34 Risk management (continued)

Short-term liquidity risk is managed on a consolidated basis for the whole Group including the Greenwich companies but excluding the activities of Citizens and insurance businesses, which are subject to regulatory regimes that necessitate local management of liquidity.

Internal liquidity mismatch limits are set for all other subsidiaries and non-UK branches which have material local treasury activities in external markets, to ensure those activities do not compromise daily maintenance of the Group’s overall liquidity risk position within the Group’s policy parameters.

The level of large deposits taken from banks, corporate customers, non-bank financial institutions and other customers and significant cash outflows therefrom are also reviewed to monitor concentration and identify any adverse trends.

Market risk

Market risk is defined as the risk of loss as a result of adverse changes in risk factors including interest rates, foreign currency and equity prices together with related parameters such as market volatilities.

The Group is exposed to market risk because of positions held in its trading portfolios as well as its non-trading business including the Group’s treasury operations.

Value-at-risk (“VaR”)

VaR is a technique that produces estimates of the potential negative change in the market value of a portfolio over a specified time horizon at given confidence levels. For internal risk management purposes, the Group’s VaR assumes a time horizon of one day and a confidence level of 95%. The Group uses historical simulation models in computing VaR. This approach, in common with many other VaR models, assumes that risk factor changes observed in the past are a good estimate of those likely to occur in the future and is, therefore, limited by the relevance of the historical data used. The Group’s method, however, does not make any assumption about the nature or type of underlying loss distribution. The Group typically uses the previous 500 trading days market data.

The Group’s VaR should be interpreted in light of the limitations of the methodology used. These limitations include:

  • Historical data may not provide the best estimate of the joint distribution of risk factor changes in the future and may fail to capture the risk of possible extreme adverse market movements which have not occurred in the historical window used in the calculations.

  • VaR using a one-day time horizon does not fully capture the market risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged within one day.

  • VaR using a 95% confidence level does not reflect the extent of potential losses beyond that percentile.

The Group largely computes the VaR of trading portfolios at the close of business and positions may change substantially during the course of the trading day. Controls are in place to limit the Group’s intra-day exposure; such as the calculation of the VaR for selected portfolios. These limitations and the nature of the VaR measure mean that the Group cannot guarantee that losses will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated.

Trading

The principal focus of the Group’s trading activities is client facilitation – providing products to the Group’s client base at competitive prices. The Group also undertakes: market making – quoting firm bid (buy) and offer (sell) prices with the intention of profiting from the spread between the quotes; arbitrage – entering into offsetting positions in different but closely related markets in order to profit from market imperfections; and proprietary activity – taking positions in financial instruments as principal in order to take advantage of anticipated market conditions. The main risk factors are interest rates, credit spreads and foreign exchange. Financial instruments held in the Group’s trading portfolios include, but are not limited to, debt securities, loans, deposits, securities sale and repurchase agreements and derivative financial instruments (futures, forwards, swaps and options). For a discussion of the Group’s accounting policies for derivative financial instruments, see Accounting policies on pages 97 and 98.

The VaR for the Group’s trading portfolios segregated by type of market risk exposure, including idiosyncratic risk, is presented in the table below.

2006 2005


Average Period end Maximum Minimum Average Period end Maximum Minimum
Trading £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m



















Interest rate 8.7 10.2 15.0 5.7 7.3 7.4 10.9 5.1
Credit spread 13.2 14.1 15.7 10.4 11.4 11.8 14.4 8.8
Currency 2.2 2.5 3.5 1.0 1.8 1.4 10.7 0.5
Equity and commodity 1.4 1.6 4.3 0.6 0.5 0.7 1.1 0.2
Diversification (12.8 ) (8.5 )



















Total trading VaR 14.2 15.6 18.9 10.4 13.0 12.8 16.5 9.9


















144




 

34 Risk management (continued)

Non-trading

The principal market risks arising from the Group’s non-trading activities are interest rate risk, currency risk and equity risk. Treasury activity and mismatches between the repricing of assets and liabilities in its retail and commercial banking operations account for most of the non-trading interest rate risk. Non-trading currency risk derives from the Group’s investments in overseas subsidiaries, associates and branches. The Group’s venture capital portfolio and investments held by its general insurance business are the principal sources of non-trading equity price risk. The Group’s portfolios of non-trading financial instruments mainly comprise loans (including finance leases), debt securities, equity shares, deposits, certificates of deposit and other debt securities issued, loan capital and derivatives. To reflect their distinct nature, the Group’s long-term assurance assets and liabilities attributable to policyholders have been excluded from these market risk disclosures.

• Interest rate risk

Non-trading interest rate risk arises from the Group’s treasury activities and retail and commercial banking businesses.

Treasury

The Group’s treasury activities include its money market business and the management of internal funds flow within the Group’s businesses. Money market portfolios include cash instruments (principally debt securities, loans and deposits) and related hedging derivatives.

Retail and commercial banking

Non-trading interest rate risk is calculated in each business on the basis of establishing the repricing behaviour of each asset, liability and off-balance sheet product. For many products, the actual interest rate repricing characteristics differ from the contractual repricing. In most cases, the repricing maturity is determined by the market interest rate that most closely fits the historical behaviour of the product interest rate. For non-interest bearing current accounts, the repricing maturity is determined by the stability of the portfolio. The repricing maturities used are approved by Group Treasury and divisional asset and liability committees at least annually. Key conventions are reviewed annually by GALCO.

A static maturity gap report is produced as at the month-end for each division, in each functional currency based on the behaviouralised repricing for each product. It is Group policy to include in the gap report, non-financial assets and liabilities, mainly property, plant and equipment and the Group’s capital and reserves, spread over medium and longer term maturities. This report also includes hedge transactions, principally derivatives.

Any residual non-trading interest rate exposures are controlled by limiting repricing mismatches in the individual balance sheets. Potential exposures to interest rate movements in the medium to long term are measured and controlled using a version of the same VaR methodology that is used for the Group’s trading portfolios but without discount factors. Net accrual income exposures are measured and controlled in terms of sensitivity over time to movements in interest rates.

Risk is managed within limits approved by GALCO through the execution of cash and derivative instruments. Execution of the hedging is carried out by the relevant division through the Group’s treasury function. The residual risk position is reported to divisional asset and liability committees, GALCO and Board.

• Currency risk

The Group does not maintain material non-trading open currency positions other than the structural foreign currency translation exposures arising from its investments in foreign subsidiaries and associated undertakings and their related currency funding. The Group’s policy in relation to structural positions is to match fund the structural foreign currency exposure arising from net asset value, including goodwill, in foreign subsidiaries, equity accounted investments and branches, except where doing so would materially increase the sensitivity of either the Group’s or the subsidiary’s regulatory capital ratios to currency movements. The policy requires structural foreign exchange positions to be reviewed regularly by GALCO. Foreign exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign operations are recognised directly in equity together with the effective portion of foreign exchange differences arising on hedging liabilities.

145





Notes on the accounts continued

34 Risk management (continued)

The tables below set out the Group’s structural foreign currency exposures.
Foreign
currency Structural
Net investments borrowings foreign
in foreign hedging net currency
operations investments exposures
2006 £m £m £m







US dollar 15,036 5,278 9,758
Euro 3,059 1,696 1,363
Swiss franc 462 457 5
Chinese RMB 3,013 3,013
Other non-sterling 132 107 25







21,702 7,538 14,164





2005







US dollar 15,452 6,637 8,815
Euro 2,285 139 2,146
Swiss franc 431 430 1
Chinese RMB 914 914
Other non-sterling 76 72 4







19,158 7,278 11,880






The exposure in Chinese RMB arises from the Group’s strategic investment in Bank of China.

Equity risk

Non-trading equity risk arises principally from the Group’s strategic investments, its venture capital activities and its general insurance business.

VaR is not an appropriate risk measure for the Group’s venture capital investments, which comprise a mix of quoted and unquoted investments, or its portfolio of strategic investments. These investments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in profit or loss, or equity.

Insurance risk

The Group is exposed to insurance risk, either directly through its businesses or through using insurance as a tool to reduce other risk exposures.

Insurance risk is the risk of fluctuations in the timing, frequency or severity of insured events, relative to the expectations of the Group at the time of underwriting.

Underwriting and pricing risk

The Group manages underwriting and pricing risk through the use of underwriting guidelines which detail the class, nature and type of business that may be accepted; pricing policies by product line and by brand; and centralised control of policy wordings and any subsequent changes.

Claims management risk

The risk that claims are handled or paid inappropriately is managed using a range of IT system controls and manual processes conducted by experienced staff. These, together with a range of detailed policies and procedures ensure that all claims are handled in a timely, appropriate and accurate manner.

Reinsurance risk

Reinsurance is used to protect against the impact of major catastrophic events or unforeseen volumes of, or adverse trends in, large individual claims and to transfer risk that is outside the Group’s current risk appetite.

Reinsurance of risks above the Group’s risk appetite is only effective if the reinsurance premium makes economic sense and the counterparty is financially secure. Acceptable reinsurers are rated A- or better unless specifically authorised.

146






34 Risk management (continued)

Reserving risk

Reserving risk relates to both premiums and claims. It is the risk that reserves are assessed incorrectly such that insufficient funds have been retained to pay or handle claims as the amounts fall due. Claims development data provides information on the historical pattern of reserving risk.

Accident year

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Total
Insurance claims – gross £m £m £m £m £m £m £m





















Estimate of ultimate claims costs:
   At end of accident year 2,395 3,013 3,658 3,710 4,265 4,269 21,310
   One year later (70 ) 91 (140 ) (186 ) (92 ) (397 )
   Two years later 20 1 (106 ) (88 ) (173 )
   Three years later 12 (12 ) (55 ) (55 )
   Four years later (40 ) (17 ) (57 )
   Five years later (1 ) (1 )





















Current estimate of cumulative claims 2,316 3,076 3,357 3,436 4,173 4,269 20,627
Cumulative payments to date (2,189 ) (2,805 ) (2,853 ) (2,707 ) (3,093 ) (1,962 ) (15,609 )





















127 271 504 729 1,080 2,307 5,018

















Liability in respect of prior years 126
Claims handling costs 103





















Gross general insurance claims liability 5,247

Accident year

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 Total
Insurance claims – net of reinsurance £m £m £m £m £m £m £m





















Estimate of ultimate claims costs:
   At end of accident year 2,011 2,584 3,215 3,514 4,168 4,215 19,707
   One year later (61 ) 59 (106 ) (168 ) (67 ) (343 )
   Two years later 22 (12 ) (103 ) (90 ) (183 )
   Three years later 13 (3 ) (53 ) (43 )
   Four years later (41 ) (21 ) (62 )
   Five years later 1 1





















Current estimate of cumulative claims 1,945 2,607 2,953 3,256 4,101 4,215 19,077
Cumulative payments to date (1,841 ) (2,412 ) (2,520 ) (2,584 ) (3,021 ) (1,925 ) (14,303 )





















104 195 433 672 1,080 2,290 4,774

















Liability in respect of prior years 79
Claims handling costs 103





















Net general insurance claims liability 4,956


147



Notes on the accounts continued

34 Risk management (continued)

Claims reserves

It is the Group’s policy to hold undiscounted claims reserves (including reserves to cover claims which have been incurred but not reported (IBNR reserves)) for all classes at a sufficient level to meet all liabilities as they fall due.

The Group’s focus is on high volume and relatively straightforward products, for example home and motor. This facilitates the generation of comprehensive underwriting and claims data, which are used to accurately price and monitor the risks accepted.

The following table indicates the diversity of risks underwritten and the corresponding loss ratios for each major class of business, gross and net of reinsurance.

2006 2005 2004



Earned Claims Loss Earned Loss Earned Loss
premiums incurred ratio premiums ratio premiums ratio
£m £m % £m % £m %

















Residential property Gross 1,121 627 56 1,098 55 1,090 55
Net 1,061 624 59 1,037 56 990 58
Personal motor Gross 3,384 2,854 84 3,312 79 3,179 79
Net 3,279 2,802 85 3,257 80 2,976 79
Commercial property Gross 218 81 37 212 39 191 40
Net 198 76 38 193 40 173 42
Commercial motor Gross 90 62 69 102 53 93 76
Net 88 60 68 96 46 87 68
Other Gross 842 396 47 853 63 954 60
Net 833 409 49 761 67 827 59

















Total Gross 5,655 4,020 71 5,577 70 5,507 69
     












Net 5,459 3,971 73 5,344 71 5,053 70
     













The Group has no interest rate exposure from general insurance liabilities because provisions for claims under short-term insurance contracts are not discounted.

Frequency and severity of specific risks and sources of uncertainty

Most general insurance contracts written by the Group are issued on an annual basis, which means that the Group’s liability extends for a 12 month period, after which the Group is entitled to decline or renew or can impose renewal terms by amending the premium, terms and conditions, or both.

The following paragraphs explain the frequency and severity of claims and the sources of uncertainty for the key classes that the Group is exposed to:

a) Motor insurance contracts (personal and commercial)

Claims experience is quite variable, due to a wide range of factors, but the principal ones are age, sex and driving experience of the driver, type and nature of vehicle, use of vehicle and area.

There are many sources of uncertainty that will affect the Group’s experience under motor insurance, including operational risk, reserving risk, premium rates not matching claims inflation rates, the weather, the social, economic and legislative environment and reinsurance failure risk.

b) Property insurance contracts (residential and commercial)

The major causes of claims for property insurance are theft, flood, escape of water, fire, storm, subsidence and various types of accidental damage.

The major source of uncertainty in the Group’s property accounts is the volatility of weather. Weather in the UK can affect most of the above perils. Over a longer period, the strength of the economy is also a factor.

c) Other commercial insurance contracts

Other commercial claims come mainly from business interruption and loss arising from the negligence of the insured (liability insurance). Business interruption losses come from the loss of income, revenue and/or profit as a result of property damage claims. Liability insurance includes employers liability and public/products liability. Liability insurance is written on an occurrence basis, and is subject to claims that are identified over a substantial period of time, but where the loss event occurred during the life of the policy.

Fluctuations in the social and economic climate are a source of uncertainty in the Group’s business interruption and general liability accounts. Other sources of uncertainty are changes in the law, or its interpretation, and reserving risk. Other uncertainties are significant events (for example terrorist attacks) and any emerging new heads of damage or types of claim that are not envisaged when the policy is written.

148





 

34 Risk management (continued)

Life business

The Group’s three regulated life companies, National Westminster Life Assurance Limited, Royal Scottish Assurance plc (“RSA”) and Direct Line Life Insurance Company Limited, are required to meet minimum capital requirements at all times under the Financial Service Authority’s Prudential Sourcebook. The capital resources covering the regulatory requirement are not transferable to other areas of the Group. To ensure that the capital requirement is satisfied at all times, each company holds an additional voluntary buffer above the regulatory minimum.

The Group is not exposed to price, currency, credit, or interest risk on unit linked life contracts but it is exposed to variation in management fees. A decrease of 10% in the value of the assets would reduce the asset management fees by £5 million per annum (2005 – £5 million). The Group also writes insurance contracts with minimum guaranteed death benefits that expose it to the risk that declines in the value of underlying investments may increase the Group’s net exposure to death risk.

The Group’s long-term assurance contracts include whole-life, term assurance, endowment assurances, flexible whole life, pension and annuity contracts that are expected to remain in force for an extended period of time.

Contracts under which the Group does not accept significant insurance risk are classified as investment contracts. Long term business provisions are calculated in accordance with FRS 27 ‘Life Assurance’.

Estimations (assumptions) including future mortality, morbidity, persistency and levels of expenses are made in calculating actuarial reserves. Key metrics include:

Assumptions 2006 2005   2004 













Valuation interest rate
   Term assurance 3.00 % 2.85 % 3.00 %
   Sterling interest 3.00 % 2.85 % 3.00 %
   Unit growth 3.50 % 2.85 % 3.00 %
Expense inflation 4.00 % 4.00 % 4.00 %













Sample mortality rates, expressed as deaths per million per annum, for term assurance products (age 40).
 
Mortality













Male non-smoker 517 470 497
Male smoker 983 893 946
Female non-smoker 278 253 270
Female smoker 618 563 599













Expenses:
2006 2005 2004
Pre-2000 products – RSA per annum per annum per annum













Lifestyle protection plan £ 28.96 £ 29.81 £ 27.17
Mortgage savings plan £ 65.15 £ 67.05 £ 60.08













Pre-2000 products – NatWest Life













Term assurances £ 26.01 £ 26.79 £ 25.13
Single premium unit-linked bonds £ 23.17 £ 23.86 £ 22.38












Post-2000 products













Term assurances £ 23.16 £ 23.97 £ 22.38
Guaranteed bonds £ 25.71 £ 26.92 £ 25.13














149





Notes on the accounts continued

 

34 Risk management (continued)

Frequency and severity of claims– for contracts where death is the insured risk, the most significant factors that could increase the overall frequency of claims are epidemics or widespread changes in lifestyle, resulting in earlier or more claims than expected.

For contracts where survival is the insured risk, the most significant factor is continued improvement in medical science and social conditions that would increase longevity.

For contracts with fixed and guaranteed benefits and fixed future premiums, there are no mitigating terms and conditions that reduce the insurance risk accepted. Participating contracts can result in a significant portion of the insurance risk being shared with the insured party.

Sources of uncertainty in the estimation of future benefit payments and premium receipts – the Group uses base tables of standard mortality appropriate to the type of contract being written and the territory in which the insured person resides. These are adjusted to reflect the Group’s experience, mortality improvements and voluntary termination behaviour.

Sensitivity factor Description of sensitivity factor applied



Interest rate and investment return Change in market interest rates of ±1%.
The test allows consistently for similar changes to investment returns and
movements in the market value of backing fixed interest securities.



Expenses Increase in maintenance expenses of 10%



Assurance mortality/morbidity Increase in mortality/morbidity rates for assurance contracts of 5%



Annuitant mortality Reduction in mortality rates for annuity contracts of 5%




The above sensitivity factors are applied via actuarial and statistical models, with the following impact on the financial statements.

Impact on profit and equity




2006 2005
Risk factor Variability £m £m









Interest rates +1 % (19 ) (16 )
Interest rates –1 % 23 20
Expenses +10 % (5 ) (5 )
Assurance mortality/morbidity +5 % (6 ) (7 )
Annuitant mortality – 5 %










Limitations of sensitivity analysis: the above tables demonstrate the effect of a change in a key assumption whilst other assumptions remain unaffected. In reality, such an occurrence is unlikely, due to correlation between the assumptions and other factors. It should also be noted that these sensitivities are non-linear, and larger or smaller impacts should not be interpolated or extrapolated from these results. The sensitivity analyses do not take into consideration that assets and liabilities are actively managed and may vary at the time that any actual market movement occurs.

150




 

35 Financial instruments

Remaining maturity Group













1 month 1-3 3-12 1-5 Over 5 Equity
or less months months years years shares Total
2006 £m £m £m £m £m £m £m















Assets              
Cash and balances at central banks 6,121 6,121
Treasury and other eligible bills 739 1,179 3,573 5,491
Loans and advances to banks 63,779 10,813 7,601 121 292 82,606
Loans and advances to customers 166,701 47,573 49,230 61,655 141,734 466,893
Debt securities 8,144 5,287 11,893 31,974 69,953 127,251
Equity shares 13,504 13,504
Settlement balances 7,425 7,425
Derivatives 6,018 7,719 14,247 39,921 48,776 116,681
 
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 87,087 15,275 22,222 6,174 1,385 132,143
Customer accounts 323,331 27,246 22,027 6,763 4,855 384,222
Debt securities in issue 19,924 12,304 9,729 21,374 22,632 85,963
Settlement balances and short positions 25,102 447 901 14,719 8,307 49,476
Derivatives 5,806 8,943 15,333 40,229 47,801 118,112
Subordinated liabilities 746 150 2,947 8,690 15,121 27,654















 
2005















Assets
Cash and balances at central banks 4,759 4,759
Treasury and other eligible bills 779 1,252 3,507 5,538
Loans and advances to banks 46,276 14,959 8,749 265 338 70,587
Loans and advances to customers 139,732 48,881 42,485 66,488 119,640 417,226
Debt securities 2,635 8,289 11,472 25,621 72,948 120,965
Equity shares 9,301 9,301
Settlement balances 6,005 6,005
Derivatives 4,816 7,282 11,778 31,667 40,120 95,663
 
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 69,393 17,876 13,293 8,264 1,581 110,407
Customer accounts 286,960 28,582 14,516 8,172 4,637 342,867
Debt securities in issue 20,577 23,297 24,253 14,986 7,307 90,420
Settlement balances and short positions 16,533 569 1,696 15,950 9,240 43,988
Derivatives 4,962 6,733 12,740 32,067 39,936 96,438
Subordinated liabilities 539 418 3,075 7,122 17,120 28,274
















151






Notes on the accounts continued

35 Financial instruments(continued)

      Company

Remaining maturity 1 month 1-3 3-12 1-5 Over 5
or less months months years years Total
2006 £m £m £m £m £m £m













Assets
Loans and advances to banks 1,090 81 355 5,726 7,252
Loans and advances to customers 286 286
 
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 738 738
Debt securities in issue 518 1,163 458 2,139
Derivatives 1 22 19 42
Subordinated liabilities 584 422 1,865 5,323 8,194













 
2005













Assets
Loans and advances to banks 435 1,476 780 1,510 4,921 9,122
Loans and advances to customers 262 305 567
Derivatives 55 55
 
Liabilities
Deposits by banks 32 919 951
Customer accounts 55 55
Debt securities in issue 909 2,033 2,942
Subordinated liabilities 189 311 1,008 1,653 6,081 9,242














152


 

Interest rate sensitivity

The following tables summarise the interest rate sensitivity gap for the Group and the company at 31 December 2006 and 31 December 2005. The tables show the contractual repricing for each category of asset, liability and off-balance sheet items in the banking book. A liability (or negative) gap position exists when liabilities reprice more quickly or in greater proportion than assets during a given period and tends to benefit net interest income in a declining interest rate environment. An asset (or positive) gap position exists when assets reprice more quickly or in greater proportion than liabilities during a given period and tends to benefit net interest income in a rising interest rate environment. The actual interest rate sensitivity of the Group’s earnings will be determined by the currency and contractual or behavioural profile of assets and liabilities, in addition to the size and timing of interest rate movements. Contractual repricing terms do not reflect the potential impact of early repayment or withdrawal. Positions may not be reflective of those in subsequent periods. Major changes in positions can be made promptly as market outlooks change. In addition, significant variations in interest rate sensitivity may exist within the re-pricing periods presented and among the currencies in which the Group has interest rate positions.

Group

After 3 After 6 After 1
months months year Total Non Fair value
but less but less but less interest interest through Banking Trading
3 months than than than Over 5 earning/ earning/ profit or book book
or less 6 months 1 year 5 years years bearing Yield bearing loss total total Total
2006 £m £m £m £m £m £m % £m £m £m £m £m

































Assets
Loans and advances to banks 20,628 1,869 2,095 105 55 24,752 4.50 3,252 376 28,380 54,226 82,606
Loans and advances to customers 256,410 14,629 13,506 48,365 36,851 369,761 6.17 17,598 1,327 388,686 78,207 466,893
Debt securities and treasury bills 7,779 1,879 1,729 4,166 11,689 27,242 4.93 3 5,619 32,864 99,878 132,742
Other assets 3,242 3,242 59,334 62,576 126,615 189,191

































Total assets 288,059 18,377 17,330 52,636 48,595 424,997 5.95 80,187 7,322 512,506 358,926 871,432































Liabilities and equity
Deposits by banks 52,301 26 2,502 474 1,261 56,564 4.36 1,625 58,189 73,954 132,143
Customer accounts 262,010 7,512 6,188 5,758 1,459 282,927 3.31 37,375 3,922 324,224 59,998 384,222
Debt securities in issue 63,245 2,516 2,133 1,320 2,013 71,227 4.54 243 10,499 81,969 3,994 85,963
Subordinated liabilities 7,298 1,127 273 4,844 13,646 27,188 5.92 124 27,312 342 27,654
Other liabilities 33,974 33,974 167,249 201,223
Shareholders’ equity 38,411 38,411 1,816 40,227
Internal funding of trading business (43,864 ) (5,443 ) (92 ) (2,009 ) (51,408 ) 4.78 (165 ) (51,573 ) 51,573

































Total liabilities and equity 340,990 5,738 11,004 10,387 18,379 386,498 4.32 111,463 14,545 512,506 358,926 871,432































Interest rate swaps 18,843 (4,371 ) (10,626 ) (11,528 ) 7,682
























Interest rate sensitivity gap (34,088 ) 8,268 (4,300) 30,721 37,898 38,499 (31,276 ) (7,223 )
























Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap (34,088 ) (25,820 ) (30,120) 601 38,499 38,499 7,223
 
























153






Notes on the accounts continued

 

35 Financial instruments(continued)

Interest rate sensitivity (continued)

Group

After 3 After 6 After 1
months months year Total Non Fair value
but less but less but less interest interest through Banking Trading
3 months than than than Over 5 earning/ earning/ profit or book book
or less 6 months 1 year 5 years years bearing Yield bearing loss total total Total
2005 £m £m £m £m £m £m % £m £m £m £m £m

































Assets
Loans and advances to banks 15,843 2,100 2,293 85 69 20,390 3.71 4,241 282 24,913 45,674 70,587
Loans and advances to customers 231,730 14,063 13,045 49,078 32,789 340,705 5.51 15,274 616 356,595 60,631 417,226
 Debt securities and treasury bills 12,416 3,362 994 4,765 16,857 38,394 3.81 469 3,991 42,854 83,649 126,503
Other assets 54,952 2,541 57,493 105,018 162,511

































Total assets 259,989 19,525 16,332 53,928 49,715 399,489 5.26 74,936 7,430 481,855 294,972 776,827

Liabilities and equity
Deposits by banks 54,515 2,880 1,507 776 968 60,646 3.97 2,123 62,769 47,638 110,407
Customer accounts 232,221 5,715 8,141 7,332 2,909 256,318 2.57 37,817 3,683 297,818 45,049 342,867
Debt securities in issue 65,055 4,212 3,586 957 1,140 74,950 4.18 7 11,068 86,025 4,395 90,420
Subordinated liabilities 3,965 1,492 116 5,749 16,339 27,661 6.84 110 150 27,921 353 28,274
Other liabilities 29,576 29,576 139,848 169,424
Shareholders’ equity 33,775 33,775 1,660 35,435
Internal funding of trading business (48,506 ) (4,913 ) (1,800 ) (9 ) (55,228 ) 3.83 (801 ) (56,029 ) 56,029

































Total liabilities and equity 307,250 9,386 11,550 14,805 21,356 364,347 3.82 102,607 14,901 481,855 294,972 776,827

Interest rate swaps (13,537) (2,849 ) (1,508 ) 1,182 16,712

Interest rate sensitivity gap (60,798 ) 7,290 3,274 40,305 45,071 35,142 (27,671 ) (7,471 )

Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap (60,798) (53,508) (50,234 ) (9,929 ) 35,142 35,142 7,471


154






Company























After 3 After 6 After 1
months months year Total Non
but less but less but less interest interest Banking
3 months than than than Over 5 earning/ earning/ Book
or less 6 months 1 year 5 years years bearing Yield bearing Total
2006 £m £m £m £m £m £m % £m £m

























Assets
Loans and advances to banks 1,378 178 1,457 4,235 7,248 6.33 4 7,252
Loans and advances to customers 286 286 5.94 286
Investment in subsidiaries 21,784 21,784
Other assets 3 3

























Total assets 1,664 178 1,457 4,235 7,534 6.32 21,791 29,325
 
Liabilities and equity
Deposits by banks 738 738 5.42 738
Debt securities in issue 2,139 2,139 5.24 2,139
Other liabilities 57 57
Subordinated liabilities 1,233 178 1,455 5,328 8,194 6.24 8,194
Shareholders’ equity 18,197 18,197

























Total liabilities and equity 4,110 178 1,455 5,328 11,071 5.99 18,254 29,325
 
Interest rate swaps





















Interest rate sensitivity gap (2,446 ) 2 (1,093 ) (3,537 ) 3,537





















Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap (2,446 ) (2,446 ) (2,446 ) (2,444 ) (3,537 ) (3,537 )





















 
2005

























Assets
Loans and advances to banks 1,803 554 119 1,585 5,061 9,122 6.05 9,122
Loans and advances to customers 305 262 567 2.82 567
Investment in subsidiaries 20,851 20,851
Other assets 202 202

























Total assets 2,108 554 119 1,847 5,061 9,689 5.86 21,053 30,742























Liabilities and equity
Deposits by banks 951 951 4.42 951
Customer accounts 55 55 55
Debt securities in issue 2,942 2,942 4.55 2,942
Other liabilities 14 14
Subordinated liabilities 1,317 567 116 1,603 5,639 9,242 6.83 9,242
Shareholders’ equity 17,538 17,538

























Total liabilities and equity 5,265 567 116 1,603 5,639 13,190 6.12 17,552 30,742























Interest rate swaps





















Interest rate sensitivity gap (3,157 ) (13 ) 3 244 (578 ) (3,501 ) 3,501





















Cumulative interest rate sensitivity gap (3,157 ) (3,170 ) (3,167 ) (2,923 ) (3,501 ) (3,501 )






















Trading book

The table below sets out by time band the net effect on the Group’s profit or loss of a basis point (0.01%) increase in interest rates, assuming all trading positions remained unchanged.

Group















After 3 After 6 After 1
months months year
but less but less but less
3 months than than than Over 5
or less 6 months 1 year 5 years years Total
2006 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000 £000
















Gain/(loss) per basis point increase 187 102 110 (2,033 ) 763 (871 )
















 
2005
















(Loss)/gain per basis point increase (487 ) (40 ) 180 (1,631 ) 1,146 (832 )
















 
Financial assets and liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss
2006 2005
£m £m
















Net gain in year recognised in other operating income 573 364

















155






Notes on the accounts continued

 

35 Financial instruments (continued)

The following table shows the carrying values and the fair values of financial instruments on the balance sheets.

Group     Company
 






 






2006 2006 2005 2005 2006 2006 2005 2005
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
value value value value value value value value
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m

















Financial assets                
Cash and balances at central banks 6,121 6,121 4,759 4,759















                 
Treasury and other eligible bills                
   Held-for-trading 4,516 4,516 3,004 3,004
   Available-for-sale 975 975 2,534 2,534















5,491 5,491 5,538 5,538















                               
Loans and advances to banks                
   Held-for-trading 52,736 52,736 44,965 44,965
   Designated as at fair value through profit or loss 376 376 282 282
   Loans and receivables 29,494 29,474 25,340 25,336 7,252 7,252 9,122 9,122















82,606 82,586 70,587 70,583 7,252 7,252 9,122 9,122















                               
Loans and advances to customers                
   Held-for-trading 72,462 72,462 53,963 53,963
   Designated as at fair value through profit or loss 1,327 1,327 616 616
   Loans and receivables 381,583 382,671 350,960 354,670 286 286 567 567
   Finance leases 11,521 11,504 11,687 11,687















466,893 467,964 417,226 420,936 286 286 567 567















                               
Debt securities                
   Held-for-trading 95,192 95,192 80,653 80,653
   Designated as at fair value through profit or loss 5,989 5,989 3,991 3,991
   Available-for-sale 25,509 25,509 35,533 35,533
   Loans and receivables 561 561 788 788















127,251 127,251 120,965 120,965















                               
Equity shares                
   Held-for-trading 3,038 3,038 2,941 2,941
   Designated as at fair value through profit or loss 2,610 2,610 2,541 2,541
   Available-for-sale 7,856 7,856 3,819 3,819















13,504 13,504 9,301 9,301















                               
Settlement balances   7,425   7,425   6,005   6,005        
                               
Derivatives 116,681 116,681 95,663 95,663 55 55


















156


 

35 Financial instruments (continued)

Group    Company
 






 






2006 2006 2005 2005 2006 2006 2005 2005
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
value value value value value value value value
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m

















Financial liabilities                                
Deposits by banks                                
   Held-for-trading   57,452   57,452   32,067   32,067        
   Amortised cost   74,691   74,510   78,340   78,218   738   738   951   951















    132,143   131,962   110,407   110,285   738   738   951   951















                                 
Customer accounts                                
   Held-for-trading   46,797   46,797   34,645   34,645        
   Designated as at fair value through profit or loss   3,922   3,922   3,683   3,683        
   Amortised cost   333,503   333,286   304,539   305,252       55   55















    384,222   384,005   342,867   343,580       55   55















                                 
Debt securities in issue                                
   Held-for-trading   2,141   2,141   1,469   1,469        
   Designated as at fair value through profit or loss   10,499   10,499   11,068   11,068        
   Amortised cost   73,323   73,580   77,883   78,089   2,139   2,139   2,942   2,942















    85,963   86,220   90,420   90,626   2,139   2,139   2,942   2,942















                                 
Settlement balances and short positions   49,476   49,476   43,988   43,988        















                                 
Derivatives   118,112   118,112   96,438   96,438   42   42    















                                 
Subordinated liabilities                                
   Designated as at fair value through profit or loss   124   124   150   150        
   Amortised cost   27,530   28,606   28,124   29,598   8,194   8,369   9,242   9,639















    27,654   28,730   28,274   29,748   8,194   8,369   9,242   9,639


















157






Notes on the accounts continued

 

35 Financial instruments (continued)

Industry risk – geographical analysis

Group











Loans and Treasury bills,
advances to banks debt securities Netting and
and customers and equity shares Derivatives Other (1) Total offset (2)
2006 £m £m £m £m £m £m













UK                          
Central and local government   7,629   28,211   345   1,624   37,809   1,553  
Manufacturing   15,259   521   915   49   16,744   4,540  
Construction   9,667   115   179   3   9,964   1,458  
Finance   128,463   47,274   80,577   2,199   258,513   93,403  
Service industries and business activities   57,895   4,330   2,616   769   65,610   5,289  
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   2,819   61   3     2,883   99  
Property   51,303   561   646   11   52,521   1,291  
Individuals                          
       Home mortgages   70,884     1     70,885    
       Other   28,594   861   29   58   29,542   61  
Finance leases and instalment credit   14,218   5       14,223   189  
Interest accruals   1,890   62       1,952    













 
Total UK   388,621   82,001   85,311   4,713   560,646   107,883  













 
                           
US                          
Central and local government   435   24,013     102   24,550   1  
Manufacturing   3,842   251   157     4,250   52  
Construction   790   48   12     850    
Finance   31,785   28,333   29,989   3,495   93,602   26,037  
Service industries and business activities   10,678   1,267   168     12,113   22  
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   64         64    
Property   5,781     24     5,805   19  
Individuals                          
       Home mortgages   34,230         34,230    
       Other   11,643         11,643    
Finance leases and instalment credit   2,282         2,282    
Interest accruals   526   343       869   2  













 
Total US   102,056   54,255   30,350   3,597   190,258   26,133  













 
                           
Europe                          
Central and local government   488   423     3   914    
Manufacturing   4,067         4,067    
Construction   2,751         2,751    
Finance   6,067   1,938   860   49   8,914   7  
Service industries and business activities   9,607   100   7   7   9,721    
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   469   2       471    
Property   8,781   21       8,802    
Individuals                          
       Home mortgages   13,661         13,661    
       Other   3,774         3,774    
Finance leases and instalment credit   1,325         1,325    
Interest accruals   221         221    













 
Total Europe   51,211   2,484   867   59   54,621   7  













 
                           
Rest of the World                          
Central and local government   185   921   16     1,122   1  
Manufacturing   129     3     132   3  
Construction   80         80    
Finance   6,116   6,652   106   7   12,881   2,271  
Service industries and business activities   2,664   2   27   2   2,695   2  
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   13         13    
Property   1,250   19   1     1,270    
Individuals                          
       Home mortgages   273         273    
       Other   782         782    
Finance lease and instalment credit   10         10    
Interest accruals   44         44    













 
Total Rest of the World   11,546   7,594   153   9   19,302   2,277  













 

158





35 Financial instruments (continued)

Industry risk – geographical analysis

Group











Loans and Treasury bills,
advances to banks debt securities Netting and
and customers and equity shares Derivatives Other (1) Total offset (2)
2006 £m £m £m £m £m £m













Total                          
Central and local government   8,737   53,568   361   1,729   64,395   1,555  
Manufacturing   23,297   772   1,075   49   25,193   4,595  
Construction   13,288   163   191   3   13,645   1,458  
Finance   172,431   84,197   111,532   5,750   373,910   121,718  
Service industries and business activities   80,844   5,699   2,818   778   90,139   5,313  
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   3,365   63   3     3,431   99  
Property   67,115   601   671   11   68,398   1,310  
Individuals                          
    Home mortgages   119,048     1     119,049    
    Other   44,793   861   29   58   45,741   61  
Finance lease and instalment credit   17,835   5       17,840   189  
Interest accruals   2,681   405       3,086   2  













    553,434   146,334   116,681   8,378   824,827   136,300  














  Notes:
(1) Includes settlement balances of £7,425 million.
(2) This column shows the amount by which exposures to counterparties are reduced by the existence of a legal right of set-off (on the basis that the financial asset will be collected in accordance with its terms) and under master netting arrangements. The credit risk of financial assets subject to a master netting arrangement is eliminated only to the extent that financial liabilities due to the same counterparty will be settled after the assets are realised. The extent to which the Group's credit risk is reduced through a master netting arrangement may change substantially within a short period following the balance sheet date because the exposure is affected by each transaction subject to the arrangement.

159






Notes on the accounts continued

 

35 Financial instruments (continued)

Industry risk – geographical analysis

Group











Loans and Treasury bills,
advances to banks debt securities Netting and
and customers and equity shares Derivatives Other (1) Total offset (2)
2005 £m £m £m £m £m £m













UK                          
Central and local government   4,082   20,061   175   407   24,725   1,481  
Manufacturing   14,861   462   1,088     16,411   3,640  
Construction   8,389   53   126     8,568   1,224  
Finance   99,123   49,532   66,132   2,129   216,916   77,206  
Service industries and business activities   53,504   3,404   2,148   162   59,218   5,211  
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   2,685   17   2     2,704   58  
Property   41,074   401   1,123     42,598   1,568  
Individuals                          
       Home mortgages   65,286     3     65,289    
       Other   26,987   564     186   27,737   53  
Finance leases and instalment credit   13,909   4       13,913   158  
Interest accruals   1,503   774       2,277    













Total UK   331,403   75,272   70,797   2,884   480,356   90,599  













                           
US                          
Central and local government   472   27,420     112   28,004    
Manufacturing   3,369   89   91     3,549   6  
Construction   730   30   8     768    
Finance   33,811   24,672   21,023   3,818   83,324   22,059  
Service industries and business activities   10,440   661   113     11,214   11  
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   92         92    
Property   5,215   5   39     5,259   15  
Individuals                          
       Home mortgages   34,783   922       35,705    
       Other   14,396         14,396    
Finance leases and instalment credit   2,973         2,973    
Interest accruals   424   194       618   2  













Total US   106,705   53,993   21,274   3,930   185,902   22,093  













                           
Europe                          
Central and local government   297   301       598    
Manufacturing   6,429         6,429    
Construction   2,382         2,382    
Finance   8,259   2,214   450   8   10,931    
Service industries and business activities   9,908   10   11     9,929    
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   514         514    
Property   5,078   49       5,127    
Individuals                          
       Home mortgages   8,848         8,848    
       Other   3,585   105       3,690    
Finance leases and instalment credit   1,311         1,311    
Interest accruals   115   26       141    













Total Europe   46,726   2,705   461   8   49,900    













                           
Rest of the World                          
Central and local government   243   1,709   1,379     3,331    
Manufacturing   102     7     109   1  
Construction   65         65    
Finance   3,680   2,233   1,728   3   7,644   896  
Service industries and business activities   1,610   24   17     1,651    
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   3         3    
Property   112         112   1  
Individuals                          
       Home mortgages   216         216    
       Other   792         792    
Finance lease and instalment credit              
Interest accruals   43         43    













Total Rest of the World   6,866   3,966   3,131   3   13,966   898  














160



35 Financial instruments (continued)

Industry risk – geographical analysis

Group











Loans and Treasury bills,
advances to banks debt securities Netting and
and customers and equity shares Derivatives Other (1) Total offset (2)
2005 £m £m £m £m £m £m













Total                          
Central and local government   5,094   49,491   1,554   519   56,658   1,481  
Manufacturing   24,761   551   1,186     26,498   3,647  
Construction   11,566   83   134     11,783   1,224  
Finance   144,873   78,651   89,333   5,958   318,815   100,161  
Service industries and business activities   75,462   4,099   2,289   162   82,012   5,222  
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   3,294   17   2     3,313   58  
Property   51,479   455   1,162     53,096   1,584  
Individuals                          
     Home mortgages   109,133   922   3     110,058    
     Other
  45,760   669     186   46,615   53  
Finance lease and instalment credit   18,193   4       18,197   158  
Interest accruals   2,085   994       3,079   2  













    491,700   135,936   95,663   6,825   730,124   113,590  














Notes:
(1) Includes settlement balances of £6,005 million.
(2) This column shows the amount by which exposures to counterparties are reduced by the existence of a legal right of set-off (on the basis that the financial asset will be collected in accordance with its terms) and under master netting arrangements. The credit risk of financial assets subject to a master netting arrangement is eliminated only to the extent that financial liabilities due to the same counterparty will be settled after the assets are realised. The extent to which the Group's credit risk is reduced through a master netting arrangement may change substantially within a short period following the balance sheet date because the exposure is affected by each transaction subject to the arrangement.

36 Memorandum items

Contingent liabilities and commitments

The amounts shown in the table below are intended only to provide an indication of the volume of business outstanding at 31 December. Although the Group is exposed to credit risk in the event of non-performance of the obligations undertaken by customers, the amounts shown do not, and are not intended to, provide any indication of the Group’s expectation of future losses.

Group    Company    




2006 2005 2006 2005
£m £m £m £m









Contingent liabilities:
Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security 13,013 12,253 397 448
Other contingent liabilities 6,833 6,394









19,846 18,647 397 448







Commitments:
Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend
       – less than one year 133,673 121,911
       – one year and over 101,913 81,110
Other commitments 2,402 3,529









237,988 206,550








161






Notes on the accounts continued

 

36 Memorandum items (continued)

Banking commitments and contingent obligations, which have been entered into on behalf of customers and for which there are corresponding obligations from customers, are not included in assets and liabilities. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit loss, in the event of non-performance by the other party and where all counterclaims, collateral or security proves valueless, is represented by the contractual nominal amount of these instruments included in the table. These commitments and contingent obligations are subject to the Group’s normal credit approval processes and any potential loss is taken into account in assessing provisions for bad and doubtful debts in accordance with the Group’s provisioning policy.

Contingent liabilities

Guarantees – the Group gives guarantees on behalf of customers. A financial guarantee represents an irrevocable undertaking that the Group will meet a customer’s obligations to third parties if the customer fails to do so. The maximum amount that the Group could be required to pay under a guarantee is its principal amount as disclosed in the table above. The Group expects most guarantees it provides to expire unused.

Other contingent liabilities – these include standby letters of credit, supporting customer debt issues and contingent liabilities relating to customer trading activities such as those arising from performance and customs bonds, warranties and indemnities.

Commitments

Commitments to lend – under a loan commitment the Group agrees to make funds available to a customer in the future. Loan commitments, which are usually for a specified term may be unconditionally cancellable or may persist, provided all conditions in the loan facility are satisfied or waived. Commitments to lend include commercial standby facilities and credit lines, liquidity facilities to commercial paper conduits and unutilised overdraft facilities.

Other commitments – these include forward asset purchases, forward deposits placed and undrawn note issuance and revolving underwriting facilities, documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions.

Regulatory enquiries and investigations – in the normal course of business the Group and its subsidiaries co-operate with regulatory authorities in various jurisdictions in their enquiries or investigations into alleged or possible breaches of regulations.

Additional contingent liabilities arise in the normal course of the Group’s business. It is not anticipated that any material loss will arise from these transactions.

Litigation

Proceedings, including a consolidated class action, have been brought in the United States against a large number of defendants, including the Group, following the collapse of Enron. The claims against the Group could be significant but are largely unquantified. The Group considers that it has substantial and credible legal and factual defences to these claims and it continues to defend them vigorously. A court ordered mediation commenced in September 2003 but no material progress has been made towards a resolution of the claims, although a number of other defendants have reached settlements in the principal class action. The Group is unable reliably to estimate the possible loss in relation to these matters or the effect that the possible loss might have on the Group’s consolidated net assets or its operating results or cash flows in any particular period. In addition, pursuant to requests received from the US Securities and Exchange Commission and the Department of Justice, the Group has provided copies of Enron-related materials to these authorities and has co-operated fully with them.

Members of the Group are engaged in other litigation in the United Kingdom and a number of overseas jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them arising in the ordinary course of business. The Group has reviewed these other actual, threatened and known potential claims and proceedings and, after consulting with its legal advisers, is satisfied that the outcome of these other claims and proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated net assets, operating results or cash flows in any particular period.

Trustee and other fiduciary activities

In its capacity as trustee or other fiduciary role, the Group may hold or place assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, companies, pension schemes and others. The assets and their income are not included in the Group’s financial statements.

162






37 Net cash inflow from operating activities

Group     Company


2006 2005 * 2004 * 2006 2005 * 2004
£m £m £m £m £m £m


















Operating profit before tax 9,186 7,936 7,284 3,486 1,932 2,890
Decrease/(increase) in prepayments and accrued income 322 1,064 (333 ) 4 (17 )
Interest on subordinated liabilities 1,386 1,271 681 520 583 318
Increase/(decrease) in accruals and deferred income 515 (1,200 ) 1,750 (27 ) 8 (7 )
Provisions for impairment losses 1,877 1,707 1,402
Loans and advances written-off net of recoveries (1,626 ) (1,870 ) (1,305 )
Unwind of discount on impairment losses (142 ) (144 )
Profit on sale of property, plant and equipment (216 ) (91 ) (69 )
(Profit)/loss on sale of subsidiaries and associates (44 ) 80 (4 )
Profit on sale of securities (369 ) (667 ) (167 )
Charge for defined benefit pension schemes 580 462 397
Cash contribution to defined benefit pension schemes (536 ) (452 ) (1,146 )
Other provisions utilised (42 ) (34 ) (47 )
Depreciation and amortisation 1,678 1,825 1,674
Elimination of foreign exchange differences 4,516 (3,060 ) 1,864 (22 ) (30 )
Other non-cash items (1,395 ) (257 ) (1,252 ) 45 (116 ) 25


















Net cash inflow from trading activities 15,690 6,570 10,729 4,002 2,381 3,209


















(Increase)/decrease in loans and advances to banks and customers (44,525 ) (36,778 ) (72,955 ) 346 (14 ) 77
Increase in securities (16,703 ) (28,842 ) (11,883 )
Decrease/(increase) in other assets 671 (2,390 ) (2,208 ) 2 5 33
(Increase)/decrease in derivative assets (21,018 ) (5,758 ) (3,753 ) 55 50 21


















Changes in operating assets (81,575 ) (73,768 ) (90,799 ) 403 41 131


















Increase/(decrease) in deposits by banks and customers 63,091 32,424 53,073 (164 ) 832 18
Increase in insurance liabilities 244 620 866
(Decrease)/increase in debt securities in issue (4,457 ) 24,147 19,073 (803 ) 1,328 (269 )
Increase/(decrease) in other liabilities 935 571 919 14 (55 ) (19 )
Increase/(decrease) in derivative liabilities 21,674 5,161 3,808 42 (96 ) (9 )
Increase in settlement balances and short positions 4,068 10,326 8,796


















Changes in operating liabilities 85,555 73,249 86,535 (911 ) 2,009 (279 )


















Total income taxes paid (2,229 ) (1,911 ) (1,366 ) 154 (18 ) 36


















Net cash inflow from operating activities 17,441 4,140 5,099 3,648 4,413 3,097

















*restated (see Note 48).

38 Analysis of the net investment in business interests and intangible assets

Group







2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m









Fair value given for businesses acquired (21 ) (85 ) (8,157 )
Cash and cash equivalents acquired 457
Non-cash consideration 10 4









Net outflow of cash in respect of purchases (21 ) (75 ) (7,696 )









Cash and cash equivalents in businesses sold 229 10
Other assets sold 36 208 18
Non-cash consideration (1 ) (30 )
Profit/(loss) on disposal 44 (80 ) 4









Net inflow of cash in respect of disposals 308 108 22









Dividends received from joint ventures 29 16 9
Cash expenditure on intangible assets (379 ) (345 ) (303 )









Net outflow (63 ) (296 ) (7,968 )








163






Notes on the accounts continued

 

39 Interest received and paid

Group Company
















2006 2005 2004 2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m £m £m £m


















Interest received 24,381 21,608 17,025 594 488 337
Interest paid (14,656 ) (11,878 ) (8,164 ) (632 ) (704 ) (402 )


















9,725 9,730 8,861 (38 ) (216 ) (65 )

















40 Analysis of changes in financing during the year

Group Company


Share capital Share capital
& share premium Subordinated liabilities & share premium Subordinated liabilities




2006 2005 2006 2005 2006 2005 2006 2005
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m
























At 1 January 12,603 13,786 28,274 20,366 12,603 13,786 9,242 5,935
Implementation of IAS 32 on 1 January 2005 (3,161 ) 7,160 (3,161 ) 3,308
Issue of ordinary shares 104 163 104 163
Issue of equity preference shares 671 1,649 671 1,649
Repurchase of ordinary shares (394 ) (394 )
Net proceeds from issue of
    subordinated liabilities 3,027 1,234 399 337
Repayment of subordinated liabilities (1,318 ) (1,553 ) (547 ) (1,183 )
























Net cash inflow/(outflow) from financing 381 1,812 1,709 (319 ) 381 1,812 (148 ) (846 )
























Currency translation and other adjustments 313 166 (2,329 ) 1,067 313 166 (900 ) 845
























At 31 December 13,297 12,603 27,654 28,274 13,297 12,603 8,194 9,242























41 Analysis of cash and cash equivalents

Group Company











2006 2005 2004 2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m £m £m £m














At 1 January
       – cash 25,476 23,723 20,937 30 60 19
       – cash equivalents 27,073 26,298 27,184 1,096 249 64
Net cash inflow 19,102 2,528 1,900 (469 ) 817 226














At 31 December 71,651 52,549 50,021 657 1,126 309












Comprising:
Cash and balances at central banks 5,752 4,456 4,035
Treasury bills and debt securities 1,596 998 3,016
Loans and advances to banks 64,303 47,095 42,970 657 1,126 309














Cash and cash equivalents 71,651 52,549 50,021 657 1,126 309













Certain subsidiary undertakings are required to maintain balances with the Bank of England which, at 31 December 2006, amounted to £369 million (2005 – £303 million). Certain subsidiary undertakings are required by law to maintain reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank in the US. Such reserve balances amounted to US$13 million at 31 December 2006 (2005 – US$156 million).

164




 

42 Segmental analysis

(a) Divisions

The directors manage the Group primarily by class of business and present the segmental analysis on that basis. The Group’s activities are organised as follows:

  • Global Banking & Markets is a leading banking partner to major corporations and financial institutions around the world, providing a full range of debt financing, risk management and investment services to its customers.

  • UK Corporate Banking provides banking, finance and risk management services to UK corporate customers. Through its network of relationship managers across the country it distributes the full range of Corporate Markets’ products and services to companies.

  • Retail comprises both the Royal Bank and NatWest retail brands, and a number of direct providers offering a full range of banking products and related financial services to the personal, premium and small business markets across several distribution channels. Retail also includes the Group’s non-branch based retail business, such as Tesco Personal Finance, that issues a comprehensive range of credit and charge cards to personal and corporate customers and provides card processing services for retail businesses.

  • Wealth Management provides private banking and investment services to its global clients through Coutts Group, Adam & Company, The Royal Bank of Scotland International and NatWest Offshore.

  • Ulster Bank Group brings together the Ulster Bank and First Active businesses. Retail Markets serves personal customers through both brands and Corporate Markets caters for the banking needs of business and corporate customers.

  • Citizens is engaged in retail and corporate banking activities through its branch network in 13 states in the United States and through non-branch offices in other states. Citizens includes the seven Citizens Banks, Charter One, RBS National Bank, US credit card business, RBS Lynk, merchant acquiring business, and Kroger Personal Finance, the credit card joint venture with the second largest US supermarket group.

  • RBS Insurance sells and underwrites retail, SME and wholesale insurance over the telephone and internet, as well as through brokers and partnerships. The Retail Divisions of Direct Line, Churchill and Privilege sell general insurance products direct to the customer. Through its International Division, RBS
    Insurance sells general insurance, mainly motor, in Spain, Germany and Italy. The Intermediary and Broker Division sells general insurance products through its network of 2,500 independent brokers.

  • Manufacturing supports the customer-facing businesses and provides operational technology, customer support in telephony, account management, lending and money transmission, global purchasing, property and other services.

Segments charge market prices for services rendered to other parts of the Group with the exception of Manufacturing and central items. The expenditure incurred by Manufacturing relates to costs principally in respect of the Group’s banking and insurance operations in the UK and Ireland. These costs reflect activities that are shared between the various customer-facing divisions. These shared costs and related assets and liabilities are not allocated to divisions in the day-to-day management of the businesses but for the first time in 2006, with comparatives restated accordingly, they are allocated to customer-facing divisions for financial reporting purposes on a basis the directors consider to be reasonable. Funding charges between segments are determined by Group Treasury, having regard to commercial demands. The results of each division before amortisation of purchased intangible assets, integration costs and net gain on sale of strategic investments and subsidiaries, and where appropriate, allocation of Manufacturing costs (‘Contribution’) and after allocation of Manufacturing costs (‘Operating profit before tax’) are shown below.

Group


























Operating
expenses
Net and Depreciation Allocation of Operating
interest Non-interest insurance and Impairment Manufacturing profit
income income Total claims amortisation losses Contribution costs before tax
2006 £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m




























Global Banking & Markets 1,110 5,716 6,826 (2,336 ) (472 ) (85 ) 3,933 (143 ) 3,790
UK Corporate Banking 2,111 1,342 3,453 (737 ) (338 ) (189 ) 2,189 (427 ) 1,762
Retail 4,211 3,492 7,703 (2,461 ) (32 ) (1,343 ) 3,867 (1,568 ) 2,299
Wealth Management 500 434 934 (425 ) (11 ) (1 ) 497 (143 ) 354
Ulster Bank 773 215 988 (294 ) (21 ) (71 ) 602 (214 ) 388
Citizens 2,085 1,232 3,317 (1,398 ) (156 ) (181 ) 1,582 1,582
RBS Insurance 511 5,168 5,679 (4,671 ) (44 ) 964 (214 ) 750
Manufacturing (151 ) 45 (106 ) (2,228 ) (518 ) (2,852 ) 2,852
Central items (554 ) (238 ) (792 ) (592 ) 24 (8 ) (1,368 ) (143 ) (1,511 )




























10,596 17,406 28,002 (15,142 ) (1,568 ) (1,878 ) 9,414 9,414
Amortisation of intangibles (94 ) (94 ) (94 )
Integration costs (118 ) (16 ) (134 ) (134 )




























10,596 17,406 28,002 (15,260 ) (1,678 ) (1,878 ) 9,186 9,186


























Note:
(1) Revenue represents total income included in the income statement grossed-up for interest payable and fees and commissions payable.

165






Notes on the accounts continued

 

42 Segmental analysis (continued)

Group


























Operating
expenses
Net and Depreciation Allocation of Operating
interest Non-interest insurance and Impairment Manufacturing profit
income income Total claims amortisation losses Contribution costs before tax
2005 £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m




























Global Banking & Markets 1,034 4,557 5,591 (1,800 ) (473 ) (139 ) 3,179 (138 ) 3,041
UK Corporate Banking 1,904 1,265 3,169 (644 ) (343 ) (196 ) 1,986 (414 ) 1,572
Retail 4,068 3,374 7,442 (2,451 ) (38 ) (1,172 ) 3,781 (1,517 ) 2,264
Wealth Management 442 372 814 (377 ) (14 ) (13 ) 410 (138 ) 272
Ulster Bank 655 203 858 (246 ) (24 ) (58 ) 530 (207 ) 323
Citizens 2,122 1,142 3,264 (1,407 ) (151 ) (131 ) 1,575 1,575
RBS Insurance 461 5,028 5,489 (4,527 ) (27 ) 935 (207 ) 728
Manufacturing (146 ) 51 (95 ) (2,140 ) (523 ) (2,758 ) 2,758
Central items (622 ) (341 ) (963 ) (431 ) 5 2 (1,387 ) (137 ) (1,524 )




























9,918 15,651 25,569 (14,023 ) (1,588 ) (1,707 ) 8,251 8,251
Amortisation of intangibles (97 ) (97 ) (97 )
Integration costs (318 ) (140 ) (458 ) (458 )
Net gain on sale of strategic
   investments and subsidiaries 333 333 (93 ) 240 240




























9,918 15,984 25,902 (14,434 ) (1,825 ) (1,707 ) 7,936 7,936


























 
2004




























Global Banking & Markets 899 3,714 4,613 (1,496 ) (428 ) (311 ) 2,378 (128 ) 2,250
UK Corporate Banking 1,639 1,347 2,986 (586 ) (332 ) (270 ) 1,798 (383 ) 1,415
Retail 3,858 3,529 7,387 (2,568 ) (35 ) (702 ) 4,082 (1,402 ) 2,680
Wealth Management 403 370 773 (366 ) (30 ) (18 ) 359 (128 ) 231
Ulster Bank 550 193 743 (224 ) (27 ) (40 ) 452 (192 ) 260
Citizens 1,609 659 2,268 (1,003 ) (77 ) (117 ) 1,071 1,071
RBS Insurance 426 4,613 5,039 (4,135 ) (31 ) 873 (192 ) 681
Manufacturing (102 ) 36 (66 ) (2,060 ) (426 ) (2,552 ) 2,552
Central items (211 ) (141 ) (352 ) (243 ) 10 (27 ) (612 ) (127 ) (739 )




























9,071 14,320 23,391 (12,681 ) (1,376 ) (1,485 ) 7,849 7,849
Amortisation of intangibles (45 ) (45 ) (45 )
Integration costs (267 ) (253 ) (520 ) (520 )




























9,071 14,320 23,391 (12,948 ) (1,674 ) (1,485 ) 7,284 7,284


























     
2006 2005 2004
 























Inter Inter Inter
External segment Total External segment Total External segment Total
Total revenue £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m




























Global Banking & Markets 11,414 7,638 19,052 8,474 3,623 12,097 6,718 3,370 10,088
UK Corporate Banking 5,957 18 5,975 6,104 101 6,205 5,039 637 5,676
Retail 11,334 1,612 12,946 10,880 1,516 12,396 10,441 1,392 11,833
Wealth Management 1,028 1,430 2,458 870 1,129 1,999 861 918 1,779
Ulster Bank 2,174 196 2,370 1,638 150 1,788 1,281 53 1,334
Citizens 5,872 2 5,874 4,878 4 4,882 2,929 15 2,944
RBS Insurance 6,365 82 6,447 6,194 67 6,261 6,043 33 6,076
Manufacturing 49 5 54 54 6 60 42 15 57
Central items 93 7,985 8,078 28 5,161 5,189 23 2,065 2,088
Eliminations (18,968 ) (18,968 ) (11,757 ) (11,757 ) (8,498 ) (8,498 )




























44,286 44,286 39,120 39,120 33,377 33,377
Net gain on sale of strategic
   investments 333 333




























44,286 44,286 39,453 39,453 33,377 33,377



























166




 

2006 2005 2004
 




















 
Inter Inter Inter
External segment Total External segment Total External segment Total
Total income £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m



























Global Banking & Markets 8,497 (1,671 ) 6,826 6,311 (720 ) 5,591 5,343 (730 ) 4,613
UK Corporate Banking 5,222 (1,769 ) 3,453 4,696 (1,527 ) 3,169 4,153 (1,167 ) 2,986
Retail 8,072 (369 ) 7,703 7,673 (231 ) 7,442 7,423 (36 ) 7,387
Wealth Management (462 ) 1,396 934 (235 ) 1,049 814 18 755 773
Ulster Bank 1,109 (121 ) 988 973 (115 ) 858 800 (57 ) 743
Citizens 3,399 (82 ) 3,317 3,353 (89 ) 3,264 2,265 3 2,268
RBS Insurance 5,662 17 5,679 5,501 (12 ) 5,489 5,064 (25 ) 5,039
Manufacturing (85 ) (21 ) (106 ) (61 ) (34 ) (95 ) (66 ) (66 )
Central items (3,412 ) 2,620 (792 ) (2,642 ) 1,679 (963 ) (1,609 ) 1,257 (352 )



























28,002 28,002 25,569 25,569 23,391 23,391
Net gain on sale of strategic
   investments 333 333



























  28,002 28,002 25,902 25,902 23,391 23,391



























Note:
(1) Segmental results for 2005 and 2004 have been restated to reflect transfers of businesses between segments in 2006.

   Group

Cost to
acquire fixed
assets and
Assets – Liabilities – intangible Cost to
before before assets – before acquire
allocation of Allocation of allocation of Allocation of allocation of Allocation of fixed assets
Manufacturing Manufacturing Manufacturing Manufacturing Manufacturing Manufacturing and intangible
assets assets Assets liabilities liabilities Liabilities assets assets assets
2006 £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m






















Global Banking & Markets 498,191 228 498,419 444,487 444,487 2,069 14 2,083
UK Corporate Banking 88,677 417 89,094 80,221 80,221 1,284 46 1,330
Retail 114,778 3,546 118,324 93,049 1,014 94,063 13 186 199
Wealth Management 11,082 196 11,278 29,421 29,421 79 19 98
Ulster Bank 43,119 265 43,384 34,467 34,467 166 24 190
Citizens 82,531 82,531 69,770 69,770 203 203
RBS Insurance 12,252 397 12,649 9,085 9,085 83 54 137
Manufacturing 5,709 (5,709 ) 1,884 (1,884 ) 361 (361 )
Central items 15,093 660 15,753 63,558 870 64,428 482 18 500






















Group 871,432 871,432 825,942 825,942 4,740 4,740




















 
2005






















Global Banking & Markets 422,407 219 422,626 388,221 388,221 2,359 79 2,438
UK Corporate Banking 76,799 406 77,205 68,037 68,037 1,315 116 1,431
Retail 110,287 3,538 113,825 86,275 967 87,242 24 532 556
Wealth Management 10,078 191 10,269 26,369 26,369 42 58 100
Ulster Bank 35,875 256 36,131 29,878 29,878 77 81 158
Citizens 92,197 92,197 77,471 77,471 301 301
RBS Insurance 12,523 390 12,913 8,925 8,925 172 96 268
Manufacturing 5,638 (5,638 ) 1,788 (1,788 ) 998 (998 )
Central items 11,023 638 11,661 52,319 821 53,140 36 36






















Group 776,827 776,827 739,283 739,283 5,288 5,288




















2006 2005
Shareholders’ equity by division £m £m






















Global Banking & Markets 10,745 9,449
UK Corporate Banking 6,987 6,281
Retail 6,057 6,361
Wealth Management 487 462
Ulster Bank 2,960 2,256
Citizens 11,765 12,402
RBS Insurance 2,461 2,219
Manufacturing 246 264
Central items (1,481 ) (4,259 )






















Group 40,227 35,435




Note:
(1) Segmental results for 2005 have been restated to reflect transfers of businesses between segments in 2006.


167






Notes on the accounts continued

 

42 Segmental analysis (continued)

Segmental analysis of goodwill is as follows:

Group

Global UK
Banking & Corporate Wealth Ulster RBS Central
Markets Banking Retail Management Bank Citizens Insurance items Total
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m


























At 1 January 2005 36 150 257 153 425 6,635 961 9,415 18,032
Currency translation and other adjustments (5 ) (3 ) (4 ) (11 ) 809 786
Arising on acquisitions during the year 1 9 103 113
Disposals (96 ) (12 ) (108 )


























At 1 January 2006 31 55 263 137 414 7,444 1,064 9,415 18,823
Currency translation and other adjustments 4 (8 ) (7 ) (9 ) (904 ) (924 )
Disposals (3 ) (7 ) (10 )


























At 31 December 2006 35 55 255 127 405 6,533 1,064 9,415 17,889
























(b) Geographical segments

The geographical analyses in the tables below have been compiled on the basis of location of office where the transactions are recorded.

Group









Rest of
UK USA Europe the World Total
2006 £m £m £m £m £m











Total revenue 29,162   9,411   4,683   1,030   44,286
 








Net interest income 7,541   2,278   709   68   10,596
Fees and commissions (net) 3,443   1,245   412   94   5,194
Income from trading activities 1,585   939   108   43   2,675
Other operating income 2,766   295   491   12   3,564
Insurance premium income (net of reinsurers’ share) 5,604     369     5,973











Total income 20,939   4,757   2,089   217   28,002
 








Operating profit before tax 6,038   2,334   785   29   9,186
 








Total assets 589,962   201,134   60,759   19,577   871,432
 








Total liabilities 568,492   187,143   56,662   13,645   825,942
 








Net assets attributable to equity shareholders and minority interests 21,470   13,991   4,097   5,932   45,490
 








Contingent liabilities and commitments 179,558   57,873   13,244   7,159   257,834
 








Cost to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 3,040   254   1,427   19   4,740
 








                     
2005











Total revenue 27,461 7,562 3,650 780 39,453









Net interest income 6,942 2,225 713 38 9,918
Fees and commissions (net) 3,466 1,100 263 80 4,909
Income from trading activities 1,263 959 56 65 2,343
Other operating income 2,330 211 403 9 2,953
Insurance premium income (net of reinsurers’ share) 5,462 317 5,779











Total income 19,463 4,495 1,752 192 25,902









Operating profit before tax 5,278 2,032 602 24 7,936









Total assets 492,962 205,514 62,203 16,148 776,827









Total liabilities 473,581 191,189 58,527 15,986 739,283









Net assets attributable to equity shareholders and minority interests 19,381 14,325 3,676 162 37,544









Contingent liabilities and commitments 161,927 51,392 10,714 1,164 225,197









Cost to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 3,353 337 1,581 17 5,288









168






Group

Rest of
UK USA Europe the World Total
2004 £m £m £m £m £m











Total revenue 25,486 4,698 2,772 421 33,377









Net interest income 6,454 1,825 751 41 9,071
Fees and commissions (net) 3,455 717 301 74 4,547
Income from trading activities 1,113 821 18 36 1,988
Other operating income 1,741 109 284 4 2,138
Insurance premium income (net of reinsurers’ share) 5,390 257 5,647











Total income 18,153 3,472 1,611 155 23,391









Operating profit before tax 5,059 1,575 583 67 7,284









Total assets 382,623 145,748 45,845 13,906 588,122









Total liabilities 362,297 131,449 43,129 13,850 550,725









Net assets attributable to equity shareholders and minority interests 20,326 14,299 2,716 56 37,397









Contingent liabilities and commitments 151,489 37,972 6,791 618 196,870









Cost to acquire property, plant and equipment and intangible assets 3,811 6,178 1,736 2 11,727









43 Directors’ and key management remuneration

  Group




  2006 2005
Directors’ remuneration £000 £000





Non-executive directors – emoluments 998 924
Chairman and executive directors – emoluments 19,448 8,994
Chairman and executive directors – contributions and allowances in respect of defined  
                                                             contribution pension schemes 101 220





  20,547 10,138
Chairman and executive directors – amounts receivable under long-term incentive plans 3,997 4,778
Chairman and executive directors – gains on exercise of share options 2 11





  24,546 14,927
 



The figures for 2006 include remuneration paid to Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher prior to their appointment as directors on 1 March 2006. For this period, Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher received salary and benefits of £141,000 and £105,000 respectively. The figures above also include the full year performance bonus for Mr Cameron and Mr Fisher.

Retirement benefits are accruing to five directors (2005 – four) under defined benefit schemes, two (2005 – two) of whom also accrued benefits under defined contribution schemes.

The executive directors may also participate in the company’s executive share option, sharesave and option 2000 schemes and details of their interests in the company’s shares arising from their participation are given on pages 82 and 83. Details of the remuneration received by each director during the year and each director’s pension arrangements are given on pages 81 to 86.

Compensation of key management

The aggregate remuneration of directors and other members of key management during the year was as follows:

  Group




  2006 2005
  £000 £000





Short-term benefits 41,003 26,180
Post-employment benefits 11,264 9,383
Other long-term 3,309 4,215
Share-based payments 2,787 1,568





  58,363 41,346
 



169






Notes on the accounts continued

 

44 Transactions with directors, officers and others

(a) At 31 December 2006, the amounts outstanding in relation to transactions, arrangements and agreements entered into by authorised institutions in the Group, as defined in UK legislation, were £284,031 in respect of loans to eight persons who were directors of the company (or persons connected with them) at any time during the financial period and £1,234 to one person who was an officer of the company at any time during the financial period.
 
(b) For the purposes of IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’, key management comprise directors of the company and members of the Group Executive Management Committee. The captions in the Group’s primary financial statements include the following amounts attributable, in aggregate, to key management:
 
  2006 2005
£000 £000





Loans and advances to customers 2,188 3,090
Customer accounts 18,575 12,604






Key management have banking relationships with Group entities which are entered into in the normal course of business.

Key management had no reportable transactions or balances with the company except for dividends.

45 Related parties

(a)      Group companies provide development and other types of capital support to businesses in their roles as providers of finance. These investments are made in the normal course of business and on arm’s-length terms. In some instances, the investment may extend to ownership or control over 20% or more of the voting rights of the investee company. However, these investments are not considered to give rise to transactions of a materiality requiring disclosure under IAS 24.
 
(b)      The Group recharges The Royal Bank of Scotland Group Pension Fund with the cost of administration services incurred by it. The amounts involved are not material to the Group.
 
(c) In accordance with IAS 24, transactions or balances between Group entities that have been eliminated on consolidation are not reported.
 
(d) The captions in the primary financial statements of the parent company include amounts attributable to subsidiaries. These amounts have been disclosed in aggregate in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

170






46 Transition to IFRS

Implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005

  UK GAAP   IFRS
 


(a) Financial instruments: financial assets
   
  Loans are measured at cost less provisions for bad and doubtful debts, derivatives held-for-trading are carried at fair value and hedging derivatives are accounted for in accordance with the treatment of the item being hedged (see Derivatives and hedging below).   Under IAS 39, financial assets are classified into held-to-maturity; available-for-sale; held-for-trading; designated as at fair value through profit or loss; and loans and receivables. Financial assets classified as held-to-maturity or as loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost. Other financial assets are measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of available-for-sale financial assets are reported in a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Changes in the fair value of financial assets held-for-trading or designated as at fair value are taken to profit or loss. Financial assets can be classified as held-to-maturity only if they have a fixed maturity and the reporting entity has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. Trading financial assets are held for the purpose of selling in the near term. IFRS allows any financial asset to be designated as at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition. Unquoted debt financial assets that are not classified as held-to-maturity, held-for-trading or designated as at fair value through profit or loss are categorised as loans and receivables. All other financial assets are classified as available-for-sale.
     
  Debt securities and equity shares intended for use on a continuing basis in the Group’s activities are classified as investment securities and are stated at cost less provision for any permanent diminution in value. The cost of dated investment securities is adjusted for the amortisation of premiums or discounts. Other debt securities and equity shares are carried at fair value.  
 


(b) Financial instruments: financial liabilities
   
  Under UK GAAP, short positions in securities and trading derivatives are carried at fair value; all other financial liabilities are recorded at amortised cost.   IAS 39 requires all financial liabilities to be measured at amortised cost except those held-for-trading and those that were designated as at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition.
 


(c) Liabilities and equity
   
  Under UK GAAP, all shares are classified as shareholders’ funds. An analysis of shareholders’ funds between equity and non-equity interests is given.   There is no concept of non-equity shares in IFRS. Instruments are classified between equity and liabilities in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangements. A non-derivative instrument is classified as equity if it does not include a contractual obligation either to deliver cash or to exchange financial instruments with another entity under potentially unfavourable conditions, and, if the instrument will or may be settled by the issue of equity, settlement does not involve the issue of a variable number of shares. On implementation of IAS 32, non-equity shares with a balance sheet value of £3,192 million and £2,568 million of non-equity minority interests were reclassified as liabilities.
 


 

171





Notes on the accounts continued

 

46 Transition to IFRS (continued)

Implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 on 1 January 2005 (continued)

  UK GAAP   IFRS
 


(d) Effective interest rate and lending fees
   
  Under UK GAAP, loan origination fees are recognised when received unless they are charged in lieu of interest.   IAS 39 requires the amortised cost of a financial instrument to be calculated using the effective interest method. The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts estimated future cash flows over an instrument’s expected life to its net carrying value. It takes into account all fees and points paid that are an integral part of the yield, transaction costs and all other premiums and discounts.
       
      On implementation of IAS 39, the carrying value of financial assets was reduced by £708 million and financial liabilities increased by £224 million, deferred tax was reduced by £283 million and shareholders’ equity reduced by £649 million.
 


(e) Derivatives and hedging
   
  Under UK GAAP non-trading derivatives are accounted for on an accruals basis in accordance with the accounting treatment of the underlying transaction or transactions being hedged. If a non-trading derivative transaction is terminated or ceases to be an effective hedge, it is remeasured at fair value and any gain or loss amortised over the remaining life of the underlying transaction or transactions being hedged. If a hedged item is derecognised the related non-trading derivative is remeasured at fair value and any gain or loss taken to the income statement.   Under IAS 39, all derivatives are measured at fair value. Hedge accounting is permitted for three types of hedge relationship: fair value hedge – the hedge of changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or firm commitment; cash flow hedge – the hedge of variability in cash flows from a recognised asset or liability or a forecasted transaction; and the hedge of a net investment in a foreign entity. In a fair value hedge the gain or loss on the derivative is recognised in profit or loss as it arises offset by the corresponding gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the risk hedged. In a cash flow hedge and in the hedge of a net investment in a foreign entity, the element of the derivative’s gain or loss that is an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity. The ineffective element is taken to the income statement. Certain conditions must be met for a relationship to qualify for hedge accounting. These include designation, documentation and prospective and actual hedge effectiveness. On implementation of IAS 39, non-trading derivatives were remeasured at fair value.
       
 

Embedded derivatives are not bifurcated from the host contract.

  A derivative embedded in a contract is accounted for as a stand-alone derivative if its economic characteristics are not closely related to the economic characteristics of the host contract, unless the entire contract is carried at fair value through profit or loss.
 


(f) Loan impairment
   
  Under UK GAAP provisions for bad and doubtful debts are made so as to record impaired loans at their ultimate net realisable value. Specific provisions are established against individual advances or portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous advances and the general provision covers advances impaired at the balance sheet date but which have not been identified as such. Interest receivable from loans and advances is credited to the income statement as it accrues unless there is significant doubt that it can be collected.   IFRS require impairment losses on financial assets carried at amortised cost to be measured as the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset's original effective interest rate. There is no concept of specific and general provision – under IFRS impairment is assessed individually for individually significant assets but can be assessed collectively for other assets. Once an impairment loss has been recognised on a financial asset or group of financial assets, interest income is recognised on the carrying amount using the rate of interest at which estimated future cash flows were discounted in measuring impairment.

 

172






  UK GAAP   IFRS
 


(g)      Offset
   
  Under UK GAAP an intention to settle net is not a requirement for set off; the entity must have the ability to insist on net settlement and that ability is assured beyond doubt.   For a financial asset and a financial liability to be offset, IFRS require that an entity must intend to settle on a net basis or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
       
      On implementation of IAS 32, the balance sheet value of financial assets and financial liabilities increased by £104 billion.
 


(h) Insurance contracts
   
  All contracts within the life assurance business are accounted for as insurance contracts and the obligations to policyholders presented as Long-term assurance liabilities attributable to policyholders.   IFRS 4 requires life assurance products to be classified between insurance contracts and investment contracts. The latter are accounted for in accordance with IAS 39. Insurance contracts continue to be accounted for using the embedded value methodology.
       
  The value placed on in-force policies includes future investment margins.   The value of in-force policies excludes any amounts that reflect future investment margins.
       
 


(i) Linked presentation
   
  FRS 5 ‘Reporting the Substance of Transactions’ allows qualifying transactions to be presented using the linked presentation.   There is no linked presentation under IFRS. If substantially all the risks and rewards have been retained, the gross assets and related funding are presented separately.
 


(j) Extinguishment of liabilities
   
  Under UK GAAP, recognition of a financial liability ceases once any transfer of economic benefits to the creditor is no longer likely.   A financial liability is removed from the balance sheet when, and only when, it is extinguished i.e. when the obligation specified in the contract is discharged or cancelled or expires.
 


 

173






Notes on the accounts continued

 

46 Transition to IFRS (continued)

Analysis of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 adjustments

Balance sheet at 1 January 2005 – Group

    IFRS
31 December
2004
Offset Other
IAS 39
Debt/
equity
  Classification/
measurement
 
  Embedded
derivatives
 
  Provisioning
and
impairment
 
  Hedging/
measurement
 
  Derecognition   Revenue
recognition
Insurance
contracts
Fair
value
option
  Other  Total
adjustments
IFRS
1 January
2005
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m £m













































Assets                            
Cash and balances at                            
   central banks 4,293                             4,293
Treasury bills and                            
   other eligible bills 6,110         (1 )                   (1 ) 6,109
Loans and advances                            
   to banks 61,073   4,425   165           4       23     1   4,618   65,691
Loans and advances                            
   to customers 347,251   28,566   1,533     (31 )     (82 )   518   4,022   (615 )         33,911   381,162
Debt securities 93,908     747     (241 )       50   (580 )     31       7   93,915
Equity shares 4,723         507                 1   508   5,231
Intangible assets 19,242                             19,242
Property, plant and                            
   equipment 16,428                   (3 )         (3)   16,425
Settlement balances 5,682                             5,682
Derivatives at fair                                                            
   value 17,800   71,509       (18)   114     520         (20 )     72,105   89,905
Prepayments,
   accrued income
   and other assets
11,612 (29 )   (2,445 )     (1 )   3     (379 )   327   (90 )   (142 )     (1 )   (2,757 ) 8,855













































Total assets 588,122   104,471       215   117   (82 )   713   3,769   (708 )   (88 )   (20 )   1   108,388   696,510
   










































                                                                                       
Liabilities                            
Deposits by banks 99,883   4,425   207           10   1,501           6,143   106,026
Customer accounts 283,315   28,566   937     (2 )   (39 )     (11 )   177     2,102     1   31,731   315,046
Debt securities in issue 63,999     342     (25 )       (1,060 )   2,131       858     2,246   66,245
Settlement balances                            
   and short positions 32,990     349                       349   33,339
Derivatives at fair value 18,876   71,509       (19 )   188     1,599         (876 )     72,401   91,277
Accruals, deferred                            
   income and other                            
   assets 17,648 (29 )   (2,346 )   (60 )   32   (32 )     (636 )   130   224   (162 )   (49 )     (2,928 ) 14,720
Retirement benefit                            
   liabilities 2,940                             2,940
Deferred taxation                            
   liabilities 2,061         65     (24 )   12   (51 )   (283)   46       (235 ) 1,826
Insurance liabilities 8,647                     (2,055 )       (2,055 ) 6,592
Subordinated liabilities 20,366     511   5,820         782         47     7,160   27,526
Minority interests 3,492       (2,493 )               (48 )       (2,541 ) 951
Shareholders’ equity 33,905       (3,267 )   164     (58 )   17   (119 )   (649 )   29       (3,883 ) 30,022













































Total liabilities                            
   and equity 588,122   104,471       215   117   (82 )   713   3,769   (708 )   (88 )   (20)   1   108,388   696,510
   











































174







Balance sheet at 1 January 2005 – Company

IFRS Fair IFRS
31 December Debt/ Other Hedging & value Total 1 January
2004 equity IAS 32/39 measurement option adjustments 2005
£m £m £m £m £m £m £m






















Assets              
Loans and advances to banks 4,106   3,959   91       4,050   8,156  
Loans and advances to customers 305   153   95       248   553  
Investment in Group undertakings 21,900   (4,004 )         (4,004 )   17,896  
Derivatives at fair value     101   4     105   105  
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets 318     (287 )   (17 )     (304 )   14  





















 
Total assets 26,629   108     (13 )     95   26,724  



















 
                                         
Liabilities              
Deposits by banks 174             174  
Debt securities in issue 1,608     6       6   1,614  
Derivatives at fair value     96       96   96  
Accruals, deferred income and other liabilities 301   (31 )   (146 )     (45 )   (222 )   79  
Subordinated liabilities 5,935   3,219   44     45   3,308   9,243  
Shareholders’ funds 18,611   (3,080 )     (13 )     (3,093 )   15,518  





















 
Total liabilities 26,629   108     (13 )     95   26,724  



















 
                                         
Reconciliation of shareholders’ funds         Group Company  
        £m £m  





















 
Shareholders’ funds under IFRS at 31 December 2004         33,905     18,611  
Standards applicable from 1 January 2005:              
Non-equity shares reclassified to debt         (3,192 )     (3,192 )
Revenue recognition         (932 )      
Derecognition         (170 )      
Securities         229      
Investments in Group undertakings adjusted to historic cost                 108  
Other         (53 )     (14 )
Tax effect on adjustments         235     5  





















 
Shareholders’ funds under IFRS at 1 January 2005         30,022     15,518  
Equity – minority interests         951      





















 
Equity under IFRS at 1 January 2005         30,973     15,518  
 






 


    Group      Company  
   



   



 
 Fair value on
implementation of IAS 39
    Carrying value
under UK GAAP
 
   Fair value on
implementation of IAS 39
    Carrying value
under UK GAAP
 
 
As at 1 January 2005 £m £m £m £m












 
Financial assets                        
– designated as at fair value through profit or loss   2,579     2,728          
– available-for-sale   40,161     39,718          
                         
Financial liabilities                        
– designated as at fair value through profit or loss   9,976     10,071          












 


175





Notes on the accounts continued

 

47  Significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP

The consolidated accounts of the Group have been prepared in accordance with IFRS issued and extant at 31 December 2006 which differ in certain significant respects from US GAAP. The significant differences which affect the Group are summarised below in three separate sections:

Section (1) covers ongoing significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP.

Section (2) summarises those adjustments that, although the applicable IFRS and US GAAP standards are substantially the same, arise because their effective dates for the Group differ.

Section (3) sets out significant differences between US GAAP and IFRS for 2004.

(1)   Ongoing GAAP differences    
       
  IFRS   US GAAP
 


(a) Acquisition accounting    
       
  All integration costs relating to acquisitions are expensed as post-acquisition expenses.   Certain restructuring and exit costs incurred in the acquired business are treated as liabilities assumed on acquisition and taken into account in the calculation of goodwill.
       
       
 


(b) Property revaluation and depreciation    
       
  Prior to the implementation of IFRS the Group revalued annually freehold and leasehold properties occupied for its own use. On transition to IFRS, as permitted by IFRS 1 valuation of these properties at 31 December 2003 was deemed to be their cost.   Under US GAAP, revaluations of property are not permitted. Depreciation is charged, and gains or losses on disposal are based on the depreciated cost for own-use and investment properties.
       
 

Investment properties are carried at fair value; changes in fair value are included in profit or loss.

   
 


(c) Leasehold property provisions    
       
  Provisions are recognised on leasehold properties when there is a commitment to vacate the property.   Provisions are recognised on leasehold properties at the time the property is vacated.
 


(d) Loan origination    
       
  Only costs that are incremental and directly attributable to the origination of a loan are deferred over the period of the related loan or facility.   Certain direct (but not necessarily incremental) costs are deferred and recognised over the period of the related loan or facility.
       
 


(e) Pension costs    
       
  Pension scheme assets are measured at their fair value. Scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit method and discounted at the current rate of return on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency. Any surplus or deficit of scheme assets compared with liabilities is recognised in the balance sheet as an asset (surplus) or liability (deficit). An asset is only recognised to the extent that the surplus can be recovered through reduced contributions in the future or through refunds from the scheme.   US GAAP requires similar measurement of pension assets and liabilities. Any surplus or deficit is recognised on the balance sheet with effect from 31 December 2006 and changes in the funded status of the plan are recognised through comprehensive income. In the income statement, a certain portion of actuarial gains and losses are deferred over the average remaining service lives of active employees expected to receive benefits. Prior to 31 December 2006 an additional minimum liability was recognised in comprehensive income as the accumulated benefit obligation (the current value of accrued benefits without the allowance for future salary increases) exceeded the fair value of plan assets and a prepayment was recorded.
 


(f) Pension costs – acquisition accounting    
       
  On the acquisition of NatWest, the fair value of the pension scheme surplus was restricted to the amount expected to be realised through reduced contributions or refunds.   Under US GAAP, the full surplus was recognised as a fair value adjustment in 2000. As a result goodwill recognised under US GAAP on the acquisition of NatWest was lower than under IFRS.
 



176






  IFRS   US GAAP
 



(g) Sale and leaseback transactions      
       
  If a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating lease and it is clear that the transaction is established at fair value, the seller recognises any profit immediately.   If a sale and leaseback transaction results in an operating lease, the seller recognises any profit on the sale in proportion to the related gross rental charged to expense over the lease term unless:
         
      (a) the seller relinquishes the right to substantially all the remaining use of the property sold in which case the sale and leaseback is accounted for as separate transactions; or
         
 

 

  (b) the seller retains more than a minor part but less than substantially all of the use of the property through the leaseback in which case the profit on sale in excess of the present value of minimum lease payments is recognised at the date of sale.
 



(h) Long-term assurance business      
       
  IFRS requires contracts to be analysed between insurance and investment contracts. Investment contracts are accounted for as financial instruments. Insurance contracts are accounted for using an embedded value methodology: the shareholders’ interest in the long-term assurance fund is valued as the discounted value of the cash flows expected to be generated from in-force policies together with net assets in excess of the statutory liabilities.  

US GAAP also requires contracts to be classified either as insurance or investment contracts; however US GAAP does not permit embedded value reporting.

US GAAP requires deferred acquisition cost and income accounting for all contracts. Where investment contract policy charges benefit future periods, they are deferred and amortised.

 



(i) Financial instruments      
         
  Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss      
 

Under IFRS, financial assets held for trading are measured at fair value. A financial asset may be designated as at fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition.

Debt securities classified as loans and receivables
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable repayments that are not quoted in an active market are classified as loans and receivables except those that are classified as held-to-maturity, held-for-trading, available-for-sale or designated as at fair value through profit or loss. Loans and receivables are initially recognised at fair value plus directly related transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at adjusted cost using the effective interest method less any impairment losses. The Group has classified some debt securities as loans and receivables.

 

Trading securities and derivatives are carried at fair value. Designation on initial recognition is not allowed. Securities held by the Group’s private equity business are considered to be held by investment companies and carried at fair value with changes in fair value being reflected in net income.

Under US GAAP, these debt securities are classified as available-for-sale securities with unrealised gains and losses reported in a separate component of equity, except when the unrealised loss is considered other than temporary in whichcase the loss is included in net income.

       
  Available-for-sale financial assets    
  Under IAS 39 financial assets classified as available-for-sale may take any legal form.   Under US GAAP, debt and equity securities having a readily determinable fair value are classified as available-for-sale. Such securities are measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses reported in a separate component of equity.
     
  Equity shares, the sale of which is restricted by contractual requirements (restricted stock) are carried at fair value.   Restricted stock are recorded at cost.
         
  Loans classified as held-for-trading      
  Under IAS 39, loans classified as held-for-trading are carried at fair value.   Collateralised loans arising from reverse repurchase and stock borrowing agreements and cash collateral given are measured at cost. Other held-for-trading loans are measured at the lower of cost and fair value except those held by the Group’s broker-dealer and its affiliates which are recorded at fair value.
 



177






Notes on the accounts continued

 

47  Significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP (continued)

       
  IFRS   US GAAP
 


 

Foreign exchange gains and losses on monetary available-for- sale financial assets

   
  For the purposes of recognising foreign exchange gains and losses, a monetary available-for-sale debt security is treated as if it were carried at amortised cost in the foreign currency. Accordingly, for such financial assets, exchange differences resulting from retranslating amortised cost are recognised in profit or loss.   Exchange differences are included with other unrealised gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and reported in a separate component of equity.
       
  Financial liabilities    
  All financial liabilities held-for-trading are classified as such and carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in net income. A financial liability may be designated as at fair value through profit or loss.   Only financial liabilities that are derivatives and short positions are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in net income.
 


(j) Derivatives and hedging    
       
  Gains and losses arising from changes in fair value of a derivative are recognised as they arise in profit or loss unless the derivative is the hedging instrument in a qualifying hedge. The Group enters into three types of hedge relationship: hedges of changes in the fair value of a recognised asset or liability or firm commitment (fair value hedges); hedges of the variability in cash flows from a recognised asset or liability or a forecast transaction (cash flow hedges); and hedges of the net investment in a foreign entity.   US GAAP principles are similar to IFRS. There are however differences in their detailed application. The Group has not recognised any hedge relationships for US GAAP purposes except hedges of net investments in overseas operations. All derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in net income.
 


(k) Liabilities and equity    
       
  Certain preference shares issued by the company where distributions are not discretionary are classified as debt.   Under US GAAP, preference shares issued by the company are classified as equity, as they are perpetual and redeemable only at the option of the company.
 


 (l) Consolidation    
       
  All entities controlled by the Group are consolidated including those special purpose entities (SPEs) where the substance of the relationship between the reporting entity and the SPE indicates that it is controlled by the Group.   US GAAP requires consolidation by the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (VIE). An enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if it will absorb the majority of the VIE’s expected losses, receive a majority of expected residual returns, or both.
       
 

 

  This GAAP difference has no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity.
 


(m) Offset arrangements    
       
 

A financial asset and a financial liability are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when, and only when, the Group currently has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts; and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Arrangements such as master netting agreements do not generally provide a basis for offsetting.

 

Under US GAAP, debit and credit balances with the same counterparty may be offset only where there is a legally enforceable right of set-off and the intention to settle on a net basis. However, fair value amounts for forward, interest rate swap, currency swap, option, and other conditional or exchange contracts executed with the same counterparty under a master netting agreement may be offset as may repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements that are executed under a master netting agreement with the same counterparty and have the same settlement date.

This GAAP difference has no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity.

 



178





 

(2) Implementation timing differences    
       
  This section sets out those adjustments that, although the applicable IFRS and US GAAP standards are substantially the same, arise because their effective dates for the Group differ.
       
  IFRS   US GAAP
 


  Intangible assets
Purchased goodwill
   
 

Purchased goodwill is recorded at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is tested annually (at 30 September) for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired.

 

US GAAP requires the same treatment of purchased goodwill. This was adopted by the Group from 1 July 2001. Prior to this goodwill was recognised as an asset and amortised over periods of up to 25 years. No amortisation was written back on this change of policy.

     
 

Goodwill arising on acquisitions after 1 October 1998 was capitalised and amortised over its estimated useful economic life. Goodwill arising on acquisitions before 1 October 1998 was deducted from equity. The carrying amount of goodwill in the Group's opening IFRS balance sheet was its carrying value under UK GAAP as at 31 December 2003.

There was no restatement of previous acquisitions in 1998. In 2004 no amortisation was written back.

 
     
  Other intangibles  
  Until 2004 intangible assets acquired in a business combination were recognised separately from goodwill only if they were separable and reliably measurable. From 1 January 2004 intangible assets are recognised if they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights. All intangible assets are amortised over their useful economic lives.   For US GAAP purposes the Group recognised intangible assets separately from goodwill from 1 July 2001. This has resulted in the recognition of additional intangible assets and consequently a higher amortisation charge under US GAAP.
 


  Other adjustments in the reconciliation of net income from IFRS to US GAAP for the year ended 31 December 2005 include refinements to estimates arising from the implementation of IFRS.
     
(3)      For 2004  
     
  As permitted by IFRS 1, in the preparation of the Group’s 2004 consolidated income statements and balance sheets, all IFRS have been applied except those relating to financial instruments and insurance contracts where UK GAAP principles then current have been applied.
     
  IFRS or relevant UK GAAP   US GAAP
 


(a) Acquisition accounting  
     
  All integration costs relating to acquisitions are expensed as post-acquisition expenses.   Certain restructuring and exit costs incurred in the acquired business are treated as liabilities assumed on acquisition and taken into account in the calculation of goodwill.
 




179






Notes on the accounts continued

 

47 Significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP (continued)

  IFRS or relevant UK GAAP   US GAAP
 


(b) Property revaluation and depreciation    
       
  Prior to the implementation of IFRS the Group revalued annually freehold and leasehold properties occupied for itsown use. On transition to IFRS, as permitted by IFRS 1 valuation of these properties at 31 December 2003 was deemed to be their cost.   Under US GAAP, revaluations of property are not permitted. Own-use and investment properties are depreciated and gainsand losses on disposal based on depreciated cost.
     

Investment properties are carried at fair value; changes in fair value are included in profit or loss.

   
 


(c) Leasehold property provisions    
       
  Provisions are raised on leasehold properties when there is a commitment to vacate the property.   Provisions are recognised on leasehold properties at the time the property is vacated.
 


(d) Loan origination    
       
  Certain loan origination fees, together with related costs, are recognised in the income statement as received or incurred.   Loan origination fees and certain direct costs are deferred and recognised over the period of the related loan or facility.
 


(e) Pension costs    
       
  Pension scheme assets are measured at their fair value. Scheme liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using theprojected unit method and discounted at the current rate ofreturn on a high quality corporate bond of equivalent term andcurrency. Any surplus or deficit of scheme assets comparedwith liabilities is recognised in the balance sheet as an asset(surplus) or liability (deficit). An asset is only recognised to theextent that the surplus can be recovered through reducedcontributions in the future or through refunds from the scheme.   US GAAP requires similar valuations but allows a certain portion of actuarial gains and losses to be deferred andallocated in equal amounts over the average remaining servicelives of current employees. An additional minimum liabilitymust be recognised if the accumulated benefit obligation (thecurrent value of accrued benefits without allowance for futuresalary increases) exceeds the fair value of plan assets and theGroup has recorded a prepaid pension cost or has an accruedliability that is less than the unfunded accumulated benefitobligation. Movements in the additional minimum liability are recognised in a separate component of equity.
 


(f) Long-term assurance business    
       
  The shareholders’ interest in the long-term assurance fund is valued as the discounted value of the cash flows expected tobe generated from in-force policies together with net assets inexcess of the statutory liabilities.   US GAAP does not permit embedded value reporting. US GAAP requires bancassurance contracts to be classified eitheras insurance or investment contracts.
     

 

  US GAAP requires deferred acquisition cost and income accounting for all contracts. Where investment contract policy charges benefit future periods, they are deferred and amortised.
 


(g) Extinguishment of liabilities    
       
  Recognition of a financial liability ceases once any transfer of economic benefits to the creditor is no longer likely.   A financial liability is derecognised only when the creditor is paid or the debtor is legally released from being the primaryobligor under the liability, either judicially or by the creditor.
 



180






  IFRS or relevant UK GAAP   US GAAP
 


(h) Financial instruments    
       
  The Group’s debt and equity securities are classified as being held as investment securities or for trading purposes. Investment securities are stated at cost less provision for any permanent diminution in value. Premiums and discounts on dated debt securities are amortised to interest income over the period to maturity. Securities held for trading purposes are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.   Investment securities held by the Group’s private equity business are considered to be held by investment companies and carried at fair value, with changes in fair value being reflected in net income. The Group’s other investment debt securities and marketable investment equity shares are classified as available-for-sale securities and measured at fair value with unrealised gains and losses reported in a separate component of equity, except when the unrealised loss is considered other-than-temporary in which case the loss is included in net income.
 


(i) Derivatives and hedging    
       
  Non-trading derivatives are entered into by the Group to hedge exposures arising from transactions entered into in the normal course of banking activities. They are recognised in the accounts in accordance with the accounting treatment of the underlying transaction or transactions being hedged. To be classified as non-trading, a derivative must match or eliminate the risk inherent in the hedged item from potential movements in interest rates, exchange rates and market values. In addition, there must be a demonstrable link to an underlying transaction, pool of transactions or specified future transaction or transactions. Specified future transactions must be reasonably certain to arise for the derivative to be accounted for as a hedge. In the event that a non-trading derivative transaction is terminated or ceases to be an effective hedge, the derivative is remeasured at fair value and any resulting profit or loss amortised over the remaining life of the underlying transaction or transactions being hedged. If a hedged item is derecognised, or a specified future transaction is no longer likely to occur, the related non-trading derivative is remeasured at fair value and the resulting profit or loss taken to the income statement.   The Group has not made changes in its use of non-trading derivatives to meet the hedge criteria in SFAS 133 ‘Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities’. For US GAAP purposes, its portfolio of non-trading derivatives is remeasured to fair value and changes in fair value reflected in net income.
       
  Monetary assets denominated in a foreign currency are retranslated at closing rates with exchange differences taken to profit or loss. Equity shares financed by foreign currency borrowings are retranslated at closing rates with exchange differences taken to reserves along with differences on the related borrowings.   A non-derivative financial instrument cannot be designated as the hedging instrument in a fair value hedge of the foreign exchange exposure of available-for-sale securities.
       
  Embedded derivatives are not bifurcated from the host contract.   Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments are accounted for on a stand-alone basis if they have economic characteristics and risks that differ from those of the host instrument.
 




181






Notes on the accounts continued

 

47  Significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP (continued)

Recent developments in US GAAP

In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS 155 ‘Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments – an amendment of FASB Statement No 133 and 140’ which is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued by the Group after 1 January 2007. This statement allows any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation to be measured at fair value. The statement also eliminates the exemption from applying SFAS 133 to interests in securitised financial assets.

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No.48 ‘Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement No.109’ which clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in taxes and addresses the recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken. This Interpretation is effective from 1 January 2007 for the Group.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157 ‘Fair Value Measurements’. This statement establishes a framework for fair value measurement and prescribes extended disclosures. SFAS 157 does not extend the scope of fair value measurement in financial statements. The statement will be effective from 1 January 2008 for the Group and will be applied prospectively except for: trades in an active market held by a broker-dealer or investment company where blockage factors were used in determining fair value, instruments recognised at fair value using transaction price in accordance with EITF 02-03, and hybrid instruments measured at fair value at initial recognition.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159 ‘Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115’ which allows companies to report certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The statement’s objective is to reduce complexity in accounting for financial instruments and volatility in earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently.

SFAS 159 also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements. The statement is effective from 1 January 2008; early adoption is permitted from 1 January 2007 provided certain conditions are met.

The Group is evaluating the implications of the above standards and interpretation on its US GAAP reporting.

The FASB issued SFAS 156 ‘Accounting for Servicing of Financial assets – an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140’ in March 2006. This statement simplifies the accounting for servicing rights and related financial instruments used to economically hedge risks associated with those rights. The Group applied SFAS 156 to servicing rights recognised on or after 1 January 2006.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 158 ‘Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans – an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R)’. SFAS 158 requires an employer to (i) recognise the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit plan as an asset or liability with changes in that funded status recognised through comprehensive income; and (ii) measure the funded status of a plan as of the year-end date. It also specifies additional disclosures. It is effective for the Group’s 2006 US GAAP reporting.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (‘SAB No. 108’) ‘Financial Statements – Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatement in Current Year Financial Statements’. SAB 108 requires a company to consider the amount by which the current year income statement may be misstated (‘rollover approach’) and the cumulative amount by which the current year balance sheet may be misstated (‘iron-curtain approach’) when assessing prior year misstatements. SAB 108 is effective for the Group’s 2006 consolidated financial statements; its adoption did not have a material effect.

182






Selected figures in accordance with US GAAP

The following tables summarise the significant adjustments to consolidated net income available for ordinary shareholders and shareholders’ equity which would result from the application of US GAAP instead of IFRS. Where applicable, the adjustments are stated gross of tax with the tax effect shown separately in total.

2006 2005 2004
Consolidated statement of income £m £m £m







       Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders – IFRS   6,202   5,392   4,856
       Adjustments in respect of:            
       Acquisition accounting       66
       Property revaluation and depreciation   (470)   (90)   (65)
       Leasehold property provisions   46   (26)   (19)
       Loan origination   (91)   55   (85)
       Pension costs   (387)   (363)   (283)
       Sale and leaseback transactions   (84)    
       Long-term assurance business   (12)   10   (17)
       Extinguishment of liabilities       (94)
       Financial instruments   196   (556)   (628)
       Derivatives and hedging   (454)   (119)   73
       Liabilities and equity   177   74  
       Implementation timing difference – intangibles   (62)   (66)   (95)
       Other   (31)   (59)   (40)
       Taxation   410   223   240







Net income available for ordinary shareholders – US GAAP   5,440   4,475   3,909
 





Income statement presentation under US GAAP does not differ significantly from IFRS except that under US GAAP impairment losses are included in total income.

2006 2005
Consolidated shareholders’ equity £m £m





Shareholders’ equity – IFRS   40,227   35,435
Adjustments in respect of:        
       Acquisition accounting   494   517
       Property revaluation and depreciation   (873)   (403)
       Leasehold property provisions   84   38
       Loan origination   520   614
       Pension costs   (168)   2,367
       Pension costs – acquisition accounting   (1,555)   (1,555)
       Sale and leaseback transactions   (84)  
       Long-term assurance business   (59)   (47)
       Financial instruments   (2,558)   (259)
       Derivatives and hedging   55   260
       Liabilities and equity   1,491   2,298
       Implementation timing difference – intangibles   1,753   1,919
       Other   (34)  
       Taxation   784   (955)





Shareholders’ equity – US GAAP   40,077   40,229
 



Total assets under US GAAP of £770.8 billion (2005 – £700.4 billion) compared with total assets under IFRS of £871.4 billion (2005 – £776.8 billion) primarily reflect the effect of certain arrangements that can be netted under US GAAP, together with the effects of adjustments made to shareholders’ equity.

183






Notes on the accounts continued

 

47 Significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP (continued)

Earnings per share

Basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) under US GAAP differ from IFRS only to the extent that the income calculated under US GAAP differs from that under IFRS.

2006 2005 2004



No. of Per share No. of Per share No. of Per share
Income* shares amount Income* shares amount Income* shares amount
£m million pence £m million pence £m million pence



















Basic EPS   5,440   3,185   170.8   4,475   3,183   140.6   3,909   3,085   126.7
Dilutive effect of share options                                    
and convertible preference shares   64   58   (1.1)   65   60   (0.6)   66   73   (0.8)



















Diluted EPS   5,504   3,243   169.7   4,540   3,243   140.0   3,975   3,158   125.9
 
















* US GAAP net income available to ordinary shareholders, see page 183.

The Group has convertible preference shares totalling £200 million (2005 and 2004 – £200 million), and $1,000 million (2005 – $1,000 million; 2004 – $1,900 million). All of the convertible preference shares have a dilutive effect in the current year and have been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

Outstanding options to purchase shares are excluded from the computation of diluted EPS where the exercise prices of the options are greater than the average market price of the ordinary shares during the relevant period. At 31 December 2006, there were 5.1 million such options outstanding (2005 – 17.3 million; 2004 – 8.7 million).

184






Pensions

Details of the Group’s pension schemes are provided in Note 3. The provisions of SFAS 87 ‘Employers’ Accounting for Pensions’ and SFAS 158 have been applied to the main scheme and defined benefit plans of some of the subsidiaries, which together cover most of the Group’s employees; the effect of the other schemes on the Group’s US GAAP reporting is considered to be inconsequential. The required disclosures of SFAS 158 for these pension plans are set out below.

Obligations and funded status     Main scheme
Main scheme Other schemes
2006 2006 2006 2005 2004
Change in benefit obligation: £m £m £m £m £m











Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year   19,293   1,997   21,290   16,192   13,963
Foreign exchange movements     (81)   (81)    
Service cost   596   91   687   457   420
Interest cost   914   91   1,005   860   768
Past service cost   4   8   12   3  
Net actuarial (loss)/gain   (1,092)   (136)   (1,228)   2,302   1,568
Benefits and expenses paid   (541)   (25)   (566)   (521)   (527)











Projected benefit obligation at end of year   19,174   1,945   21,119   19,293   16,192
 








 
Change in plan assets:                    











Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year   15,934   1,434   17,368   13,598   11,822
Foreign exchange movements     (59)   (59)    
Unrecognised losses   1,554   126   1,680   2,477   1,234
Employer’s contribution   427   109   536   380   1,069
Benefits and expenses paid   (541)   (25)   (566)   (521)   (527)











Market value of plan assets at end of year   17,374   1,585   18,959   15,934   13,598
 








Funded status of plans   1,800   360   2,160   3,359   2,594
 








 
Change in accumulated other comprehensive income:                    







Foreign exchange movements     (5)   (5)        
Unrecognised losses   4,436     4,436        
Other comprehensive income   (43)   (74)   (117)        







Accumulated other comprehensive income   4,393   (79)   4,314        
 




       
 
Components of net periodic pension cost:                    











Service cost   596   91   687   457   420
Interest cost   914   91   1,005   860   768
Expected return on plan assets   (1,028)   (96)   (1,124)   (932)   (840)
Amortisation of prior service cost   5   7   12   4   1
Amortisation of loss   371   5   376   364   263
Amortisation of net transition asset         (6)   (8)











    858   98   956   747   604
Redundancies   11     11    











Net periodic pension costs   869   98   967   747   604
 








 
Assumptions                    
    Main   Other            
    scheme   schemes            
    2006   2006   2006   2005   2004
Weighted average assumptions used at 31 December:   % per annum   % per annum   % per annum   % per annum   % per annum











Discount rate for liabilities   5.3   5.3   5.3   4.8   5.4
Salary increases   4.2   3.5   4.1   4.0   4.0
Pension increases   2.9   2.1   2.8   2.7   2.7
Long-term rate of return on assets   6.9   6.8   6.9   6.5   6.7











 
            2006   2005   2004
Weighted average allocations of market value of plan assets at 31 December:   %   %   %   %   %











Equity shares   60.5   62.9   60.7   61.3   56.7
Debt securities   33.8   27.6   33.3   34.5   31.1
Other   5.7   6.7   6.0   4.2   12.2











185






Notes on the accounts continued

 

47  Significant differences between IFRS and US GAAP (continued)

Pensions (continued)

Cash flows

The following pension payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

Main Other
scheme schemes Total
Change in benefit obligation: £m £m £m







2007   541   38   579
2008   555   40   595
2009   571   42   613
2010   589   46   635
2011   609   49   658
2012 – 2016   3,472   305   3,777







Amounts the Group expects to contribute to these pension plans in 2007   408   40   448
 





The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost for the schemes that will be amortised from the accumulated other comprehensive income into net periodic pension cost in 2007 are £1 million and £209 million respectively.

The additional minimum liability included in accumulated other comprehensive income at 31 December 2005 was £4,457 million in respect of the main scheme. Prior to the implementation of FAS 158 at 31 December 2006, this was £2,593 million.

48 Restatement of cash flow statements
The Group cash flow statements for the years ended 31 December 2005 and 2004 and the company cash flow statement for the year ended 31 December 2005 have been restated to correct an inadvertent error in the calculation of the effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents. No other caption is affected and the amount of cash and cash equivalents is unchanged.

The tables below show the effect of the restatements:

(a) Cash flow statements

2005 2004


Previously Previously
reported Restated reported Restated
£m £m £m £m









Group                
Elimination of foreign exchange differences and other non-cash items   338   (4,472)   (767)   1,839
Net cash inflow from trading activities   11,380   6,570   8,123   10,729
Net cash flows from operating activities before tax   10,861   6,051   3,859   6,465
Net cash flows from operating activities   8,950   4,140   2,493   5,099
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   (3,107)   1,703   1,686   (920)









                 
Company                
Elimination of foreign exchange differences and other non-cash items   (16)   (134)        
Net cash inflow from trading activities   2,499   2,381        
Net cash flows from operating activities before tax   4,549   4,431        
Net cash flows from operating activities   4,531   4,413        
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents   (76)   42        






(b) Note 37 – Net cash inflow from operating activities

2005 2004


Previously Previously
reported Restated reported Restated
£m £m £m £m









Group                
Elimination of foreign exchange differences and other non-cash items   1,493   (3,317)   (1,994)   612
Net cash inflow from trading activities   11,380   6,570   8,123   10,729
Net cash flows from operating activities   8,950   4,140   2,493   5,099









                 
Company                
Elimination of foreign exchange differences and other non-cash items   (28)   (146)        
Net cash inflow from trading activities   2,499   2,381        
Net cash flows from operating activities   4,531   4,413        










49   Post balance sheet events

There have been no significant events between the year end and the date of approval of these accounts which would require a change to or disclosure in the accounts.

186






Additional information

188  Financial summary

188  Amounts in accordance with IFRS

197  Amounts in accordance with US GAAP

198  Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP

205  Exchange rates

206  Off-balance sheet arrangements

208  Economic and monetary environment

208  Supervision and regulation

212  Description of property and equipment

212  Major shareholders

 

187






Additional information

 

Financial summary

The Group’s accounts are prepared in accordance with IFRS, which differ in certain significant respects from US GAAP. For a discussion of such differences and a reconciliation between IFRS and US GAAP, see Note 47 on the accounts.

The dollar financial information included below has been converted from sterling at a rate of £1.00 to US$1.9586, being the Noon Buying Rate on 29 December 2006 (the last business day in 2006).

Amounts in accordance with IFRS

    2006   2006     2005   2004
Summary consolidated income statement – IFRS   $m   £m     £m   £m










Net interest income   20,753   10,596     9,918   9,071
Non-interest income (1)   34,091   17,406     15,984   14,320










Total income   54,844   28,002     25,902   23,391
Operating expenses (2,3,4)   24,443   12,480     11,946   10,362
Insurance net claims   8,731   4,458     4,313   4,260










Operating profit before impairment losses   21,670   11,064     9,643   8,769
Impairment losses   3,678   1,878     1,707   1,485










Operating profit before tax   17,992   9,186     7,936   7,284
Tax   5,267   2,689     2,378   1,995










Profit for the year   12,725   6,497     5,558   5,289
Minority interests   204   104     57   177
Preference dividends   374   191     109   256










Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders   12,147   6,202     5,392   4,856








Notes:
(1) Includes gain on sale of strategic investment of £333 million in 2005.
(2) Includes loss on sale of subsidiaries of £93 million in 2005.
(3) Includes integration expenditure of £134 million for the year ended 31 December 2006 (2005 – £458 million; 2004 – £520 million).
(4) Includes purchased intangibles amortisation of £94 million for the year ended 31 December 2006 (2005 – £97 million; 2004 – £45 million).

    2006   2006     2005   2004
Summary consolidated balance sheet – IFRS   $m   £m     £m   £m










Loans and advances   1,076,249   549,499     487,813   408,324
Debt securities and equity shares   275,683   140,755     130,266   98,631
Derivatives and settlement balances   243,074   124,106     101,668   23,482
Other assets   111,781   57,072     57,080   57,685










Total assets   1,706,787   871,432     776,827   588,122








                   
Shareholders’ equity   78,789   40,227     35,435   33,905
Minority interests   10,308   5,263     2,109   3,492
Subordinated liabilities   54,163   27,654     28,274   20,366










Total capital resources   143,260   73,144     65,818   57,763
Deposits   1,011,352   516,365     453,274   383,198
Derivatives, settlement balances and short positions   328,238   167,588     140,426   51,866
Other liabilities   223,937   114,335     117,309   95,295










Total liabilities and equity   1,706,787   871,432     776,827   588,122









188




 

Other financial data based upon IFRS   2006     2005     2004  










Earnings per ordinary share – pence   194.7     169.4     157.4  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share – pence (1)   193.2     168.3     155.9  
Dividends per ordinary share – pence   77.3     60.6     52.5  
Dividend payout ratio (2)   46 %   43 %   38 %
Share price per ordinary share at year end – £   19.93     17.55     17.52  
Market capitalisation at year end – £bn   62.8     56.1     55.6  
Net asset value per ordinary share – £   11.59     10.14     9.26  
Return on average total assets (3)   0.74 %   0.73%     0.94 %
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (4)   18.5 %   17.5%     18.3 %
Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage of average total assets   4.4 %   4.5%     5.9 %
Risk asset ratio – Tier 1   7.5 %   7.6%     7.0 %
Risk asset ratio – Total   11.7 %   11.7%     11.7 %
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference share dividends (5)                  
       – including interest on deposits   1.62     1.67     1.88  
       – excluding interest on deposits   6.12     6.05     7.43  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges only (5)                  
       – including interest on deposits   1.64     1.69     1.94  
       – excluding interest on deposits   6.87     6.50     9.70  










Notes:
(1) All the convertible preference shares have a dilutive effect in 2006 and 2005 and as such have been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. In 2004 their effect was anti-dilutive.
(2) Dividend payout ratio represents the interim dividend paid and final dividend proposed as a percentage of profit attributable to ordinary shareholders.
(3) Return on average total assets represents profit attributable to ordinary shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.
(4) Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity represents profit attributable to ordinary shareholders expressed as a percentage of average ordinary shareholders’ equity.
(5) For this purpose, earnings consist of income before tax and minority interests, plus fixed charges less the unremitted income of associated undertakings (share of profits less dividends received). Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits and debt securities in issue, as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor (one third of total rental expenses).

189





Additional information continued

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS (continued)

Analysis of loans and advances to customers – IFRS

The following table analyses loans and advances to customers before provisions by remaining maturity, geographical area and type of customer. Overdrafts are included in the ‘Within 1 year’ category.

After 1
Within but within After 2006
1 year 5 years 5 years Total 2005 2004
£m £m £m £m £m £m















UK
Central and local government 6,573 2 157 6,732 3,340 1,866
Manufacturing 9,768 582 701 11,051 11,615 6,292
Construction 6,271 1,037 943 8,251 7,274 5,024
Finance 23,522 938 557 25,017 27,091 24,638
Service industries and business activities 26,603 8,446 8,838 43,887 40,687 30,867
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 1,275 542 950 2,767 2,645 2,481
Property 26,767 6,559 5,970 39,296 32,899 26,448
Individuals – home mortgages 19,542 2,055 49,287 70,884 65,286 57,535
Individuals – other 11,537 3,783 12,602 27,922 26,323 26,459
Finance leases and instalment credit 3,175 4,410 6,633 14,218 13,909 13,044
Accrued interest 1,308 104 85 1,497 1,250
















Total domestic 136,341 28,458 86,723 251,522 232,319 194,654
Overseas residents 64,558 2,450 2,234 69,242 52,234 48,183















Total UK offices 200,899 30,908 88,957 320,764 284,553 242,837
















Overseas
US 38,706 20,481 32,979 92,166 90,606 74,027
Rest of the World 27,832 10,266 19,798 57,896 45,951 34,555
















Total Overseas offices 66,538 30,747 52,777 150,062 136,557 108,582
















Loans and advances to customers – gross 267,437 61,655 141,734 470,826 421,110 351,419





Loan impairment provisions (3,933 ) (3,884 ) (4,168 )







Loans and advances to customers – net 466,893 417,226 347,251








Fixed rate 45,644 24,480 45,116 115,240 100,748 101,227
Variable rate 221,793 37,175 96,618 355,586 320,362 250,192















Loans and advances to customers – gross 267,437 61,655 141,734 470,826 421,110 351,419  














Cross border exposures

Cross border exposures are defined as loans to banks and customers (including finance lease and instalment credit receivables) and other monetary assets, including non-local currency claims of overseas offices on local residents.

The Group monitors the geographical breakdown of these exposures based on the country of domicile of the borrower or guarantor of ultimate risk.

The table below sets out the Group’s cross border outstandings in excess of 0.75% of Group total assets (including acceptances), which totalled £871.4 billion at 31 December 2006 (2005 – £776.8 billion; 2004 – £588.5 billion). None of these countries has experienced repayment difficulties that have required refinancing of outstanding debt.

    2006     2005   2004
    £m     £m   £m








         United States   43,718     34,246   28,795
         Germany   20,130     18,395   14,050
         France   18,136     13,402   9,604
         Netherlands   12,407     8,026   8,871
         Spain   9,341     7,392   5,249
         Cayman Islands   9,063     11,813   7,258
         Republic of Ireland   8,530     6,008   *
         Norway   7,768     *   *
         Japan   7,725     *   *
         Italy   7,506     *   *
         Switzerland   7,262     7,061   *
         China   6,574     *   *








* Less than 0.75% of Group total assets.              

190




Loan impairment provisions

For a discussion of the factors considered in determining the amount of the provisions, see ‘Loan impairment’ on page 46 and ‘Critical accounting polices – Loan impairment provisions’ on page 98.

The following table shows the elements of loan impairment provisions.

IFRS








2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m









Provisions at the beginning of the year
Domestic 2,759 2,675 2,408
Foreign 1,128 1,470 1,477










3,887 4,145 3,885










Currency translation and other adjustments
Domestic (17 ) (7 ) (8 )
Foreign (44 ) 58 (90 )










(61 ) 51 (98 )










Acquisitions of businesses
Domestic 2
Foreign 288









290










Amounts written-off
Domestic (1,360 ) (1,252 ) (901 )
Foreign (481 ) (788 ) (548 )










(1,841 ) (2,040 ) (1,449 )










Recoveries of amounts written-off in previous years
Domestic 119 97 85
Foreign 96 75 59










215 172 144










Charged to income statement
Domestic 1,663 1,376 960
Foreign 214 327 442










1,877 1,703 1,402










Unwind of discount
Domestic (127 ) (130 )
Foreign (15 ) (14 )










(142 ) (144 )










Provisions at the end of the year (1)
Domestic 3,037 2,759 2,546
Foreign 898 1,128 1,628










3,935 3,887 4,174








Gross loans and advances to customers










Domestic 251,522 232,319 194,654
Foreign 219,304 188,791 156,765










470,826 421,110 351,419








Closing customer provisions as a % of gross loans and advances to customers (2)










Domestic 1.21 % 1.19 % 1.31 %
Foreign 0.41 % 0.60 % 1.04 %










Total 0.84 % 0.92 % 1.19 %








Customer charge to income statement as a % of gross loans and advances to customers










Domestic 0.66% 0.59% 0.49%
Foreign 0.10% 0.17% 0.28%










Total 0.40% 0.40% 0.40%  








Notes:
(1)  Includes closing provisions against loans and advances to banks of £2 million (2005 – £3 million; 2004 – £6 million).
(2) Closing customer provisions exclude closing provisions against loans and advances to banks.

191





Additional information continued

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS (continued)

Loan impairment provisions (continued)

The following table shows additional information in respect of the loan impairment provisions.

         

IFRS

       
   






 
2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m









 
                   
Loans and advances to customers (gross)   470,826     421,110     351,419  










                   
Loan impairment provisions at end of year:                  
       – customers   3,933     3,884        
       – banks   2     3        
Specific provisions – customers               3,607  
Specific provisions – banks               6  
General provision               561  










    3,935     3,887     4,174  








                   
Customer provision at end of year as % of loans and advances to customers at end of year:                  
Specific provisions               1.03 %
General provision               0.16 %










                1.19 %


                   
Average loans and advances to customers (gross)   445,766     402,473     299,430  










                   
As a % of average loans and advances to customers during the year:                  
Total customer provisions charged to income statement   0.42 %   0.42 %   0.47 %










                   
Amounts written-off (net of recoveries) – customers   0.36 %   0.46 %   0.44 %









 

Analysis of closing loan impairment provisions

The following table analyses customer loan impairment provisions by geographical area and type of domestic customer.

IFRS
   










2006 2005 2004
   










% of loans % of loans % of loans
Closing to total Closing to total Closing to total
provision loans provision loans provision loans
£m % £m % £m %













Domestic        
Central and local government   1.4   0.8 0.6
Manufacturing 94   2.4   138 2.8 127 1.8
Construction 63   1.8   74 1.7 71 1.4
Finance 33   5.3   104 6.4 54 7.0
Service industries and business activities 647   9.3   647 9.7 516 8.8
Agriculture, forestry and fishing 25   0.6   26 0.6 23 0.7
Property 70   8.3   63 7.8 64 7.5
Individuals – home mortgages 37   15.1   36 15.5 32 16.4
Individuals – other 1,826   5.9   1,513 6.3 1,277 7.5
Finance leases and instalment credit 103   3.0   88 3.3 122 3.7
Accrued interest   0.3   0.3













Total domestic 2,898   53.4   2,689 55.2 2,286 55.4
Foreign 442   46.6   652 44.8 1,321 44.6













Impaired book provisions 3,340   100.0   3,341 100.0 100.0



Latent book provisions 593   543
Specific provisions     3,607
General provision     561



Total provisions 3,933   3,884 4,168




192






Analysis of write-offs

The following table analyses amounts written-off by geographical area and type of domestic customer.

          IFRS    
   





    2006     2005   2004
    £m     £m   £m








Domestic              
Manufacturing   41     40   55
Construction   29     17   12
Finance   17     21   19
Service industries and business activities   212     176   163
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   5     4   9
Property   6     25   33
Individuals – home mortgages   5     4   4
Individuals – others   1,021     948   516
Finance leases and instalment credit   24     15   90








Total domestic   1,360     1,250   901
Foreign   481     788   548








Total write-offs (1)   1,841     2,038   1,449






Note:
(1) Excludes £2 million written-off in respect of loans and advances to banks in 2005.

Analysis of recoveries

The following table analyses recoveries of amounts written-off by geographical area and type of domestic customer.

          IFRS    
   





    2006     2005   2004
    £m     £m   £m








Domestic              
Manufacturing       1   1
Construction       1  
Finance         2
Service industries and business activities   5     2   1
Property   1     2  
Individuals – home mortgages         1
Individuals – others   101     84   78
Finance leases and instalment credit   12     7   2








Total domestic   119     97   85
Foreign   96     75   59








Total recoveries   215     172   144






193






Additional information continued

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS (continued)

Risk elements in lending and potential problem loans

The Group’s loan control and review procedures do not include the classification of loans as non-accrual, accruing past due, restructured and potential problem loans, as defined by the SEC in the US. The following table shows the estimated amount of loans that would be reported using the SEC’s classifications. The figures are stated before deducting the value of security held or related provisions.

IFRS require interest to be recognised on a financial asset (or a group of financial assets) after impairment at the rate of interest used to discount recoveries when measuring the impairment loss. Thus, interest on impaired financial assets is credited to profit or loss as the discount on expected recoveries unwinds. Despite this, such assets are not considered performing. All loans that have an impairment provision are classified as non-accrual. This is a change from practice in 2004 and earlier years where certain loans with provisions were classified as past due 90 days or potential problem loans (and interest accrued on them).

          IFRS        
   







    2006
£m
    2005
£m
    2004
£m
 
   







Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis (2):                  
       Domestic   5,420     4,977     3,658  
       Foreign   812     949     1,075  










       Total   6,232     5,926     4,733  










Accruing loans which are contractually overdue 90 days or more as to principal or interest (3):                  
       Domestic   81     2     634  
       Foreign   24     7     79  










       Total   105     9     713  










Loans not included above which are classified as ‘troubled debt restructurings’ by the SEC:                  
       Domestic       2     14  
       Foreign           10  










       Total       2     24  










Total risk elements in lending   6,337     5,937     5,470  








Potential problem loans (4)                  
       Domestic   47     14     173  
       Foreign   5     5     107  










Total potential problem loans   52     19     280  








                   
Closing provisions for impairment as a % of total risk elements in lending   62 %   65 %   76 %
Closing provisions for impairment as a % of total risk elements in lending and potential problem loans   62 %   65 %   72 %
Risk elements in lending as a % of gross lending to customers excluding reverse repos   1.55 %   1.60 %    1.83 %
   







Notes:
(1) For the analysis above, 'Domestic' consists of the United Kingdom domestic transactions of the Group. 'Foreign' comprises the Group’s transactions conducted through offices outside the UK and through those offices in the UK specifically organised to service international banking transactions.
(2) All loans against which an impairment provision is held are reported in the non-accrual category.
(3) Loans where an impairment event has taken place but no impairment recognised. This category is used for fully collateralised non-revolving credit facilities.
(4) Loans for which an impairment event has occurred but no impairment provision is necessary. This category is used for fully collateralised advances and revolving credit facilities where identification as 90 days overdue is not feasible.


          IFRS      
 







2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m









Gross income not recognised but which would have been                
       recognised under the original terms of non-accrual and restructured loans                
                 Domestic   370     334   235  
                 Foreign   77     62   58  









    447     396   293  







                 
Interest on non-accrual and restructured loans included in net interest income                
                 Domestic   142     130   58  
                 Foreign   15     14   7  








 
    157     144   65  







194





Analysis of deposits – product analysis

The following table shows the distribution of the Group’s deposits by type and geographical area:

    IFRS






2006 2005 2004
£m £m £m








UK              
Domestic:              
Demand deposits – interest-free   39,149     28,833   22,307
Demand deposits – interest-bearing   118,315     91,564   72,938
Time deposits – savings   31,656     27,091   21,012
Time deposits – other   80,496     73,097   76,995
Overseas residents:              
Demand deposits – interest-free   573     396   387
Demand deposits – interest-bearing   37,729     26,663   16,965
Time deposits – savings   1,122     1,108   1,209
Time deposits – other   51,568     53,997   52,629








Total UK offices   360,608     302,749   264,442








Overseas              
Demand deposits – interest-free   12,173     13,248   10,371
Demand deposits – interest-bearing   27,441     17,886   12,975
Time deposits – savings   19,049     21,691   21,153
Time deposits – other   97,094     97,700   74,257








Total overseas offices (see below)   155,757     150,525   118,756








Total deposits   516,365     453,274   383,198






               
Held-for-trading   104,249     66,712    
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss   3,922     3,683    
Amortised cost   408,194     382,879    
               
Banking business             302,383
Trading business             80,815








Total deposits   516,365     453,274   383,198






               
Overseas              
US   115,121     120,405   86,677
Rest of the World   40,636     30,120   32,079








Total overseas   155,757     150,525   118,756







195





Additional information continued

 

Amounts in accordance with IFRS (continued)

Short term borrowings

          IFRS        
   







    2006     2005     2004  
    £m     £m     £m  










Commercial paper                  
       Outstanding at year end   12,675     14,110     8,391  
       Maximum outstanding at any month end during the year   14,402     16,853     8,391  
       Approximate average amount during the year   13,225     15,329     7,450  
       Approximate weighted average interest rate during the year   4.9%     3.7%     1.9%  
       Approximate weighted average interest rate at year end   5.0%     4.2%     2.6%  
                   
Other short term borrowings                  
       Outstanding at year end   122,576     105,483     95,381  
       Maximum outstanding at any month end during the year   130,867     117,913     96,356  
       Approximate average amount during the year   112,008     100,681     85,496  
       Approximate weighted average interest rate during the year   4.5%     3.4%     2.9%  
       Approximate weighted average interest rate at year end   4.5%     3.5%     3.1%  










Average interest rates during the year are computed by dividing total interest expense by the average amount borrowed. Average interest rates at year end are average rates for a single day and as such may reflect one-day market distortions which may not be indicative of generally prevailing rates. Original maturities of commercial paper are not in excess of one year. ‘Other short-term borrowings’ consist principally of borrowings in the money markets included within ‘Deposits by banks’ and ‘Customer accounts’ in the accounts, and generally have original maturities of one year or less.

Certificates of deposit and other time deposits

The following table shows details of the Group’s certificates of deposit and other time deposits over $100,000 or equivalent by remaining maturity.

    Within
3 months
  Over 3 months
but within
6 months
  Over 6 months
but within
12 months
  Over
12 months
  2006
Total
£m £m £m £m £m











UK based companies and branches                    
Certificates of deposit   7,654   1,556   1,674   201   11,085
Other time deposits   67,175   3,637   3,049   5,701   79,562
                     
Overseas based companies and branches                    
Certificates of deposit   8,647   853   122     9,622
Other time deposits   22,783   2,799   2,909   6,847   35,338











Total   106,259   8,845   7,754   12,749   135,607









196




 

Amounts in accordance with US GAAP

    2006     2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
    $m(1)     £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  



















Net income available for ordinary shareholders   10,655     5,440     4,475     3,909     2,564     3,108  
Shareholders’ equity   78,495     40,077     40,229     36,191     31,665     28,177  
Total assets   1,509,718     770,815     700,386     631,100     488,046     430,573  



















                                     
                                     
Other financial data based upon US GAAP         2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  



















Basic earnings per ordinary share – pence         170.8     140.6     126.7     87.5     107.9  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share – pence (2)         169.7     140.0     125.9     86.8     106.3  
Dividends per ordinary share – pence         77.3     60.6     52.5     45.6     39.7  
Dividend payout ratio         45.4 %   43.1 %   40.6 %   51.9 %   36.7 %
Return on average total assets (3)         0.73 %   0.64 %   0.70 %   0.55 %   0.75 %
Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity (4)         16.0 %   13.4 %   13.2 %   9.5 %   12.1 %
Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage                                    
       of average total assets         5.3 %   5.4 %   6.3 %   6.5 %   7.3 %
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference                                    
       share dividends (5)                                    
       – including interest on deposits         1.53     1.55     1.73     1.98     1.97  
       – excluding interest on deposits         5.39     5.17     6.34     7.24     6.49  
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges only (5)                                    
       – including interest on deposits         1.57     1.60     1.79     2.07     2.07  
       – excluding interest on deposits         6.55     6.56     8.28     9.96     9.03  




















Notes:
(1) The dollar information included above has been converted from sterling at a rate of US$1.9586, the Noon Buying Rate on 29 December 2006.
(2) All convertible preference shares have a dilutive effect in 2006 and 2005 and as such have been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share. In prior years their effect was anti-dilutive.
(3) Return on average total assets represents profit attributable to ordinary shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.
(4) Return on average ordinary shareholders’ equity represents profit attributable to ordinary shareholders expressed as a percentage of average ordinary shareholders’ equity.
(5) For this purpose, earnings consist of income before tax and minority interests, plus fixed charges less the unremitted income of associated undertakings (share of profits less dividends received). Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits and debt securities in issue, as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor (one third of total rental expenses).

197





Additional information continued

 

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP              
    2004     2003   2002
Summary consolidated profit and loss account – UK GAAP   £m     £m   £m








Net interest income   9,208     8,301   7,849
Non-interest income   13,546     10,980   9,167








Total income   22,754     19,281   17,016
Operating expenses excluding goodwill amortisation (1)   9,931     8,753   8,738
Goodwill amortisation   915     763   731
General insurance claims (net)   3,480     2,195   1,350








Profit before provisions   8,428     7,570   6,197
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts   1,428     1,461   1,286
Amounts written off fixed asset investments   83     33   59








Profit on ordinary activities before tax   6,917     6,076   4,852
Tax on profit on ordinary activities   2,155     1,888   1,582








Profit on ordinary activities after tax   4,762     4,188   3,270
Minority interests (including non-equity)   250     210   133
Preference dividends – non-equity   256     261   305








    4,256     3,717   2,832
Additional Value Shares dividend – non-equity       1,463   798








Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders   4,256     2,254   2,034







Note:
(1) Includes integration expenditure of £269 million for the year ended 31 December 2004 (2003 – £229 million; 2002 – £957 million).
               
    2004     2003   2002
Summary consolidated balance sheet – UK GAAP   £m     £m   £m








Loans and advances to banks (net of provisions)   58,260     51,891   44,296
Loans and advances to customers (net of provisions)   345,469     252,531   223,324
Debt securities and equity shares   94,171     82,249   68,928
Intangible fixed assets   17,576     13,131   12,697
Other assets   67,991     54,626   61,793








Total assets   583,467     454,428   411,038






               
Called up share capital   822     769   754
Share premium account   12,964     8,175   7,608
Other reserves   10,856     11,307   11,922
Profit and loss account   7,223     5,847   4,787








Shareholders’ funds   31,865     26,098   25,071
Minority interests   3,829     2,713   1,839
Subordinated liabilities   20,366     16,998   13,965








Total capital resources   56,060     45,809   40,875
Deposits by banks   99,081     67,323   54,720
Customer accounts   285,062     236,963   219,161
Debt securities in issue   58,960     41,016   33,938
Other liabilities   84,304     63,317   62,344








Total liabilities   583,467     454,428   411,038







198




 

Other financial data based upon UK GAAP   2004      2003      2002  










Earnings per ordinary share – pence   138.0      76.9      70.6  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share – pence (1)   136.9      76.3      69.6  
Dividends per ordinary share – pence    58.0      50.3      43.7  
Dividend payout ratio    43.2 %    66.1 %    62.3 %
Share price per ordinary share at period end – £   17.52     16.46     14.88  
Market capitalisation at period end – £bn    55.6      48.8      43.2  
Net asset value per ordinary share – £    8.62      7.82      7.43  
Return on average total assets (2)    0.82 %    0.51 %    0.52 %
Return on average equity shareholders’ funds (3)    16.0 %      9.8 %      8.8 %
Average shareholders’ equity as a percentage                  
       of average total assets      5.7 %      5.9 %      6.8 %
Risk asset ratio – Tier 1      7.0 %      7.4 %      7.3 %
Risk asset ratio – Total    11.7 %    11.8 %    11.7 %
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preference                  
       share dividends (4)                  
       – including interest on deposits    1.84      1.95      1.74  
       – excluding interest on deposits    7.09      7.08      5.20  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges only (4)                  
       – including interest on deposits    1.90      2.04      1.83  
       – excluding interest on deposits    9.26      9.73      7.24  











Notes:
(1)  Convertible preference shares have not been included in the computation of diluted earnings per share as their effect was anti-dilutive.
(2) Return on average total assets represents profit attributable to ordinary shareholders as a percentage of average total assets.
(3) Return on average equity shareholders’ funds represents profit attributable to ordinary shareholders expressed as a percentage of average equity shareholders’ funds.
(4) For this purpose, earnings consist of income before tax and minority interests, plus fixed charges less the unremitted income of associated undertakings (share of profits less dividends received). Fixed charges consist of total interest expense, including or excluding interest on deposits and debt securities in issue, as appropriate, and the proportion of rental expense deemed representative of the interest factor (one third of total rental expenses).

199






Additional information continued

 

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP (continued)

Analysis of loans and advances to customers

The following table analyses loans and advances to customers before provisions by geographical area and type of customer.

          UK GAAP      
   






    2004
£m
    2003
£m
    2002
£m









UK                
Central and local government   1,866     1,217     1,521
Manufacturing   6,292     6,384     7,386
Construction   5,024     3,960     3,468
Finance   25,157     18,948     12,396
Service industries and business activities   30,850     29,290     26,022
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   2,480     2,562     2,463
Property   26,445     19,670     15,939
Individuals – home mortgages   57,529     48,117     42,101
Individuals – other   27,863     25,526     22,255
Finance leases and instalment credit   13,083     11,703     11,723









Total domestic   196,589     167,377     145,274
Overseas residents   44,053     27,168     23,657









Total UK offices   240,642     194,545     168,931









                 
Overseas                
US   74,045     40,373     41,008
Rest of the World   35,004     21,535     17,305









Total overseas offices   109,049     61,908     58,313









Loans and advances to customers – gross   349,691     256,453     227,244
Provisions for bad and doubtful debts   (4,222)     (3,922)     (3,920)
                 








Loans and advances to customers – net   345,469     252,531     223,324








                 
Fixed rate   100,729     81,918     80,326
Variable rate   248,962     174,535     146,918









Loans and advances to customers – gross   349,691     256,453     227,244
   






Cross border exposures

The table below sets out the Group’s cross border outstandings in excess of 0.75% of Group total assets (including acceptances), which totalled £583.8 billion at 31 December 2004 (2003 – £455.0 billion). None of these countries has experienced repayment difficulties that have required refinancing of outstanding debt.

    UK GAAP
   


2004 2003
£m £m





United States   28,795   14,618
Germany   14,050   15,073
France   9,604   7,524
Netherlands   8,871   6,830
Cayman Islands   7,258   6,666
Spain   5,249   3,421
Japan   4,610   4,141






200




 

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts                  
                   
The following table shows the elements of provisions for bad and doubtful debts under UK GAAP.                  
          UK GAAP        







 
2004 2003 2002
£m £m £m










Provisions at the beginning of the year                  
Domestic   2,452     2,581     2,467  
Foreign   1,477     1,346     1,186  










    3,929     3,927     3,653  










Currency translation and other adjustments                  
Domestic   (8 )   (2 )   (4 )
Foreign   (90 )   (60 )   (58 )










    (98 )   (62 )   (62 )










Acquisitions of businesses                  
Domestic   2         11  
Foreign   288     50     12  










    290     50     23  










Amounts written-off                  
Domestic   (920 )   (1,097 )   (743 )
Foreign   (548 )   (422 )   (293 )










    (1,468 )   (1,519 )   (1,036 )










Recoveries of amounts written-off in previous years                  
Domestic   88     38     37  
Foreign   59     34     26  










    147     72     63  










Charged to profit and loss account                  
Domestic   986     932     813  
Foreign   442     529     473  










    1,428     1,461     1,286  










Provisions at the end of the year (1)                  
Domestic   2,600     2,452     2,581  
Foreign   1,628     1,477     1,346  










    4,228     3,929     3,927  
   







                   
Gross loans and advances to customers                  










Domestic   196,589     167,377     145,274  
Foreign   153,102     89,076     81,970  










    349,691     256,453     227,244  
   







Closing customer provisions as a % of gross loans and advances to customers (2)                  










Domestic   1.32 %   1.46 %   1.78 %
Foreign   1.06 %   1.65 %   1.63 %










Total   1.21 %   1.53 %   1.72 %
   







                   
Customer charge against profit as a % of gross loans and advances to customers                  










Domestic   0.50 %   0.56 %   0.56 %
Foreign   0.29 %   0.59 %   0.58 %










Total   0.41 %   0.57 %   0.57 %
   







Notes:
(1) Includes closing provisions against loans and advances to banks of £6 million in 2004 (2003 – £7 million; 2002 – £7 million).
(2) Closing customer provisions exclude closing provisions against loans and advances to banks.

201




 

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP (continued)

Provisions for bad and doubtful debts (continued)

The following table shows additional information with respect to the provisions for bad and doubtful debts under UK GAAP.

          UK GAAP        
   







    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  










Loans and advances to customers (gross)   349,691     256,453     227,244  










                   
Provisions at end of year:                  
Specific provisions – customers   3,648     3,356     3,323  
Specific provisions – banks   6     7     7  
General provision   574     566     597  










    4,228     3,929     3,927  
   







                   
Customer provision at end of year as % of loans and                  
       advances to customers at end of year:                  
Specific provisions   1.04 %   1.31 %   1.46 %
General provision   0.17 %   0.22 %   0.26 %










    1.21 %   1.53 %   1.72 %
   







                   
Average loans and advances to customers (gross)   298,150     245,798     211,206  










                   
As a % of average loans and advances to customers during the year:                  
Total customer provisions charged to profit and loss   0.48 %   0.59 %   0.61 %










                   
Amounts written-off (net of recoveries) – customers   0.44 %   0.59 %   0.46 %











Analysis of closing provisions for bad and doubtful debts

The following table analyses customer provisions for bad and doubtful debts by geographical area and type of domestic customer.

UK GAAP











2004 2003 2002









Closing
provision
% of loans
to total
loans
Closing
provision
% of loans
to total
loans
Closing
provision
% of loans
to total
loans
£m % £m % £m %













Domestic                        
Central and local government     0.5     0.5     0.6
Manufacturing   127   1.8   156   2.5   205   3.2
Construction   71   1.4   56   1.5   65   1.5
Finance   54   7.2   34   7.4   71   5.5
Service industries and business activities   516   8.8   599   11.4   699   11.5
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   23   0.7   20   1.0   29   1.1
Property   64   7.6   58   7.7   40   7.0
Individuals – home mortgages   32   16.5   35   18.8   60   18.5
Individuals – other   1,318   8.0   1,003   9.9   855   9.8
Finance leases and instalment credit   122   3.7   136   4.6   208   5.2













Total domestic   2,327   56.2   2,097   65.3   2,232   63.9
Foreign   1,321   43.8   1,259   34.7   1,091   36.1













Specific provisions   3,648   100.0   3,356   100.0   3,323   100.0
       
     
     
General provision   574       566       597    
   
     
     
   
Total provisions   4,222       3,922       3,920    
   
     
     
   

202




 

Analysis of write-offs

The following table analyses amounts written-off by geographical area and type of domestic customer.

        UK GAAP    
   




    2004   2003   2002
    £m   £m   £m







Domestic            
Manufacturing   55   99   111
Construction   12   22   18
Finance   19   54   35
Service industries and business activities   163   393   180
Agriculture, forestry and fishing   9   4   10
Property   33   6   9
Individuals – home mortgages   4   2   2
Individuals – others   535   357   333
Finance leases and instalment credit   90   160   45







Total domestic   920   1,097   743
Foreign   548   422   293







Total write-offs (1)   1,468   1,519   1,036
   




Note:
(1) Includes amounts written-off in respect of loans and advances to banks of £1 million in 2002.

Analysis of recoveries

The following table analyses recoveries of amounts written-off by geographical area and type of domestic customer.

        UK GAAP    
   




    2004   2003   2002
    £m   £m   £m







Domestic            
Manufacturing   1     1
Finance   2    
Service industries and business activities   1   3   1
Property       1
Individuals – home mortgages   1    
Individuals – others   81   26   27
Finance leases and instalment credit   2   9   7







Total domestic   88   38   37
Foreign   59   34   26







Total recoveries   147   72   63
   





203






Additional information continued

 

Amounts in accordance with UK GAAP (continued)

Risk elements in lending and potential problem loans

The Group’s loan control and review procedures do not include the classification of loans as non-accrual, accruing past due, restructured and potential problem loans, as defined by the SEC in the US. The following table shows the estimated amount of loans that would be reported using the SEC’s classifications. The figures incorporate estimates and are stated before deducting the value of security held or related provisions.

          UK GAAP        
   







    2004     2003     2002  
    £m     £m     £m  










Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis (3):                  
       Domestic   3,705     3,221     3,077  
       Foreign   1,075     1,211     1,098  










       Total   4,780     4,432     4,175  










Accruing loans which are contractually overdue 90 days                  
   or more as to principal or interest (4):                  
       Domestic   646     561     363  
       Foreign   79     81     129  










       Total   725     642     492  










Loans not included above which are classified                  
   as ‘troubled debt restructurings’ by the SEC:                  
       Domestic   14     53     144  
       Foreign   10     30     60  










       Total   24     83     204  










Total risk elements in lending   5,529     5,157     4,871  
   







Potential problem loans (5)                  
       Domestic   173     492     639  
       Foreign   107     99     544  










Total potential problem loans   280     591     1,183  
   







                   
Closing provisions for bad and doubtful debts as a % of total risk elements in lending   76 %   76 %   80 %
Closing provisions for bad and doubtful debts as a % of                  
   total risk elements in lending and potential problem loans   73 %   68 %   65 %
Risk elements in lending as a % of gross loans and advances                  
   to customers excluding reverse repos   1.86 %   2.22 %    2.37 %










Notes:
(1) For the analysis above, ‘Domestic’ consists of the UK domestic transactions of the Group. ‘Foreign’ comprises the Group’s transactions conducted through offices outside the UK and through those offices in the UK specifically organised to service international banking transactions.
(2) The classification of a loan as non-accrual, past due 90 days or troubled debt restructuring does not necessarily indicate that the principal of the loan is uncollectable in whole or in part. Collection depends in each case on the individual circumstances of the loan, including the adequacy of any collateral securing the loan and therefore classification of a loan as non-accrual, past due 90 days or troubled debt restructuring does not always require that a provision be made against such a loan. In accordance with the Group’s provisioning policy for bad and doubtful debts, it is considered that adequate provisions for the above risk elements in lending have been made.
(3) The Group’s UK banking subsidiary undertakings account for loans on a non-accrual basis from the point in time at which the collectability of interest is in significant doubt. Certain subsidiary undertakings of the Group, principally Citizens, generally account for loans on a non-accrual basis when interest or principal is past due 90 days.
(4) Overdrafts generally have no fixed repayment schedule and consequently are not included in this category.
(5) Loans that are current as to the payment of principal and interest but in respect of which management has serious doubts about the ability of the borrower to comply with contractual repayment terms. Substantial security is held in respect of these loans and appropriate provisions have already been made in accordance with the Group’s provisioning policy for bad and doubtful debts.


        UK GAAP    
   




    2004   2003   2002
    £m   £m   £m







Gross income not recognised but which would have been            
       recognised under the original terms of non-accrual and restructured loans            
                 Domestic   237   237   234
                 Foreign   58   55   73







    295   292   307
   




             
Interest on non-accrual and restructured loans included in net interest income            
                 Domestic   58   60   47
                 Foreign   7   3   7







    65   63   54
   





204





Exchange rates

Except as stated, the following tables show, for the dates or periods indicated, the Noon Buying Rate in New York for cable transfers in sterling as certified for customs’ purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”):

March February     January   December   November   October
US dollars per £1 2007 2007 2007 2006 2006 2006














Noon Buying Rate                          
High   1.9694   1.9699     1.9847   1.9794   1.9693   1.9084
Low   1.9235   1.9443     1.9305   1.9458   1.8883   1.8548














                           
                           
        2006     2005   2004   2003   2002














Noon Buying Rate                          
Period end rate       1.9586     1.7188   1.9160   1.7842   1.6095
Average rate for the period (1)       1.8582     1.8147   1.8356   1.6450   1.5043
                           
Consolidation rate (2)                          
Period end rate       1.9651     1.7214   1.9346   1.7857   1.6128
Average rate for the period       1.8436     1.8198   1.8325   1.6354   1.5032














Notes:
(1) The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each month during the period.
(2) The rates used by the Group for translating US dollars into sterling in the preparation of its financial statements.
(3) On 23 April 2007, the Noon Buying Rate was £1.00 = US$2.0017.

205





Additional information continued

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

The Group is involved with several types of off-balance sheet arrangements, including special purpose vehicles, lending commitments and financial guarantees.

Special purpose entities (“SPEs”)

SPEs are vehicles set up for a specific, limited purpose, usually do not carry out a business or trade and typically have no employees. They take a variety of legal forms – trusts, partnerships and companies – and fulfil many different functions. They constitute a key element of securitisation transactions in which an SPE acquires financial assets funded by the issue of securities. In the normal course of business, the Group arranges securitisations to facilitate client transactions and undertakes securitisations to sell financial assets or to obtain funding. It has established a number of SPEs to act as commercial paper conduits for customers. SPEs are also utilised in its fund management activities to structure investment funds to which the Group provides investment management services.

Residential mortgage and credit card securitisations – in the UK and Ireland, the Group has securitised portfolios of residential mortgages and credit card receivables totalling £18,589 million as at 31 December 2006. These assets have been transferred to SPEs funded by the issue of notes to third-party investors. These SPEs are consolidated under IFRS and US GAAP and the securitised assets remain on the Group’s balance sheet.

US securitisations – RBS Greenwich Capital securitises commercial and residential mortgage loans, commercial and residential mortgage related securities, US Government agency collateralised mortgage obligations, and other types of financial assets. It also acts as an underwriter and depositor in securitisation transactions involving both client and proprietary transactions. The majority of proprietary securitisations undertaken by RBS Greenwich Capital result in sales treatment under IFRS and US GAAP. Certain transactions may not result in derecognition of the assets under IFRS or US GAAP: under US GAAP, transactions involving vehicles that are not qualifying special purpose entities and where the Group is the primary beneficiary; under IFRS, those where the Group has retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the assets.

Commercial paper conduits – the Group has established a number of SPEs that act as multi-seller commercial paper conduits. These allow customers to access liquidity in the commercial paper market by selling assets to the conduit which it finances by issuing commercial paper to third parties. The Group supplies certain services and contingent liquidity support to these vehicles on an arm’s length basis as well as programme credit enhancement. These vehicles with total assets of £8,360 million at 31 December 2006 are consolidated under IFRS and US GAAP.

Finance lease receivables – in the US, the Group has financed lease receivables with non-recourse funding from third parties. The transactions are shown gross of third-party financing under IFRS but net under US GAAP.

Further disclosures about the Group’s securitisations are given in Note 12 on the accounts.

Lending commitments and other commitments

Under a loan commitment, the Group agrees to make funds available to a customer in the future. Loan commitments, which are usually for a specified term, may be unconditionally cancellable or may persist, provided all conditions in the loan facility are satisfied or waived. Commitments to lend include commercial standby facilities and credit lines, liquidity facilities to commercial paper conduits and unutilised overdraft facilities. Other commitments include documentary credits, which are commercial letters of credit providing for payment by the Group to a named beneficiary against presentation of specified documents, forward asset purchases, forward deposits placed and undrawn note issuance and revolving underwriting facilities.

Guarantees and other contingent liabilities

The Group gives guarantees on behalf of customers. A financial guarantee represents an irrevocable undertaking that the Group will meet a customer’s obligations to third parties if the customer fails to do so. The maximum amount that the Group could be required to pay under a guarantee is its principal amount. The Group expects most guarantees it provides to expire unused. Other contingent liabilities include those arising from standby letters of credit that support customer debt issues and those relating to customers’ trading activities such as performance and customs bonds, warranties and indemnities.

206





Contingent liabilities and commitments

The table below summarises the Group’s contingent liabilities and commitments by remaining maturity.

    Less than
1 year
  More than
1 year but
less than
3 years
  More than
3 years but
less than
5 years
  Over
5 years
  Total
2006 £m £m £m £m £m











Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security   5,897   1,655   2,230   3,231   13,013
Other contingent liabilities   2,524   814   882   2,613   6,833
Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend   148,469   23,361   35,672   28,084   235,586
Other commitments   1,183   892   160   167   2,402











Total   158,073   26,722   38,944   34,095   257,834
   








                     
2005                    











Guarantees and assets pledged as collateral security   1,584   3,916   3,760   2,993   12,253
Other contingent liabilities   3,078   644   677   1,995   6,394
Undrawn formal standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments to lend   132,126   15,077   33,466   22,352   203,021
Other commitments   2,402   865   148   114   3,529











Total   139,190   20,502   38,051   27,454   225,197










Contractual cash obligations

The table below summarises the Group’s contractual cash obligations by remaining maturity.

    Less than
1 year
  More than
1 year but
less than
3 years
  More than
3 years but
less than
5 years
  Over
5 years
  Total
2006 £m £m £m £m £m











Dated loan capital   1,236   931   4,895   6,710   13,772
Operating leases   339   624   533   1,877   3,373
Unconditional obligations to purchase goods or services   827   969   101   153   2,050











Total   2,402   2,524   5,529   8,740   19,195
   








                     
2005                    











Dated loan capital   602   1,065   2,971   8,363   13,001
Operating leases   310   591   512   1,700   3,113
Unconditional obligations to purchase goods or services   659   458   148   20   1,285











Total   1,571   2,114   3,631   10,083   17,399










The tables above do not include undated loan capital.

207




Additional information continued

 

Economic and monetary environment

The Group’s earnings are affected by the economic and monetary environment in its key markets.

The UK interest rate cycle turned in 2006, with the Monetary Policy Committee (“MPC”) lifting the Bank Rate from 4.5% to 4.75% in August, and to 5% in November. Despite market expectations that there would be more to come from the MPC in 2007, longer-term interest rates were below the policy rate at year-end, as was the case for most of 2006 (e.g. the 10-year benchmark gilt yield was 4.74%) . The Bank Rate was increased in response to the threat that stronger economic activity posed to the medium-term inflation outlook, and the risk that the energy-induced increase in CPI inflation during 2006 would dislodge expectations ahead of the 2007 wage bargaining round (CPI inflation was 3% in December 2006; the government-set target is 2%).

Even after 17 interest rate rises over the past two-and-a-half years, to 5.25%, monetary conditions remain fairly supportive in the US. A weak dollar and low long-term interest rates have partially offset the effect of a higher fed funds rate on economic activity – though 5.25% is not high by historic standards. The US economy grew by a respectable 3.4% in 2006, though sluggish growth towards the end of the year –largely attributed to a sharp slowdown in the housing and auto sectors – led markets to price in rate cuts in 2007. This helped to exacerbate the yield curve inversion that prevailed for most of 2006.

The European Central Bank lifted the Refi Rate to 2.25% in January 2006. Prior to that, the Refi had been on hold at 2% for two and a half years. Four more quarter-point increases followed, taking the Refi to 3.25% by year-end. Markets expect this ‘normalisation’ to continue in 2007, as the improved economic environment meant that ultra-low interest rates were no longer needed to stimulate demand.

Exchange rates are an important driver of monetary conditions; they also affect earnings reported by the Group’s non-UK subsidiaries, and the value of non-sterling denominated assets and liabilities. The pound rose by 25c against the dollar over the course of the year, or 14%, in response to the unexpected (at the start of 2006) increase in UK interest rates. Sluggish growth in the US towards the end of the year, and the market’s perception that this would lead to lower interest rates in 2007, also put downward pressure on the dollar.

Supervision and regulation

1 United Kingdom

1.1     The regulatory regime applying to the UK financial services industry

The Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA 2000”), containing an integrated legislative framework for regulating most of the UK financial services industry, came into force at the end of 2001. This and subsequent amendments established the Financial Services Authority (the “FSA”) as the single statutory regulator responsible for regulating deposit taking, insurance, mortgage and investment business in the UK.

Under the FSMA 2000, businesses require the FSA's permission to undertake specified types of activities including entering into and carrying out contracts of insurance; managing, dealing in or advising on, investments; mortgage business; accepting deposits; and issuing electronic money (‘regulated activities’). The FSA has published detailed regulatory requirements contained in a Handbook of Rules and Guidance.

The FSA’s statutory objectives are to maintain confidence in, and to promote public understanding of, the UK financial system; to secure an appropriate degree of consumer protection; and to reduce the scope for financial crime. In achieving these objectives, the FSA must take account of certain ‘principles of good regulation’ which include recognising the responsibilities of authorised firms’ own management, facilitating innovation and competition and acting proportionately in imposing burdens on the industry.

1.2     Authorised firms in the Group

As at 31 December 2006, 33 companies in the Group, spanning a range of financial services sectors (banking, insurance and investment business), are authorised to conduct activities regulated by the FSA. These companies are referred to as 'authorised firms'.

The FSA supervises the banking business of the UK based banks in the Group, including The Royal Bank of Scotland, NatWest, Coutts & Co, Ulster Bank Limited and Tesco Personal Finance Limited.

General insurance business is principally undertaken by companies in the RBS Insurance division, whilst life assurance business is undertaken by Royal Scottish Assurance plc and National Westminster Life Assurance Limited (with the Group’s partner, the AVIVA Group) and Direct Line Life Insurance Company Limited. Investment management business is principally undertaken by companies in the Retail Markets division, including Adam Company Investment Management Limited and Coutts & Co Investment Management Limited, and in the Corporate Markets division, RBS Asset Management Limited.

208




 

1.3     The FSA’s regulatory approach and supervisory standards

The regulatory regime uses the full range of regulatory tools (including the authorisation of firms, rule-making, supervision, investigation and enforcement) available to the FSA. It is founded on a risk based, integrated approach to regulation.

The FSA can request information from and give directions to, authorised firms. It may also require authorised firms to provide independent reports prepared by experts. The FSA can exercise indirect control over the holding companies of authorised firms via its statutory powers to object to persons who are, or will become, ‘controllers’ of these firms.

As part of its regulatory approach the FSA carries out regular risk assessments of the Group which is also subject generally to direct and on-going FSA supervision.

The FSA carries out the prudential supervision and conduct of business regulation of all authorised firms and also regulates the conduct of their business in the UK. Currently, the application of its conduct of business rules to banking business is limited, but detailed conduct of business requirements apply to general insurance intermediary activities, mortgage business and investment business activities.

Prudential supervision includes monitoring the adequacy of a firm's management, its financial resources and internal systems and controls. Firms are required to submit regular returns to the FSA which provide material for supervisory assessment. Following the official adoption in the UK of the EU Capital Requirements Directive, new prudential sourcebooks were issued to take effect from 1 January 2007.

Many of the standards relating to the capital which firms must hold to absorb losses arising from risks to its business are determined by EU legislation or are negotiated internationally. The current capital adequacy regime requires firms to maintain certain levels of capital, of certain specified types (or tiers), against particular business risks.

In its supervisory role, the FSA sets requirements relating to matters such as consolidated supervision, capital adequacy, liquidity, large exposures, and the adequacy of accounting records and controls. Banks are required to set out their policy on ‘large exposures’ and to inform the FSA of this. The policy must be reviewed annually and any significant departures from policies must be discussed with the FSA. Large exposures must be monitored and controlled.

As regards the insurance industry, the FSA’s primary objective is to regulate and supervise the industry so that policyholders have confidence that they have bought appropriate products, and so that UK insurers are able to meet their liabilities and treat customers fairly. The FSA sets requirements relating to ‘margins of solvency’ (i.e. the excess of the value of assets over the amount of liabilities). Companies carrying out insurance business are required to submit regular returns covering reserves and solvency to the FSA.

Firms must also meet standards relating to senior management and internal controls and systems and must comply with rules designed to reduce the scope for firms to be used for money laundering. Revised Joint Money Laundering Steering Group Guidance Notes were published in February 2006 and came into force six months later. The EU has published its draft Third Money Laundering Directive which will supersede the two previous Anti Money Laundering Directives. Implementation is required by December 2007.

Conduct of business standards essentially govern key aspects of firms’ relationships with customers, and require the provision of clear and adequate information, the managing of conflicts of interest and the recommending of products suitable to the needs of customers. The marketing of financial products (particularly investment products) is subject to detailed requirements. The FSA is scheduled to issue new conduct of business rules during 2007 to comply with the implementation of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive in November 2007.

1.4     Focus on customers

An important element in securing an appropriate degree of consumer protection is ensuring that suitable arrangements are made for dealing with customer complaints. Firms are required to establish appropriate internal complaint handling procedures and to report complaints statistics to the FSA. Where an issue cannot be resolved by the parties it may be referred for independent assessment to the Financial Ombudsman Service.

The FSA's high level principles require all regulated firms to treat their customers fairly. The FSA has undertaken a number of industry wide thematic reviews on this issue, and it has remained a primary supervisory theme throughout 2006. The FSA has indicated that it will include assessment of firms’ effectiveness in this area in regular risk assessments of firms.

The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (financed by levies on authorised firms) is available to provide compensation up to certain limits if a firm collapses owing money to investors, depositors or policyholders.

209





Additional information continued

 

1.5      Fraud

During 2006, the FSA reviewed and reported on several fraud related topics across the financial services industry. These have been designed to raise awareness and understanding of their expectations in managing fraud risks at a general level such as ‘Firm’s High Level Management of Fraud Risk,’ and have also been issued to cover recommendations on specific topics such as ‘Online Fraud’, ‘Mortgage Fraud’ and ‘Commercial Property Fraud’.

1.6      Enforcement

Where appropriate, the FSA may discipline and/or prosecute for breaches of the legislative or regulatory requirements. The FSA works closely with the criminal authorities and uses both civil and criminal powers. It can withdraw a firm's authorisation, discipline firms and individuals, prosecute for various offences and require funds to be returned to customers.

The FSA also has powers under certain consumer legislation to take action against authorised firms to address unfair terms in financial services consumer contracts.

2         Europe

Much of the regulatory agenda in the UK and other European Member States in which the Group operates continues to be set by the European Union. Legislation comprising the EU’s Financial Services Action Plan is nearly complete and implemented, with attention now turning to the policy agenda through to 2010. The Commission wishes to pursue a different approach to policymaking: costed, evidence-based and targeted. Nonetheless, there are some major initiatives already in the pipeline; including a revised Consumer Credit Directive, a directive to establish a legal framework for the euro payments area, Solvency II (a revised EU capital framework for insurance companies), and possible legislation on mortgage credit and investment funds. The Group has been increasingly engaged with the EU and national policymakers on all these priority measures, and will aim to maintain this level of involvement.

The Group conducts business in several European countries. Notable European operations include business in the Republic of Ireland through the Ulster Bank Group (regulated by the Irish Financial Regulator); and Retail and Insurance business through the Retail Markets and RBS Insurance divisions in Germany, Italy, Spain and the Netherlands (regulated by those countries’ respective regulatory authorities). In all of these operations the Group recognises the importance of meeting the respective regulatory requirements.

3        United States

As the ultimate parent of Citizens’ subsidiary US banks, the company is a bank holding company within the meaning of, and subject to regulation and supervision under, the US Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the ”BHCA”), by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). Under current Federal Reserve Board policy, the company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its US bank subsidiaries. Bank holding companies that meet certain eligibility criteria may elect to become ‘financial holding companies’ under the BHCA. The company elected to become a financial holding company effective in February 2004. As a financial holding company, the company may engage in any activity, and may acquire and retain the shares of any company engaged in any activity, that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be ‘financial in nature’ or ‘incidental’ or ‘complementary’ thereto. Activities that meet these criteria include unrestricted securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting, and various venture capital or investment activities. Financial holding companies must give the Federal Reserve Board after-the-fact notice of any such new activities.

Bank holding companies (including bank holding companies that are also financial holding companies, such as the company) are required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring, directly or indirectly, the ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of the voting shares of any US bank or bank holding company.

The company’s US bank and non-bank subsidiaries and The Royal Bank of Scotland’s US offices, are subject to direct supervision and regulation by various other federal and state authorities. Citizens’ state-chartered bank subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision by state banking authorities and the US Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and The Royal Bank of Scotland’s New York branch is supervised by the New York State Banking Department. The company’s US insurance agencies are regulated by state insurance authorities. The company’s US securities affiliates, including Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc., are subject to regulation and supervision by the US Securities and Exchange Commission and various self-regulating organisations. The futures activities of Greenwich Capital Markets, Inc. are also subject to oversight by the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission and the Chicago Board of Trade. Charter One Bank, N.A., Citizens Bank, N.A., and RBS National Bank are regulated and supervised primarily by the US Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

210




 

On 26 October 2001, the President of the United States signed into law the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act was renewed on 2 March 2006 and signed into law by the President of the United States on 9 March 2006. The Patriot Act significantly expanded the responsibilities of financial institutions in preventing the use of the US financial system to fund terrorist activities. Title III of the Patriot Act (officially, the “International Money Laundering Abatement and Anti-Terrorist Financing Act of 2001”) is the anti-money laundering portion of the Patriot Act. Title III provided for a sweeping overhaul of the US anti-money laundering regime. Among other provisions, it requires financial institutions operating in the United States to (i) give special attention to correspondent and payable-through bank accounts, (ii) implement enhanced reporting, due diligence and “know your customer” standards for private banking and correspondent banking relationships, (iii) scrutinise the beneficial ownership and activity of certain non-US and private banking customers and (iv) develop new anti-money laundering programmes, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. The Patriot Act requires all US financial institutions to develop anti-money laundering programmes. Such required compliance programmes are intended to supplement any existing compliance programmes for purposes of requirements under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations.

4        Other jurisdictions

Through its Corporate Markets and Wealth Management divisions, the Group conducts business in various other jurisdictions and is regulated by many financial and other regulatory bodies around the world. These jurisdictions include among others China, Hong Kong, Japan, Singapore and Australia in the Asia Pacific region; Abu Dhabi, Dubai and Bahrain where the Group has branches and representative offices; and Switzerland and the Channel Islands.

5         Regulatory developments for capital and risk management

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision issued new requirements for firms’ risk weighted asset (“RWA”) calculations in June 2004. These rules are generally referred to as Basel 2.

In the EU, this new framework became law through the Capital Requirements Directive and associated changes to national laws or regulatory guidelines (e.g. the FSA’s GENPRU and BIPRU). Within the US, regulators have the flexibility to implement Basel 2 directly, after their final Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. Full adoption of these rules comes into force across the EU on 1 January 2008 and the US from 1 January 2009.

Application of Basel 2 differs between jurisdictions. The EU is applying Basel 2 to all banks and investment firms. The US is taking a different approach, mandating that the largest internationally active US banks use the ‘Advanced’ approaches for credit and operational risk calculations; other US banks will remain on the pre-existing standards or a modified version thereof (Basel 1 or Basel 1a) or decide to ‘opt-into’ Basel 2. Our US subsidiary, Citizens Financial Group, is an ‘opt-in’ firm for these purposes.

The Group has submitted a request to the FSA (generally referred to as a ‘waiver’) to adopt the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based approach (“AIRB”) for the majority of the Group’s EU credit risk exposures from the earliest possible date, January 2008. In order to satisfy the requirements for AIRB, which is the most sophisticated option available to firms, banks are required to have risk grading, scoring and validation approaches that calculate the Probability of Default, Exposure at Default and Loss Given Default for each facility. Outputs from these models, along with other factors, such as maturity, are then used to calculate RWAs according to regulatory formulas.

The implications of the new rules are becoming clearer. Assuming average risk profiles, banks will require less capital to support lending to residential mortgages and other retail and small and medium enterprises. Good quality corporate lending should also see a reduction in capital requirements. Conversely banks, on average, will be required to hold more regulatory capital for some specialised lending and equity exposures, sovereigns and poorer quality bank and corporate credits, although the actual capital requirements under Basel 2 depend on a number of factors, including collateral.

Basel 2 introduces, for the first time, an explicit requirement to hold capital for operational risk. Of the available options, the Group is adopting ‘The Standardised Approach’ initially, with the objective of migrating to the more sophisticated ‘Advanced Measurement Approach’, in line with the US implementation. In addition, Basel 2 also introduces two new elements – a formal supervisory review process (Pillar 2) and more extensive market disclosures (Pillar 3). The Group is making good progress in both areas, in advance of formal implementation in 2008.

211





Additional information continued

 

Description of property and equipment

The Group operates from a number of locations worldwide, principally in the UK. At 31 December 2006, the Royal Bank and NatWest had 647 and 1,629 retail branches, respectively, in the UK. Ulster Bank and First Active had a network of 272 branches in Northern Ireland and the Republic of Ireland. Citizens had 1,608 retail banking offices (including in-store branches) covering Connecticut, Delaware, Illinois, Indiana, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island and Vermont. A substantial majority of the UK branches are owned by the Royal Bank, NatWest and their subsidiaries or are held under leases with unexpired terms of over 50 years. The Group’s principal properties include its headquarters at Gogarburn, Edinburgh, its principal offices in London at 135 and 280 Bishopsgate and the Drummond House administration centre located at South Gyle, Edinburgh.

Total capital expenditure on premises (excluding investment properties), computers and other equipment in the year ended 31 December 2006 was £1,140 million (2005 – £1,275 million; 2004 – £1,578 million).

Major shareholders

Details of major shareholders of the company’s ordinary and preference shares are given on page 67.

With the exception of Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A. which sold (i) 79 million shares representing 2.5% of the company’s ordinary share capital on 9 September 2004 and (ii) 82 million shares representing 2.5% of the company’s ordinary share capital on 27 January 2005, there have been no significant changes in the percentage ownership of major shareholders of the company’s ordinary and preference shares during the three years ended 28 February 2007. All shareholders within a class of the company’s shares have the same voting rights. The company is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation or any foreign government.

At 28 February 2007, the directors of the company had options to purchase a total of 2,286,733 ordinary shares of the company.

As at 31 December 2006, almost all of the company’s US$ denominated preference shares were held by shareholders registered in the US. All other shares were predominantly held by shareholders registered outside the US.

Material contracts

The company and its subsidiaries are party to various contracts in the ordinary course of business. For the year ended 31 December 2006 there have been no material contracts entered into outside the ordinary course of business.

212





 

Shareholder information

214  Financial calendar

214  Shareholder enquiries

214  Capital gains tax

215  Analyses of ordinary shareholders

216  Trading market

218  Dividend history

220  Taxation for US holders

222  Exchange controls

222  Memorandum and articles of association

222  Documents on display

223  Important addresses

223  Principal offices

 

213






Shareholder information

Financial calendar    
Annual General Meeting   25 April 2007 at 2.00 pm
Edinburgh International Conference Centre,
The Exchange, Morrison Street, Edinburgh
     
Interim results   3 August 2007
     
Dividends
   
Payment dates:
   
     Ordinary shares (2006 Final)
  8 June 2007
     Ordinary shares (2007 Interim)
  October 2007
     Cumulative preference shares
  31 May and 31 December 2007
     Non-cumulative dollar preference shares   30 March, 29 June, 28 September and 31 December 2007
Ex-dividend dates:    
     Ordinary shares (2006 Final)
  7 March 2007
     Cumulative preference shares   2 May 2007
Record dates:
   
     Ordinary shares (2006 Final)
  9 March 2007
     Cumulative preference shares   4 May 2007
     

Shareholder enquiries

Shareholdings in the company may be checked by visiting our website (www.rbs.com/shareholder). You will need the shareholder reference number printed on your share certificate or tax voucher to gain access to this information.

Braille and audio Annual Review and
Summary Financial Statement

Shareholders requiring a Braille or audio version of the Annual Review and Summary Financial Statement should contact the Registrar on 0870 702 0135.

ShareGift

The company is aware that shareholders who hold a small number of shares may be retaining these shares because dealing costs make it uneconomical to dispose of them. ShareGift, the charity share donation scheme is a free service operated by The Orr Mackintosh Foundation (registered charity 1052686) to enable shareholders to donate shares to charity.

Should you wish to donate your shares to charity in this way you should contact ShareGift for further information:

ShareGift, The Orr Mackintosh Foundation,
46 Grosvenor Street, London W1K 3HN
Tel: 020 7337 0501
www.ShareGift.org

Donating your shares in this way will not give rise to either a gain or a loss for UK capital gains tax purposes and you may be able to reclaim UK income tax on gifted shares. Further information can be obtained from HM Revenue & Customs.

Capital gains tax

For shareholders who held RBS ordinary shares at 31 March 1982, the market value of one ordinary share held was 103p. After adjusting for the 1 March 1985 rights issue, the 1 September 1989 capitalisation issue and the bonus issue of Additional Value Shares on 12 July 2000, the adjusted 31 March 1982 base value of one ordinary share held currently is 46.1p.

For shareholders who held NatWest ordinary shares at 31 March 1982, the market value of one ordinary share held was 85.16p for shareholders who accepted the basic terms of the RBS offer. This takes account of the August 1984 and June 1986 rights issues and the June 1989 bonus issue of NatWest ordinary shares as well as the subsequent issue of Additional Value Shares.

When disposing of shares, shareholders are also entitled to indexation allowance (to April 1998 only in the case of individuals and non-corporate holders), which is calculated on the 31 March 1982 value, on the cost of subsequent purchases from the date of purchase and on the subscription for rights from the date of that payment. Further adjustments must be made where a shareholder has chosen to receive shares instead of cash for dividends. Individuals and non-corporate shareholders may also be entitled to some taper relief to reduce the amount of any chargeable gain on disposal of shares.

The information set out above is intended as a general guide only and is based on current United Kingdom legislation and HM Revenue & Customs practice as at this date. This information deals only with the position of individual shareholders who are resident in the United Kingdom for tax purposes, who are the beneficial owners of their shares and who hold their shares as an investment. It does not deal with the position of shareholders other than individual shareholders, shareholders who are resident outside the United Kingdom for tax purposes or certain types of shareholders, such as dealers in securities.

214






Analyses of ordinary shareholders at 31 December 2006
  Number
of shares %
shareholdings – millions of total







Individuals   163,039   227.4   7.2
Banks and nominee companies   21,125   2,851.2   90.4
Investment trusts   163   0.6  
Insurance companies   337   1.7   0.1
Other companies   2,056   42.4   1.3
Pension trusts   46   11.2   0.4
Other corporate bodies   87   18.3   0.6







    186,853   3,152.8   100.0
 




Range of shareholdings:            
10,000,001–1,000   127,139   41.9   1.3
10,001,001–10,000   54,993   148.6   4.7
10,010,001–100,000   3,433   84.6   2.7
11,100,001–1,000,000   914   313.3   10.0
11,000,001–10,000,000   322   934.5   29.6
10,000,001 and over   52   1,629.9   51.7







    186,853   3,152.8   100.0
 





215






Shareholder information continued

 

Trading market

On 16 October 1996, 26 March 1997, 12 February 1998, 8 February 1999, 12 June 2001, 30 September 2004, 26 August 2004, 19 May 2005, 9 November 2005, 25 May 2006 and 27 December 2006 the company issued the following American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) in the United States, which were outstanding at 31 December 2006:

8,000,000 Series E (“Series E ADSs”) representing 8,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series E;

8,000,000 Series F (“Series F ADSs”) representing 8,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series F;

10,000,000 Series G (“Series G ADSs”) representing 10,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series G;

12,000,000 Series H (“Series H ADSs”) representing 12,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series H;

16,000,000 Series K (“Series K ADSs”) representing 16,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series K;

34,000,000 Series L (“Series L ADSs”) representing 34,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series L;

37,000,000 Series M (“Series M ADSs”) representing 37,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series M;

40,000,000 Series N (“Series N ADSs”) representing 40,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series N;

22,000,000 Series P (“Series P ADSs”) representing 22,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series P;

27,000,000 Series Q (“Series Q ADSs”) representing 27,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series Q; and

26,000,000 Series R (“Series R ADSs”) representing 26,000,000 non-cumulative dollar preference shares, Series R.

Each of the respective ADSs represents the right to receive one corresponding preference share, and is evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt (“ADR”) and is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”).

The ADRs evidencing the ADSs above were issued pursuant to Deposit Agreements, among the company, The Bank of New York, as depository, and all holders from time-to-time of ADRs issued thereunder. Currently, there is no non-United States trading market for any of the non-cumulative dollar preference shares. All of the non-cumulative dollar preference shares are held by the depository, as custodian, in bearer form.

In March 2006, the company redeemed the 7 million Series D non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and the 12 million Series I non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each.

In January 2007, the company redeemed the 8 million Series E non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each, the 10 million Series G non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each and the 16 million Series K non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01 each.

At 31 December 2006, there were 99 registered shareholders of Series E ADSs, 112 registered shareholders of Series F ADSs, 74 registered shareholders of Series G ADSs, 73 registered shareholders of Series H ADSs, 55 registered shareholders of Series K ADSs, 26 registered shareholders of Series L ADSs, 1 registered shareholder of Series M ADSs, 49 registered shareholders of Series N ADSs, 54 registered shareholders of Series P ADSs, 20 registered shareholders of Series Q ADSs and 1 registered shareholder of Series R ADSs.

On 20 August 2001, the company issued US$1.2 billion of perpetual regulatory tier one securities (‘PROs’) in connection with a public offering in the United States.

The ADSs and the PROs are listed on the NYSE.

 

216






The following table shows the high and low sales prices for each of the outstanding ADSs and PROs for the periods indicated, as reported on the NYSE composite tape:

Series E Series F Series G Series H Series K Series L Series M Series N Series P Series Q Series R
Figures in US$ ADSs (1) ADSs ADSs (1) ADSs ADSs (1) ADSs ADSs ADSs ADSs ADSs ADSs PROs (2)



























By month                                                    
March 2007   High     25.76     25.80     24.50   25.99   25.70   25.72   26.66   25.42   122.07
    Low     25.35     25.29     24.13   25.60   25.35   25.31   26.08   25.03   115.81
February 2007   High     25.70     25.85     24.43   25.92   25.63   25.70   26.91   25.23   120.53
    Low     25.43     25.63     24.10   25.53   25.44   25.33   26.32   24.95   117.27
January 2007   High   25.09   25.70   25.08   25.77   25.08   24.75   25.86   25.75   25.83   26.77   25.50   119.09
    Low   25.00   25.26   24.98   25.21   24.97   24.02   25.50   25.40   25.25   26.17   24.79   116.00
December 2006   High   26.25   26.00   25.95   25.95   25.84   24.62   26.08   25.96   26.07   26.76     121.54
    Low   25.00   25.29   24.91   25.17   24.94   24.02   25.48   25.41   25.42   26.13     117.66
November 2006   High   26.25   26.08   25.92   25.80   25.85   24.50   25.88   25.84   25.70   26.60     121.22
    Low   25.81   25.75   25.68   25.55   25.63   23.99   25.42   25.38   25.18   26.20     117.80
October 2006   High   26.20   26.73   25.94   25.63   25.86   24.27   25.68   25.56   25.80   26.28     118.95
    Low   25.27   25.93   25.45   25.31   25.32   23.80   25.23   25.21   24.91   25.97     114.47
                                                     
By quarter                                                    
2007: First quarter   High   25.09   25.78   25.08   25.85   25.08   24.75   25.99   25.75   25.83   26.91   25.50   122.07
    Low   25.00   25.26   24.98   25.21   24.97   24.02   25.50   25.35   25.25   26.08   24.79   115.81
2006: Fourth quarter   High   26.25   26.73   25.95   25.95   25.86   24.62   26.08   25.96   26.07   26.76     121.54
    Low   25.00   25.29   24.91   25.17   24.94   23.80   25.23   25.21   24.91   25.97     114.47
2006: Third quarter   High   26.08   26.91   25.81   25.75   25.91   24.08   25.44   25.30   25.33   26.24     117.81
    Low   25.26   25.58   25.15   25.16   25.22   21.71   24.05   23.69   23.64   25.08     106.96
2006: Second quarter   High   25.95   26.07   25.60   25.49   25.48   23.39   25.03   25.04   24.70   25.55     114.90
    Low   25.46   25.45   25.03   25.01   25.08   21.15   23.58   23.32   22.76   24.67     106.06
2006: First quarter   High   26.38   27.25   25.90   25.78   25.86   24.50   25.62   25.60   25.35       122.23
    Low   25.55   25.72   25.35   25.25   25.22   23.09   25.08   25.10   24.72       114.75
2005: Fourth quarter   High   26.76   27.83   26.00   25.91   26.05   24.19   25.50   25.45   25.50       121.96
    Low   25.75   26.02   25.28   25.20   25.30   22.67   24.77   24.70   24.60       116.70
2005: Third quarter   High   27.00   27.45   26.00   25.96   26.37   24.90   26.30   26.23         127.58
    Low   26.10   26.50   25.51   25.36   25.59   23.95   25.37   25.33         121.31
2005: Second quarter   High   27.05   27.30   25.80   26.19   26.53   24.40   25.97   25.38         128.54
    Low   26.30   26.27   25.37   25.30   25.75   23.76   25.30   25.00         121.46
2005: First quarter   High   27.50   28.00   25.97   25.79   26.84   24.99   26.75           129.57
    Low   26.11   26.26   25.30   25.26   25.82   23.31   25.01           120.03
                                                     
By year                                                    
2006   High   26.38   27.25   25.95   25.95   25.91   24.62   26.08   25.96   26.07   26.76     122.23
    Low   25.00   25.29   24.91   25.01   24.94   21.15   23.58   23.32   22.76   24.67     106.06
2005   High   27.50   28.00   26.00   26.19   26.84   24.99   26.75   26.23   25.50       129.57
    Low   25.75   26.02   25.28   25.20   25.30   22.67   24.77   24.70   24.60       116.70
2004   High   29.00   28.45   25.92   25.87   28.00   24.68   26.16           125.14
    Low   25.90   25.65   24.20   24.45   25.70   23.51   25.13           110.58
2003   High   29.20   29.05   26.00   26.40   28.20               130.78
    Low   27.01   27.03   25.00   25.10   26.05               111.06
2002   High   28.20   28.00   25.73   26.05   27.30               116.36
    Low   25.53   25.15   24.46   24.27   24.79               100.07

  Notes:
(1) Redeemed in January 2007.
(2) Price quoted as a % of US$1,000 nominal.

217






Shareholder information continued

 

Dividend history

As discussed on page 2, the Group implemented IFRS with effect from 1 January 2004. The dividend data presented for 2004, 2005 and 2006, each of which is based on IFRS, is not directly comparable with the dividend data presented for 2002 and 2003 on this page, each of which is based on UK GAAP.

Preference and other non-equity dividends

Following the implementation of IAS 32 on 1 January 2005, several of the Group's preference share issues are now included in subordinated liabilities. In 2004, all preference shares were classified as non-equity and included in shareholders' equity.

    2006 — IFRS 2005 — IFRS 2004 — IFRS
   






 


 
    Subordinated
liabilities
Equity Subordinated
liabilities
Equity Non-equity
Amount per share   $   £ $   £ £   £ £















Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01                            
       – Series D (redeemed March 2006)   0.37   0.21           1.13       1.11
       – Series E (1)   2.03   1.10           1.12       1.10
       – Series F   1.91   1.03           1.06       1.04
       – Series G (1)   1.85   1.00           1.02       1.00
       – Series H   1.81   0.98           1.00       0.98
       – Series I (redeemed March 2006)   0.36   0.20           1.10       1.08
       – Series J (redeemed November 2005)               1.06       1.15
       – Series K (1)   1.97   1.06           1.09       1.07
       – Series L   1.44   0.78           0.79       0.19
       – Series M           1.60   0.87       0.88   0.30
       – Series N           1.59   0.86       0.55  
       – Series P           1.56   0.85       0.13  
       – Series Q (issued May 2006)           1.01   0.53        
       – Series R (issued December 2006)                    
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of US$0.01                            
       – Series 1   91.18   50.26           50.33       49.05
       – Series 2 (redeemed March 2005)               11.60       47.43
       – Series 3 (redeemed December 2005)               43.03       41.74
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of €0.01                            
       – Series 1 (redeemed March 2005)               11.54       44.19
Non-cumulative preference shares of €0.01                            
       – Series 1           73.07   37.18       41.14   3.45
       – Series 2           71.18   36.22        
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £0.01                            
       – Series 1   145.16   73.87           73.87       73.87















                             
Ordinary dividends                            
              2006 - IFRS 2005 - IFRS 2004 - IFRS
Amount per share             cents pence pence pence















Final dividend for previous year declared during current year               91.3   53.1   41.2   35.7
Interim dividend               47.4   24.2   19.4   16.8















Total dividends on equity shares               138.7   77.3   60.6   52.5
 







Final dividends are not accounted for until they have been ratified by members in a general meeting. At the Annual General Meeting on 25 April 2007, a final dividend in respect of 2006 of 66.4 pence per share (130.0 cents per share) is to be proposed.

   
  Notes:
(1) Redeemed in January 2007.

     For further information, see Notes 6 and 7 on the accounts.

218






Preference and other non-equity dividends
         
2003
- UK GAAP
2002
- UK GAAP
    £ £
Amount per share





Non-cumulative preference shares of US$0.01        
       – Series B (redeemed January 2003)   0.13   1.65
       – Series C (redeemed January 2003)   0.11   1.40
       – Series D   1.23   1.34
       – Series E   1.21   1.32
       – Series F   1.15   1.25
       – Series G   1.11   1.21
       – Series H   1.09   1.18
       – Series I   1.20   1.31
       – Series J   1.27   1.39
       – Series K   1.18   1.29
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of US$ 0.01         
       – Series 1   54.89   59.15
       – Series 2   53.08   57.20
       – Series 3   45.57   49.81
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of 0.01        
       – Series 1   49.58   44.45
Non-cumulative convertible preference shares of £ 0.01        
       – Series 1   73.87   73.87
Additional Value Shares of £0.01   0.55   0.30





 

       
Ordinary dividends      
  2003-UK
GAAP
  2002-UK
GAAP
Amount per share pence pence




Interim dividend 14.6   12.7
Final 35.7   31.0




Total dividends on equity shares 50.3   43.7



219






Taxation for US Holders

The following discussion summarises certain US federal and UK tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of non-cumulative dollar preference shares, ADSs or PROs by a beneficial owner that is a citizen or resident of the United States or that otherwise will be subject to US federal income tax on a net income basis in respect of the non-cumulative dollar preference shares, ADSs or PROs (a “US Holder”). This summary assumes that a US Holder is holding non-cumulative dollar preference shares, ADSs or PROs, as applicable, as capital assets. This summary does not address the tax consequences to a US Holder (i) that is resident (or, in the case of an individual, ordinarily resident) in the UK for UK tax purposes or (ii) generally, that is a corporation which alone or together with one or more associated companies, controls, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of the company.

The statements and practices set forth below regarding US and UK tax laws, including the US/UK double taxation convention relating to income and capital gains which entered into force on 31 March 2003 (the “Treaty”), and the US/UK double taxation convention relating to estate and gift taxes (the “Estate Tax Treaty”), are based on those laws and practices as in force and as applied in practice on the date of this Report. This summary is not exhaustive of all possible tax considerations and holders are advised to satisfy themselves as to the overall tax consequences, including specifically the consequences under US federal, state, local and other laws, and possible changes in taxation law, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of non-cumulative dollar preference shares, ADSs or PROs by consulting their own tax advisers.

For the purposes of the Treaty, the Estate Tax Treaty and the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), US Holders of ADSs will be treated as owners of the non-cumulative dollar preference shares underlying such ADSs.

Preference shares or ADSs
Taxation of dividends

The company is not required to withhold tax at source from dividend payments it makes or from any amount (including any amounts in respect of accrued dividends) distributed by the company.

Dividends paid by the company will constitute foreign source dividend income for US federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of the current or accumulated earnings and profits of the company, as determined for US federal income tax purposes. Payments will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporate US Holders.

Subject to applicable limitations that may vary depending upon a holder’s individual circumstances, dividends paid to certain non-corporate US Holders in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2011 will be taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15%. Non-corporate US Holders should consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favourable rate.

Taxation of capital gains

A US Holder that is not resident (or, in the case of an individual, ordinarily resident) in the UK will not normally be liable for UK tax on capital gains realised on the disposition of such holder’s non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS unless at the time of the disposal, in the case of a corporate US Holder, such US Holder carries on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment or, in the case of any other US Holder, such US Holder carries on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a UK branch or agency and such non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS is or has been used, held or acquired by or for the purposes of such trade (or profession or vocation), permanent establishment, branch or agency. Special rules apply to individuals who are temporarily not resident or ordinarily resident in the UK.

A US Holder will, upon the sale, exchange or redemption of a non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS, generally recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes (assuming that in the case of a redemption, such US Holder does not own, and is not deemed to own, any ordinary shares of the company) in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realised (excluding in the case of a redemption any amount treated as a dividend for US federal income tax purposes, which will be taxed accordingly) and the US Holder’s tax basis in the non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS.

A US Holder who is liable for both UK and US tax on gain recognised on the disposal of a non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS will generally be entitled, subject to certain limitations, to credit the UK tax against its US federal income tax liability in respect of such gain.

If a corporate US Holder is subject to UK corporation tax by reason of carrying on a trade in the UK through a permanent establishment and its non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS is, or has been, used, held or acquired for the purposes of that permanent establishment, certain provisions introduced by the Finance (No. 2) Act 2005 will apply if the US Holder holds its non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS for a “tax avoidance purpose”. If these provisions apply, dividends on the non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS, as well as certain fair value credits and debits arising in respect of such share or ADS, will be brought within the charge to UK corporation tax on income and the UK tax position outlined in the preceding paragraphs will not apply in relation to such US Holder.

Estate and gift tax

Subject to the discussion of the Estate Tax Treaty in the next paragraph, non-cumulative dollar preference shares or ADSs beneficially owned by an individual may be subject to UK inheritance tax (subject to exemptions and reliefs) on the death of the individual or in certain circumstances, if the non-cumulative dollar preference shares or ADSs are the subject of a gift (including a transfer at less than market value) by such individual. (Inheritance tax is not generally chargeable on gifts to individuals made more than seven years before the death of the donor). Non-cumulative dollar preference shares or ADSs held by the trustees of a settlement will also be subject to UK inheritance tax. Special rules apply to such settlements.

220






Shareholder information continued

 

Taxation for US Holders (continued)

A non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS beneficially owned by an individual, whose domicile is determined to be the United States for purposes of the Estate Tax Treaty and who is not a national of the UK, will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a lifetime transfer of the non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS, except in certain cases where the non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS (i) is comprised in a settlement (unless, at the time of the settlement, the settlor was domiciled in the United States and was not a national of the UK); (ii) is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of an enterprise; or (iii) pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. The Estate Tax Treaty generally provides a credit against US federal estate or gift tax liability for the amount of any tax paid in the UK in a case where the non-cumulative dollar preference share or ADS is subject to both UK inheritance tax and US federal estate or gift tax.

UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax (“SDRT”)

The following is a summary of the UK stamp duty and SDRT consequences of transferring an ADS or ADR in registered form (otherwise than to the custodian on cancellation of the ADS) or of transferring a non-cumulative dollar preference share. A transfer of a registered ADS or ADR executed and retained in the United States will not give rise to stamp duty and an agreement to transfer a registered ADS or ADR will not give rise to SDRT. Stamp duty or SDRT will normally be payable on or in respect of transfers of non-cumulative dollar preference shares and accordingly any holder who acquires or intends to acquire non-cumulative dollar preference shares is advised to consult its own tax advisers in relation to stamp duty and SDRT.

PROs
United States

Payments of interest on a PRO (including any UK withholding tax, as to which see below) will constitute foreign source dividend income for US federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of the current or accumulated earnings and profits of the company, as determined for US federal income tax purposes. Payments will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporate US Holders. A US Holder who is entitled under the Treaty to a refund of UK tax, if any, withheld on a payment will not be entitled to claim a foreign tax credit with respect to such tax.

Subject to applicable limitations that may vary depending upon a holder’s individual circumstances, dividends paid to certain non-corporate US Holders in taxable years beginning before 1 January 2011 will be taxable at a maximum tax rate of 15%. Non-corporate US Holders should consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at this favourable rate.

A US Holder will, upon the sale, exchange or redemption of a PRO, generally recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes (assuming that in the case of a redemption, such US Holder does not own, and is not deemed to own, any ordinary shares of the company) in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realised (excluding any amount in respect of mandatory interest and any missed payments which are to be satisfied on a missed payment satisfaction date, which would be treated as ordinary income) and the US Holder’s tax basis in the PRO.

A US Holder who is liable for both UK and US tax on gain recognised on the disposal of PROs will generally be entitled, subject to certain limitations, to credit the UK tax against its US federal income tax liability in respect of such gain.

United Kingdom
Taxation of payments on the PROs

Payments on the PROs will constitute interest rather than dividends for UK withholding tax purposes. However, the PROs will constitute ‘quoted eurobonds’ within the meaning of section 349 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 and therefore payments of interest will not be subject to withholding or deduction for or on account of UK taxation as long as the PROs remain at all times listed on a ‘recognised stock exchange’ within the meaning of section 841 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988. In all other cases, an amount must be withheld on account of UK income tax at the lower rate (currently 20%) subject to any direction to the contrary by HM Revenue & Customs under the Treaty and except that the withholding obligation is disapplied in respect of payments to persons who the company reasonably believes are within the charge to corporation tax or fall within various categories enjoying a special tax status (including charities and pension funds), or are partnerships consisting of such persons (unless HM Revenue & Customs directs otherwise). Where interest has been paid under deduction of UK withholding tax, US Holders may be able to recover the tax deducted under the Treaty.

Any paying agent or other person by or through whom interest is paid to, or by whom interest is received on behalf of, an individual, may be required to provide information in relation to the payment and the individual concerned to HM Revenue & Customs. HM Revenue & Customs may communicate this information to the tax authorities of other jurisdictions.

HM Revenue & Customs confirmed at around the time of the issue of the PROs that interest payments would not be treated as distributions for UK tax purposes by reason of (i) the fact that interest may be deferred under the terms of issue; or (ii) the undated nature of the PROs, provided that at the time an interest payment is made, the PROs are not held by a company which is ‘associated’ with the company or by a ‘funded company’. A company will be associated with the company if, broadly speaking, it is part of the same group as the company. A company will be a ‘funded company’ for these purposes if there are arrangements involving that company being put in funds (directly or indirectly) by the company, or an entity associated with the company. In this respect, HM Revenue & Customs has confirmed that a company holding an interest in the PROs which incidentally has banking facilities with any company associated with the company will not be a ‘funded company’ by virtue of such facilities.

221






Interest on the PROs constitutes UK source income for UK tax purposes and, as such, may be subject to income tax by direct assessment even where paid without withholding. However, interest with a UK source received without deduction or withholding on account of UK tax will not be chargeable to UK tax in the hands of a US Holder unless, in the case of a corporate US Holder, such US Holder carries on a trade in the UK through a UK permanent establishment or in the case of other US Holders, such persons carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a UK branch or agency in connection with which the interest is received or to which the PROs are attributable. There are exemptions for interest received by certain categories of agents (such as some brokers and investment managers).

EU Directive on taxation of savings income

The European Union has adopted a directive regarding the taxation of savings income. The Directive requires member states of the European Union to provide to the tax authorities of other member states details of payments of interest and other similar income paid by a person to an individual resident in another member state, except that Belgium, Luxembourg and Austria are instead imposing a withholding system for a transitional period unless during such period they elect otherwise.

Disposal (including redemption)

A disposal (including redemption) of PROs by a non-corporate US Holder will not give rise to any liability to UK taxation on capital gains unless the US Holder carries on a trade (which for this purpose includes a profession or a vocation) in the UK through a branch or agency and the PROs are, or have been, held or acquired for the purposes of that trade, branch or agency.

A transfer of PROs by a US Holder will not give rise to a charge to UK tax on accrued but unpaid interest payments, unless the US Holder is an individual or other non-corporate taxpayer and at any time in the relevant year of assessment or accounting period carries on a trade in the UK through a branch or agency to which the PROs are attributable.

Annual tax charges

Corporate US Holders of PROs may be subject to annual UK tax charges (or relief) by reference to fluctuations in exchange rates and in respect of profits, gains and losses arising from the PROs, but only if such corporate US Holders carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a UK permanent establishment to which the PROs are attributable.

Inheritance tax

In relation to PROs held through DTC (or any other clearing system), the UK inheritance tax position is not free from doubt in respect of a lifetime transfer, or death of, a US Holder who is not domiciled nor deemed to be domiciled in the UK for inheritance tax purposes; HM Revenue & Customs is known to consider that the situs of securities held in this manner is not necessarily determined by the place where the securities are registered. In appropriate circumstances, there may be a charge to UK inheritance tax as a result of a lifetime transfer at less than market value by, or on the death of, such US Holder. Inheritance tax is not generally chargeable on gifts to individuals made more than seven years before the death of the donor. However, exemption from, or a reduction of, any such UK tax liability may be available under the Estate Tax Treaty (see below). US Holders should consult their professional advisers in relation to such potential liability.

PROs beneficially owned by an individual, whose domicile is determined to be the United States for the purposes of the Estate Tax Treaty and who is not a national of the UK, will not be subject to UK inheritance tax on the individual’s death or on a lifetime transfer of the PRO, except in certain cases where the PRO (i) is comprised in a settlement (unless, at the time of the settlement, the settlor was domiciled in the United States and was not a national of the UK); (ii) is part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment of an enterprise; or (iii) pertains to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. The Estate Tax Treaty generally provides a credit against US federal estate or gift tax liability for the amount of any tax paid in the UK in a case where the PRO is subject to both UK inheritance tax and US federal estate or gift tax.

Stamp duty and SDRT

No stamp duty, SDRT or similar tax is imposed in the UK on the issue, transfer or redemption of the PROs.

Exchange controls

The company has been advised that there are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations which would prevent the import or export of capital, including the availability of cash or cash equivalents for use by the Group, or the remittance of dividends or other payments to non-UK resident holders of the company’s non-cumulative dollar preference shares.

There are no restrictions under the articles of association of the company or under UK law, as currently in effect, which limit the right of non-UK resident owners to hold or, when entitled to vote, freely to vote the company’s non-cumulative dollar preference shares.

Memorandum and articles of association

The company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association as in effect at the date of this annual report are registered with the Registrar of Companies of Scotland. The Articles of Association were last amended on 29 April 2004 and have been filed with the SEC. For a description of certain provisions of the company’s Memorandum and Articles, see the ‘Additional Information — Memorandum and Articles of Association’ section of the company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 31 December 2004.

Incorporation and registration

The company was incorporated and registered in Scotland under the Companies Act 1948 as a limited company on 25 March 1968 under the name National and Commercial Banking Group Limited. On 10 March 1982, it changed its name to its present name and was registered under the Companies Acts 1948 to 1980 as a public company with limited liability. The company is registered under Company No. SC 45551.

Code of ethics

As discussed on page 65, the Group has adopted a code of ethics that is applicable to all of the Group's employees, which will be provided to any person, upon request, by contacting Group Secretariat at the telephone number listed on the following page.

Documents on display

Documents concerning the company may be inspected at 36 St Andrew Square, Edinburgh, EH2 2YB.

Executive directors’ service contracts and copies of directors’ indemnities granted by the company in terms of section 309C of the Companies Act 1985 may be inspected at the company’s office at Gogarburn, Edinburgh, EH12 1HQ (telephone 0131 626 4114).

In addition, we file reports and other information with the SEC. You can read and copy these reports and other information at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room or contact the offices of The New York Stock Exchange, on which certain of our securities are listed, at 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005. The SEC also maintains a website at www.sec.gov which contains in electronic form each of the reports and other information that we have filed electronically with the SEC.

222







Important addresses   Principal offices
     
Shareholder enquiries
Registrar
  The company
Computershare Investor Services PLC   PO Box 1000 Gogarburn Edinburgh EH12 1HQ
PO Box 82   Telephone: 0131 626 0000
The Pavilions    
Bridgwater Road
  The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
Bristol BS99 7NH    
Telephone: 0870 702 0135   PO Box 1000 Gogarburn Edinburgh EH12 1HQ
Facsimile: 0870 703 6009   280 Bishopsgate London EC2M 4RB
Email: web.queries@computershare.co.uk     
    National Westminster Bank Plc
Group Secretariat   135 Bishopsgate London EC2M 3UR
The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc    
PO Box 1000   Citizens
Business House F   Citizens Financial Group, Inc.
Gogarburn   One Citizens Plaza Providence Rhode Island 02903 USA
Edinburgh EH12 1HQ    

Telephone: 0131 556 8555

  Ulster Bank
Facsimile: 0131 626 3081   11-16 Donegall Square East Belfast BT1 5UB
    George’s Quay Dublin 2
Investor Relations    
280 Bishopsgate   RBS Insurance

London EC2M 4RB

 

Direct Line House 3 Edridge Road Croydon Surrey CR9 1AG

Telephone: 0207 672 1758   Churchill Court Westmoreland Road Bromley BR1 1DP
Email: investor.relations@rbsir.com    
    RBS Greenwich Capital
Registered office   600 Steamboat Road
36 St Andrew Square   Greenwich Connecticut 06830 USA

Edinburgh EH2 2YB

 

 

Telephone: 0131 556 8555

 

Coutts Group

    440 Strand London WC2R 0QS
Registered in Scotland No. 45551    
    The Royal Bank of Scotland International Limited
Website   Royal Bank House 71 Bath Street
www.rbs.com   St Helier Jersey Channel Islands JE4 8PJ
   

 

 

NatWest Offshore
23/25 Broad Street
St Helier Jersey Channel Islands JE4 8QJ

223





Exhibit index

     
Exhibit
Number
  Description
1.1*   Memorandum and Articles of Association of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc
4.1***   Contract of employment for Sir Frederick A. Goodwin
4.2***   Consulting Agreement for Bud Koch
4.3***   Supplementary Agreement for Bud Koch
4.4****   Service contract for Gordon Pell
4.5**   Service contract for Lawrence Fish
4.6****   Service contract for Guy Whittaker
4.7****   Service contract for Mark Fisher
4.8****   Service contract for Johnny Cameron
4.9   Service Agreement for Mark Fisher
4.10   Deed of Indemnity in favor of Sir Frederick A. Goodwin
4.11   Form of Deed of Indemnity for Directors
7.1   Explanation of ratio calculations
8.1   Principal subsidiaries of The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc
12.1   CEO certification required by Rule 13a-14(a)
12.2   CFO certification required by Rule 13a-14(a)
13.1   Certification required by Rule 13a-14(b)
15.1   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm

* Previously filed and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Post-effective Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on Form F-3 (Registration No. 333-100661) (filed on 22 June 2004).

** Previously filed and incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 31 December 2003 (File No. 1-10306).

*** Previously filed and incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.1, 4.3 and 4.3.1, respectively, to the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 31 December 2004 (File No. 1-10306).

**** Previously filed and incorporated by reference to Exhibits 4.4, 4.6, 4.7 and 4.8, respectively, to the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended 31 December 2005 (File No. 1-10306).

224






SIGNATURE

     The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

The Royal Bank of Scotland Group plc


Registrant

 
/s/ Guy Robert Whittaker  

 
Guy Robert Whittaker  
Group Finance Director  


24 April 2007

225